San Marcos City Council
July 12, 2022

Administratively Amended March 2014, November 2016, August 2017, February 2018, and September 2019, February 2022, and April 2022 Formally Amended June 2014, TBD XXXXOriginal Approval November 2009

University District | San Marcos Amendments to the University District Specific Plan

AMENDMENTS TO THE UNIVERSITY DISTRICT SPECIFIC PLAN
CASE # APPROVAL BRIEF DESCRIPTIONSP 13‐007/
P13‐0064
Administrative Amendment per UDSP
Chapter IX.6.1
March 13, 2014/Resolution 13‐4375
Changed requirement to allow the sale and consumption of alcohol from a Conditional Use Permit to a Director’s Permit.

SP 14‐003/
P14‐0011
Formal Amendment per UDSP Chapter IX.6.2
June 10, 2014/Ord. 2014‐1394
Modified amount and location of land uses, including parks and open space, reconfiguration of streets and grading, and revisions to illustrative figures.

AASP 16‐001/P15‐0062
Administrative Amendment per UDSP
Chapter IX.6.1
November 28,2016/Resolution ADM 16‐4577
Exception granted for reduction in minimum ground floor height from 15 feet to 11 feet, four inches on Lot 1 of Map 16126 and Lot 2 of Map 15997 (APNs 220‐202‐08‐00 and 220‐202‐09‐ 00).

AASP 17‐001/P17‐0028
Administrative Amendment per UDSP
Chapter IX.6.1
August 15, 2017/Resolution ADM 17‐4635
Block 3, Extended Learning Building Project changes:
 Added Specific Plan Amendments History Page to Specific Plan  Modified Street Type Regulating Plan to show added/replaced Street Types:
 Modified Building and Public Space Regulating Plan to show Mixed‐Use Building A type located on west side of Campus Way, between Main Street (North City Drive) and Barham Drive extended to Barham Drive;
 Modified Building Height Regulating Plan to change building height category for Mixed‐ Use Building A type located on west side of Campus Way, between Main Street (North City Drive) and Barham Drive to 2‐stories or 20’min./6‐stories and 90’ max.;  Added Street Types A‐1a and A‐1b (Street E);
 Replaced Street Type C‐1 with Street Types C‐1a and C‐1b (Campus Way);  Added Street Type K‐2a (Barham Drive);
 Modified Mixed‐Use Building A type Lot Size and Building Placement to allow deviations from build‐to‐line for retail entries, breezeways and outdoor lobbies, and retail patio at corner of Campus Way and Barham Drive;
 Modified Mixed‐Use Building A type Vehicle Access and Parking to allow driveway on south side of Street Type A‐1 (North City Drive), and added screening requirements for parking structures located on Street Types A‐1a and A‐1b;  Modified Mixed‐Use Building A type Building Height and Mass to allow a step at the southeast and northeast corners of Mixed‐Use Building A type located on west side of Campus Way, between Main Street (North City Drive) and Barham Drive;  Mixed‐Use Building A type Building Uses modified to allow ground‐floor Cultural/Civic Institution (M), and ground‐floor Retail at the northwest corner of Barham Drive and Campus Way.

Amendments to the University District Specific Plan University District | San Marcos CASE # APPROVAL BRIEF DESCRIPTIONAASP 17‐003/P16‐0005
Administrative Amendment per UDSP
Chapter IX.6.1
February 1, 2018/Resolution ADM 17‐4648
Chapter IV. Open Space/Conservation
 Page IV‐11, Amendment to Wetland Trail and Open Space paragraph Chapter V. Transportation/Circulation
 PageV‐5, Amendment to Figure V.B Pedestrian Linkages Diagram Chapter VI. Form‐Based Code
 Page VI‐27, Amendment to Street Type K‐1 (Discovery Street)  Page VI‐57, Amendment to Westland Trail/Open Space description Page VI‐58, Amendment to Figure VI.O Wetland Trail/Open Space Conceptual Plan AASP 19‐0001 Administrative Amendment per UDSP
Chapter IX.6.1
September 16, 2019/Resolution ADM 19‐4805
Adds language that identifies the portion of the University District Specific Plan located east of Twin Oaks Valley Road as being known as North City, and authorizes the use and display of the name North City in business, district identification, and wayfinding signage within this portion of the University District Specific Plan area.

The following pages were modified as part of this AASP:
 Cover Amendment Summary Page I‐2, District Location Page VI‐159, Definitions  Page VII‐1, District Signage
 Page VII‐3, Permanent Signs
 Page VII‐4, Wayfinding Signs Page VII‐5, Wayfinding Signs AASP 20‐0001 Administrative Amendment per UDSP
Chapter IX.6.1
Expansions and reductions of the geographic areas covered by planning areas west of Twin Oaks Valley Rd within the University District Specific Plan boundary, including modification to arterial streets serving the project, lot lines, grading and associated changes to design criteria. Images throughout associated with the west side are updated to reflect said landform changes. Design changes include:
 Page I‐9, image. Figure III.D, III.E, III.F, III.J, III.L, III.N, III.O. Figure IV.A, IV.E, IV.I, IV.K. Text on pages IV‐9, IV‐10, IV‐14.  Figure V.A, V.B, V.C. Text on Pages V‐2, V‐3.
 Figure VI.A, VI.B, VI.C, VI.D, VI.E, VI.F, VI.I, VI.L, VI.N. Pages VI‐16, VI‐20, VI‐21, VI‐105, VI‐110.

University District | San Marcos Amendments to the University District Specific Plan CASE # APPROVAL BRIEF DESCRIPTION
 Figure VII.A Figure VII.B, VIII.D, VIII.F.

UDSP 21‐0003 Formal Amendment per UDSP Chapter IX.6.2
(Insert Date/Ordinance Number)
Revisions include:
 Expanding the geographic area covered by the University District Specific Plan boundary, including two parcels located east of the Sprinter Rail Line,APNs 220‐202‐18 and 220‐201‐90;  Removing the SR‐78 flyover and Discovery Street pedestrian bridge; Modifying building development standards to allow for greater height (up to 12, 14, and 16 stories in some areas);
 Adding Mid‐City Lane to the East Urban Plazas; Replacing June Way (North of the North City Drive roundabout) with pedestrian/limited vehicular and driveway access to an undergroundgarage;  Modifying the Transportation/Circulation chapter to remove mitigation measures consistent with the latest traffic study;
 Allowing additional building types in certain areas (these building types are not new – they are part of the established building types in the UDSP);  Modifying development standards to allow for more flexibility and architectural variation;
 Modifying land uses (e.g. reducing the number of hotel rooms, increasing general office square footage, decreasing medical office square footage,and decreasing mixed‐use retail/commercial square footage);  Making revisions to reflect current conditions (e.g. metal structures that had no practical reuse were removed and the adaptive reuse boundary wasmodified as a result);  Updating figures throughout the document as appropriate; and General clean‐up and modifications to terminology to correspond to the City’s current nomenclature (e.g. Major and Minor Use Permits toConditional Use Permits and Director’s Permits).

Amendments to the University District Specific Plan University District | San Marcos This page intentionally left blank
University District | San Marcos Acknowledgements
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - AMENDED 2014
City of San Marcos
City Council
Jim Desmond, Mayor
Rebecca Jones, Vice Mayor
Chris Orlando
Kristal Jabara
Sharon Jenkins
Planning Commission
Eric Flodine
Rod Jones
Carl Maas
Bruce Minnery
Steve Kildoo
Jim Pennock
Kevin Norris
James Schaible, Alternate
Bill Jacoby, Alternate
Principal City Staff
Jack Griffin, City Manager
Lydia Romero, Deputy City Manager
Jerry Backoff, Planning Division Director
Mike Edwards, City Engineer
Matthew Little, Deputy City Engineer
Buck Martin, Community Services Director
Garth Koller, Principal Planner
Peter Kuey, Principal Civil Engineer
Rick Alzaga, Associate Civil Engineer
San Marcos Unified School District
Khary Knowles, Facilities Planning &
Development
California State University, San Marcos
Gary Cinnamon
Brian Dawson
Dora Knoblock
Belinda Garcia
Consultant Team
RBF Consulting, a Company of Michael
Baker International
Project Management
Amendment & Form Based Code (Primary
Author)
Traffic Analysis
Sofia Mitchell & Associates
Project Management
Amendment to the Program Environmental
Impact Report (AEIR)
Safdie Rabines Architects
Design Architect: Conceptual Plan Design
Amendment & Form-Based Code (Co-Author)
Landscape Architecture: Parks & Open Space
Low-Impact Development (LID) Strategies
Stevens Cresto Engineering
Civil Engineer: Grading & Utility Infrastructure
Dexter Wilson Engineering
Civil Engineer: Water & Sewer Studies
University District | San Marcos Acknowledgements
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - ADOPTED 2009
City of San Marcos
City Council
Jim Desmond, Mayor
Hal Martin, Vice Mayor
Mike Preston
Chris Orlando
Rebecca Jones
University District Task Force
Jim Hernandez, Chair
John Agamata
Gary Cinnamon
Kirk Effinger
Betty Ferguson
Steve Kildoo
Michael McDonald
John Nabors
Dean Tilton
Steve Wagner
Matthew Ceppi, Alternate
C.W. Tucker Lewis, Alternate
Wenyuh Tsay, Alternate
Thomas Vogel, Alternate
Jamie Wetzel, Alternate
Dennis Williams, Alternate
Planning Commission
Stephen Kildoo, Chair
Dean Nelson
Bill Jacoby
Jim Schaible
Paul Vojtecky, Jr.

Cindy Wedge
Kristal Kritzer-Jabara, Alternate
Bruce Minnery, Alternate
Principal City Staff
Paul Malone, City Manager
Lydia Romero, Deputy City Manager
Jerry Backoff, Planning Division Director
Mike Edwards, City Engineer
Craig Sargent-Beach, Community Services
Director
San Marcos Unified School District
Katherine Tanner, Facilities Planning &
Development
California State University, San Marcos
Gary Cinnamon
Consultant Team
RBF Consulting, a Company of Michael
Baker International
Project Management
Amendment & Form Based Code (Primary
Author)
Traffic Analysis
HDR
Project Management
Program Environmental Impact Report (PEIR)
Safdie Rabines Architects
Design Architect: Conceptual Plan Design
Amendment & Form-Based Code (Co-Author)
Spurlock Poirier Landscape Architects
Landscape Architecture: Parks & Open Space
Low-Impact Development (LID) Strategies
Amendment & Form-Based Code (Co-Author)
Nelson|Nygaard Consulting Associates
Parking Demand Management
Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
Stevens Cresto Engineering
Civil Engineer: Grading & Utility Infrastructure
Dexter Wilson Engineering
Civil Engineer: Water & Sewer Studies
University District | San Marcos Table of Contents: i
TABLE OF CONTENTSI. Introduction
I.1 Heart of the City Specific Plan Background ......... I‐1 I.2 District Location ................................................ I‐2 I.2.1 Relationship to California StateUniversity San
Marcos
I.2.2 Relationship to San Marcos Civic Center
I.2.3 Relationship to San Marcos CreekDistrict
I.3 Planning Context ............................................... I‐8 I.3.1 Land Ownership and Parcelization
I.3.2 Planning Process and Community Outreach
I.4 Legal Context ................................................... I‐12 I.4.1 Authority to Prepare
I.4.2 General Plan Consistency
I.5 Specific Plan Organization ............................... I‐23 II. Sustainability Goals | Policies
II.1 Core Principles ................................................... II‐1 II.2 The University District Vision ............................ II‐2 II.3 A Sustainable University District ........................ II‐3 II.4 Sustainability Goals and Policies ....................... II‐6 II.4.1 Neighborhood Livability and WalkabilityII.4.2 Generous, Quality, and Interactive Open Space II.4.3 Enhanced Alternative Transportation
II.4.4 DistinctiveUrban Character
II.4.5 EconomicDiversity and Vibrancy
II.4.6 Environmental Sustainability
III. Land Use Framework
III.1 An Urban “Town/Gown” Setting ...................... III‐1 III.2 Existing Development Patterns ........................ III‐2 III.3 Land Use Concept and Illustrative .................... III‐6 III.3.1 LandUsesIII.3.2 Neighborhoods /Districts
III.4 Development Intensity ................................... III‐23III.5 Land Use Descriptions ................................... III‐24 IV. Open Space | Conservation
IV.1 Existing Natural Open Space Conditions .......... IV‐1IV.2 Urban Open Space Concept and Illustrative .... IV‐2 IV.3 Open Space Statistical Summary ................... IV‐13 IV.4 Conceptual Plan Landscape Zones.................. IV‐15 IV.5 Low Impact Development (LID)
StrategiesStormwater Quality Strategies ...... IV‐21IV.5.1 LIDPurpose and BackgroundIV.5.2 LIDGoals forUniversity District V. Transportation | Circulation
V.1 Mobility Is Key .................................................. V‐1 V.2 Circulation Concept and Illustrative ................. V‐2 V.2.1 Urban Form and Circulation
V.2.2 Parking and TransportationDemand
Management
V.2.3 “Park Once” Strategy
Table of Contents: ii University District | San Marcos
V.2.4 Sprinter Line and Bus Transit Services
V.3 Intra‐City Shuttle ............................................ V‐12 V.4 Transportation Conditions and
MitigationsRoadway System Improvements .. V‐19V.4.1 Horizon Year 2030 (Project Build Out)V.4.2 Intersection and Roadway Mitigation Phasing Requirements
VI. Form‐Based Code
VI.1 Introduction .................................................... VI‐1 VI.2 Regulating Plans ............................................. VI‐5VI.3 Block Standards ............................................ VI‐12 VI.4 Street Type Standards ................................... VI‐14VI.5 Public Park and Gathering Space Standards .. VI‐39 VI.6 Building Type Standards ............................... VI‐59 VI.7 Frontage and Projection Standards ............. VI‐120 VI.8 Architectural Standards and Guidelines ....... VI‐132 VI.9 General Landscaping Standards ................... VI‐136 VI.10 Business Identification Sign Standards ........ VI‐145 VI.11 Definitions ................................................... VI‐154 VII. District Signage | Public Art
VII.1 Community Identity ....................................... VII‐1 VII.2 Permanent Sign Types ................................... VII‐3 VII.2.1 DistrictIdentity Statement(Sign Type A)
VII.2.2 Gateway Signs
VII.2.3 Way‐Finding SignsVII.2.4 General Provisions for District Identity Statement, Gateway Signs, and Wayfinding Signs
VII.2.5 Neighborhood Identification
VII.2.6 Site / Facility Identification
VII.2.7 StreetName Sign Treatments
VII.3 Art in Public Places Program ........................... VII‐7 VII.3.1 Program RequirementsVII.3.2 Guidelines for Public Art VII.3.3 Review Processing
VIII. Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services
VIII.1 Sustainable Infrastructure .............................. VIII‐1 VIII.2 Water System ............................................... VIII‐2 VIII.2.1 Study AreaVIII.2.2 Projected WaterDemandsVIII.2.3 WaterDemand ComparisonVIII.2.4 Existing Water Facilities VIII.2.5 Proposed Water Facilities
VIII.3 Sewer System ............................................... VIII‐9 VIII.3.1 Study AreaVIII.3.2 Projected Sewer Flows
VIII.3.3 Sewer Flow Comparison
VIII.3.4 Existing Sewer Facilities
VIII.3.5 Proposed Sewer Facilities
VIII.4 Flood Control and Storm Drainage ............... VIII‐18 VIII.5 Solid Waste Disposal..................................... VIII‐21 VIII.6 Public Services .............................................. VIII‐21 VIII.6.1 SchoolsVIII.6.2 Fire Protection
VIII.6.3 Police Protection
University District | San Marcos Table of Contents: iii VIII.6.4 Libraries
IX. Implementation | Administration
IX.1 The “Next Steps” ............................................. IX‐1 IX.2 Specific Plan Adoption .................................... IX‐2 IX.2.1 Heart ofthe City Specific Plan Amendment
IX.2.2 General Plan AmendmentIX.2.3 Zoning Ordinance Amendment IX.3 Environmental Analysis.................................... IX‐4 IX.3.1 Addendum to the 2009 Program EIR forthe
University District Specific Plan Amendment
IX.3.2 Program EIR for 2009UniversityDistrict Specific
Plan Amendment
IX.4 Specific Plan Implementation .......................... IX‐7 IX.4.1 Conflicting RegulationsIX.4.21 SeverabilityIX.4.32 City‐Initiated Marketing ProgramIX.4.43 Financing Public ImprovementsIX.4.5 AffordableHousingIX.4.64 Legal,Non‐ConformingUsesIX.4.75 Lot Consolidation IX.5 Development Review Process ....................... IX‐21 IX.5.1 Pre‐Application Consistency ReviewIX.5.2 MasterDevelopment Plan (If Applicable) IX.5.3 SiteDevelopment ReviewIX.5.4 San Marcos Development Advisory Committee IX.5.5 Interpretation,Administration and Enforcement
IX.5.6 Appeal
IX.6 Specific Plan Amendment ............................. IX‐24 IX.6.1 AdministrativeAmendments
IX.6.2 Formal Amendments
IX.7 Minor Deviations ............................................ IX‐27 A. Appendix
A.1 University District Parcel Ownership Matrix
A.2 Parking and Transportation Demand Management
Strategies (PDM and TDM)
A.3 Water System Analysis
A.4 Sewer System Analysis
Table of Contents: iv University District | San Marcos

LIST OF FIGURES
I.A Regional Location Map ............................................... I‐3 I.B Heart of the City Specific Plan Area Map ..................... I‐4I.C University District Specific Plan Site Map .....................I‐5I.D Aerial Vicinity Map....................................................... I‐6 I.E Parcel Ownership Conceptual Plan Overlay ................ I‐9 III.A Existing Development Patterns ................................ III‐3 III.B Photos of Existing Land Uses
– East Side .................. III‐4
III.C Photos of Existing Land Uses
– West Side ................. III‐5
III.D Conceptual Land Use Illustrative ............................... III‐7 III.E Neighborhoods/Districts Illustrative.......................... III‐9III.F Commercial/Retail Core Enlarged Plan ................... III‐10III.G Commercial/Retail Core Perspective ...................... III‐11 III.H Student Housing Village Enlarged Plan .................. III‐12 III.I Student Housing Village Perspective ...................... III‐13 III.J Mixed‐Use Center Enlarged Plan............................. III‐14 III.K Mixed‐Use Center Perspective................................. III‐15 III.L Office/Commercial District Enlarged Plan............... III‐16III.M Office/Commercial District Perspective.................... III‐17 III.N Residential Neighborhood Enlarged Plan................ III‐19 III.O Westside Residential Neighborhood Perspective.... III‐20 III.P Residential Block Case Study (Layers)..................... III‐21III.Q Residential Block Case Study (Cross‐Section) ......... III‐22IV.A Parks, Plazas, and Open Space Plan ......................... IV‐3 IV.B East Urban Plaza Perspective ................................... IV‐4IV.C East Paseos Enlarged Plan......................................... IV‐5 IV.D East Green Enlarged Plan ......................................... IV‐6 IV.DE Twin Oaks Plaza (East) Enlarged Plan........................ IV‐7IV.EF Knoll Park and Trail Perspective ............................... IV‐9 IV.FG Creek Trail Pedestrian Bridge Cross Section ........... IV‐10IV.GHWetland Trail and Open Space Enlarged Plan......... IV‐11IV.HI Landscape Zones Diagram...................................... IV‐16IV.IJ Menu of LID SWQ Strategies................................... IV‐24IV.J1K...Conceptual Plan LID SWQ Strategies for Public Rights‐ of‐Way (West).......................................................... IV‐25 IV.J2K ..Conceptual Plan LID SWQ Strategies for Public Rights‐ of‐Way (East)........................................................... IV‐26 V.A Required Streets Diagram .........................................

V‐4
V.B Pedestrian and Bicyclist Linkages Diagram ...............

V‐5
V.C Pedestrian and Vehicular Gateways Diagram ............

V‐6
V.D Sprinter Line Stations and Route .............................

V‐11
V.E TDM Route (Phase 1) ...............................................

V‐14
V.F TDM Route (Phase 2) ...............................................

V‐16
V.G TDM Route (Phase 3) ...............................................

V‐18
V.H Study Area IntersectionsPlanned Craven Road
&
Discovery Street Intersection Improvement ............

V‐24
VI.A Street Type Regulating Plan ..................................... VI‐7 VI.B Building and Public Space Regulating Plan ............... VI‐8VI.C Building Height Regulating Plan ............................... VI‐9VI.D1 Conceptual Grading Plan (West) ............................. VI‐10 VI.D2 Conceptual Grading Plan (East) .............................. VI‐11VI.E LID In Public R.O.W. (West)..................................... VI‐31VI.E LID In Public R.O.W. (East) ...................................... VI‐32VI.EF Street Tree Diagram ............................................... VI‐33VI.FG East Urban Plazas Enlarged Plan ............................ VI‐42VI.GHTypical East Paseo Conceptual Plan ....................... VI‐44VI.HI Typical West Paseo Conceptual Plan ...................... VI‐44VI.IJ East Green Conceptual Plan ................................... VI‐46VI.

KI Twin Oaks Plaza (East) Conceptual Plan ................. VI‐48 University District | San Marcos Table of Contents: v

LIST OF FIGURES (CONTINUED)
VI.JL Knoll Park Conceptual Plan ..................................... VI‐52VI.MK Creek Trail / West Creek Park Conceptual Plan ...... VI‐54VI.LN Creek Trail / East Creek Park Conceptual Plan ........ VI‐56VI.MO Wetland Trail / Open Space Conceptual Plan ........ VI‐58VII.A Conceptual District Sign Program Plan .................... VII‐6 VIII.A Existing Major Water Facilities ................................ VIII‐4 VIII.B1 Proposed Water Facilities (West)........................... VIII‐7 VIII.B2 Proposed Water Facilities (East) .............................VIII‐8VIII.C Existing Major Sewer Facilities ............................. VIII‐11 VIII.D1 Proposed On‐Site Sewer Facilities (West).......... VIII‐13 VIII.D2 Proposed On‐Site Sewer Facilities (East)............VIII‐14VIII.E Proposed Off‐Site Sewer Facilities ....................... VIII‐17 VIII.F1 Storm Drain System (West) ................................VIII‐19 VIII.F2 Storm Drain System (East)..................................VIII‐20

LIST OF TABLES
I.A General Plan Consistency........................................... I‐13 III.A Land Use Statistical Summary ................................ III‐23IV.A Open Space Statistical Summary ........................... IV‐13 IV.B Conceptual Plant Palette – Perennials .................... IV‐18 IV.C Conceptual Plant Palette – Shrubs / Groundcovers IV‐19IV.D Conceptual Plant Palette –Trees ............................ IV‐20V.A Original UDSP Project Trip Generation Comparisonat Project Build‐Out.............................. V‐27 V.B Proposed UDSPA Project TripSpecific Plan Traffic
Generationat Project Build‐Out ................................................. V‐28 V.C Summary of 2030 Mitigation Measures
(Intersections) ...........................................................V‐36 V.D Summary of 2030 Mitigation Measures (Roadway
Segments)................................................................. V‐37 V.E City of San Marcos Capital Improvement Program
Transportation Projects.............................................V‐40 V.F Summary of Mitigation Measure Phasing Requirements
– Intersection Improvements ....................................V‐41 V.G Summary of Mitigation Measure Phasing Requirements
– Roadway Improvements ........................................V‐43 VII.A Art Allocation Formulas ........................................... VII‐8 Table of Contents: vi University District | San Marcos
This page intentionally left blank.
“A mix of uses must insure the presence of people who go outdoors on different schedules and are in the place for different purposes, but who are able to use many facilities in common.” ‐ Jane Jacobs, The Death and Life of Great American Cities I. INTRODUCTIONI.1 Heart of the City Specific Plan Background The original Heart of the City Specific Plan was
adopted on January 12, 1988 and provided the
regulatory framework for approximately 1,500
acres within the core area of the City of San Marcos.

This downtown core was planned to include a full
range of civic, commercial, business park, office,
residential, and institutional land uses.

Now, more than twenty forty years later, much of
the planned development within the heart of theCity has been realized. California State UniversitySan Marcos (CSUSM) is now one of the fastestgrowing CSU schools, boasting 17,000 students,with plans to expand up to 25,000. KaiserPermanente broke ground on a 7‐story hospital, setto open in 2023. The San Marcos Creek DistrictSpecific Plan (Creek District) project has officiallystarted construction, and the San Marcos CivicCenter and surrounding commercial/retail areas,including the main thoroughfare of San MarcosBoulevard are bustling. Highway 78 is a heavilyutilized corridor connecting San Marcos to itsneighboring North County cities, complimented bythe North County Transit District (NCTD) SprinterLight Rail Line, featuring a dedicated stop withinthe University District.Constructed and/or recently Introduction: I‐3
entitled development projects in and around theproject area include the California State UniversitySan Marcos (CSUSM) campus, San Marcos CivicCenter, Kaiser Medical Center, surroundingcommercial/retail use centers, San Marcos CreekDistrict Specific Plan (Creek District), and NorthCounty Transit District (NCTD) Sprinter Light RailLine. The Sprinter Line runs immediately adjacentto the University District project site, between theCSUSM and San Marcos Civic Center stations. (Continued on Next Page)
Introduction: I‐2 University District | San Marcos
(Continued from Previous Page)
The University District Specific Plan serves to update the Heart of the City Specific Plan in a manner that renews its original objectives of a “university village” atmosphere. The University District is located at the core of San Marcos, and is envisioned as an urbanmixed‐use center of commercial office and retail uses, intermingled with a variety ofhousing types, as well as strong emphasis on pedestrian movement, community spaces,and mass transit. The focus is keenly on developing a true sense of“Place”that welcomesboth business development and family enjoyment.The University District site is an ideal development opportunity, given its status as one ofthe last large, predominantly vacant areas in San Marcos and central location relative toother development within the heart of the City that occurred over the last severaldecades. In keeping with the objectives of the original Heart of the City Specific Plan, theUniversity District concept intends to “attract clean, campus‐related and ‘spin‐off’ development of a high design quality.” The University District expands the , while continuing to enhance the City’s original vision of creating an authentic governmental,administrative, educational, and corporate “dDowntown center.” I.2 District Location
The City of San Marcos is located in northern San Diego County along State Route 78 (State Route 78), between the cities of Vista and Escondido.

The University District project is situated in the heart of San Marcos, with parcels located on both the east and west sides of Twin Oaks Valley Road. The portion of the University District located east of Twin Oaks Valley Road is also known also as North City. The site isbounded by State Route 78 and San Marcos Creek on the north, and Barham Drive and Discovery Hills on the south (see Figures I.A: Regional Location Map, I.B: Heart of the City Specific Plan Area Map, and I.C: University District Specific Plan Site Map).

University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐3
Figure I.A: Regional Location Map
Introduction: I‐4 University District | San Marcos
Figure I.BHeart of the City Specific Plan Area Map
University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐5
Figure I.BHeart of the City Specific Plan Area Map
Introduction: I‐6 University District | San Marcos
Figure I.C: University District Specific Plan Site Map
University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐7
Figure I.C: University District Specific Plan Site Map
Introduction: I‐8 University District | San Marcos
Figure I.D. Aerial Vicinity Map
University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐9
Figure I.D. Aerial Vicinity Map
Introduction: I‐10 University District | San Marcos
I.2.1 Relationship to California State University San MarcosWhile officially founded in 1989, the first phase of construction for California State University San Marcos (CSUSM) was successfully completed in 1992 on a 304‐acre hillside overlooking the heart of the City of San Marcos. The campus is located immediately adjacent to the southeast section of the University District project site, known as North City. North City now features several extensions of CSUSM, including the Quad studenthousing and the CSUSM Extended Learning Building, which features a pedestrian bridgeacross E. Barham Drive to physically connect CSUSM and North City. with existingstudent housing located on the south side of Barham Drive (see Figure I.D: Aerial VicinityMap).CSUSM maintains a growing student population, with combined undergraduate and graduate program enrollment of over 170,000 students. Approximately 40 percent of freshman students and 10 percent of all undergraduate students currently live on campus. The CSUSM Master Plan forecasts an ultimate build‐out of approximately 25,000 Full‐Time‐Equivalent Students (FTES). The Master Plan emphasizes the need for strong community relations and integration of sustainable design principles for all future facilities.

I.2.2 Relationship to San Marcos Civic CenterThe San Marcos Civic Center is located on a 60‐acre site along San Marcos Boulevard, Twin Oaks Valley and Mission Roads, adjacent to State Route 78 (see Figure I.D: Aerial Vicinity Map). Construction of the town center complex was completed during the mid‐ 1990s and includes the City Hall, public library, a multi‐purpose community center that opens to an outdoor amphitheater, as well as a four‐story, 500‐vehicle parking structure.

The Sprinter Rail Line provides public transit access from the train station located immediately adjacent to the Civic Center complex.

Similar to the University District, special attention was given to the Civic Center’s design, especially in creating a seamless transition between indoor and outdoor spaces of City University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐11
Hall. Emphasis was given to the placement of fountains, walking paths, gardens, landscaping, and public gathering plazas.

I.2.3 Relationship to San Marcos Creek DistrictThe San Marcos Creek District Specific Plan was adopted by the City of San Marcos on August 14, 2007. The Creek District is a 214‐acre site located immediately adjacent to and west of the University District project. It also is envisioned as an active pedestrian‐ oriented and mixed‐use commercial center for the downtown area of San Marcos.

As in the Creek District, special preservation and integrated design considerations have been given to the portion of San Marcos Creek that runs east to west along the northern‐ most boundary of the University District Specific Plan area (see Figure I.D: Aerial Vicinity Map). Concentration of land uses within the core area of the project site, as well as building orientation and placement along the northernmost boundary preserves the natural buffer between the project and Creek.

I.3 Planning Context
I.3.1 Land Ownership and Parcelization
The University District project site is approximately 195 203 acres and comprised of 135legal parcels. Currently, three entities own a majority of the project area: the City of SanMarcos Redevelopment Agency, Urban Villages San Marcos LLC (the ownership entitybehindNorth City), and FentonScripps (see Figure I.E: Parcel Ownership Map orAppendixA.1: University District Parcel Ownership Matrix for more details). The remaining parcels, all less than ten two (102) acres each in size are held by various other property owners.

CurrentlyIn 2008, an estimated 50 percent of the total University District project site iswas vacant. Since the initial iteration of the University District Specific Plan (UDSP) in2009, the area has undergone significant transformation and ground up development.North City, in particular, is now a solid foundation of the urban, Downtown setting it willeventually become – currently featuring market‐rate housing, multiple restaurants, a Introduction: I‐12 University District | San Marcos
fitness center, CSUSM affiliated extensions including student housing, Scripps Medicaloffices, and creative office space. Concurrently,theUDSP has since been updated severaltimes to allow for the continued intuitive development and evolution of the area.The western half of the University District is being graded to make room for 600+ for salefamily homes, a 20 acre park, and future commercial office and multifamily., with the remaining areas being utilized by a combination of sporadically‐located uses:single‐family residential, commercial, as well as both light and heavy industrial.Generallyspeaking, the residential uses are located on the west side of Twin Oaks Valley Road, andall other uses are situated on the east side of Twin Oaks Valley Road.The Specific Plan was approved in November 2009. In June 2014, it was formallyamended to take into account certain changes resulting from the impacts of the 2008‐2012 recession, as well as the impacts of the internet on the retail marketplace. A formalamendment was initiated in 2021 as well to expand the eastern boundary of the SpecificPlan area, address changes to the plan as a result ofthe dissolution ofthe RedevelopmentAgency, increase building heights, and allow for greater flexibility to achieve superiorarchitectural design. Several administrative amendments have also been processed asindicated in the Amendments section located at the beginning of this document. Mostsignificantly, an administrative amendment was approved in 2017 to allow for a PublicPrivate Partnership between Cal State University San Marcos and Urban Villages SanMarcos, LLC to build a CSUSM Extended Learning Building within North City.

Introduction: I‐12 University District | San Marcos
Figure I.E. Parcel Ownership Conceptual Plan Overlay
University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐13
Figure I.E. Parcel Ownership Conceptual Plan Overlay
Introduction: I‐14 University District | San Marcos
I.3.2 Planning Process and Community Outreach
In January 2008, the San Marcos City Council established the University District Task Force (UDTF). Ten members and six alternates were appointed. Members included two City of San Marcos Planning Commissioners, as well as members of the general public and development community.

In addition to being prepared to serve on the committee for a period of 9 to 12 months, the City Council requested the University District Task Force to:
 Work with City staff, the City’s consultants, and members of the community to re‐evaluate the current Heart of the City Specific Plan in the area of the University District project, given the recent land use and transit developments surrounding the site.
 Formulate an amendment to the Heart of the City Specific Plan based on the above re‐evaluation, with the goal of expanding on the downtown vision established by the San Marcos Creek Specific Plan.
 Evaluate the creation of a “university district” urban core to complement and take advantage of the site’s proximity to CSUSM.
 Assist City staff and the City Council in the positive implementation of the Heart of the City Specific Plan Amendment for University District, and work to market the area as a “university district”incorporating student,faculty and other housing types, and the appropriate mix of retail, office, other employment, conference and hotel opportunities.
 Coordinate its activities with those of the proposed Town/Gown Commission to ensure that efforts of the Task Force incorporate those planning and design considerations particular to University‐serving development.

In addition to completing approximately 15 publicly‐noticed University District Task Force meetings throughout 2008 and 2009, the City of San Marcos hosted two public workshops in May 2008 for community members to participate in the University District planning process.

University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐15
The prominent themes that emerged from these workshops, and which have been addressed throughout this Specific Plan, included the community’s desire to:
 Integrate Low Impact Development (LID) and sustainable design features, emphasizing the need to consider orientation of solar panels so as not to disturb adjacent residential neighborhoods with panel reflections.  Provide drought‐tolerant and California native landscaping; use recycled water. Celebrate the historical context of Russian settlers who lived in the project area. Provide a range of residential units for students, faculty, families, and seniors. Maintain and enhance strong physical connections between the University District, CSUSM, Civic Center, San Marcos Creek, project parks, and the Sprinter Rail Line.
 Provide a trolley/shuttle loop system for University District residents and visitors to access different areas of the University District.
 Design streetscape improvements to offer a variety of landscape and hardscape treatments. The goal is to soften sidewalks, but make them visually interesting.  Design varied articulation of building forms, which have strong presence immediately adjacent to pedestrian sidewalk space.
 Provide internal project walking trails, and make certain those pedestrian corridors connect with the San Marcos trails master plan, wherever possible.  Incorporate granite, to be salvaged from the Knoll Park area, in some of the sidewalk and/or plaza areas of the site.
 Provide gathering plazas for large community events and/or live performances. Identify strong gateway/entry areas to the University District project. Provide commercial and office uses along State Route 78,to block freeway noise. Design parking structures thatfeel open, well‐lit, and comfortable. Focus parking structures along the eastern‐most boundary of the University District, since the Sprinter Line already acts as a barrier to that edge of the District.  Design parking structures that are screened, and which maximize joint use opportunities between neighboring land uses.
 Reduce reliance on automobiles by integrating housing, employment, and recreational uses within a concentrated area.

Introduction: I‐16 University District | San Marcos
In 2021 an amendment to the University District Specific Plan was initiated to allow forgreater building heights, convert Mid‐City Lane to a pedestrian paseo, remove the SR‐78flyover and Discovery Street pedestrian bridge, expand the eastern boundary of theSpecific Plan area, tweak the land use allocations, and add flexibility to the form‐basedcode requirements. A public workshop was held at the City of San Marcos CommunityCenter on November 8th, 2021. In addition, pop‐up outreach occurred at the WinterMarket on December 5, 2021 and at North City farmer’s markets. Two additionalworkshops were held in North City by the applicant on February 28, 2022 and March 28,2022. Public comments were considered during the processing of the amendment. Thefollowing is a summary of the input received and how concerns were addressed:
 There was a mix of concern and support for greater building heights. Some people felt taller buildings would detract from the suburban character of SanMarcos while others endorsed the concept and expressed excitement at theprospect of the additional public spaces that would be created. An additionalcommitment of 1.5 acres of urban open space has been added to the plan due tothe increased building heights. In addition, if the elementary school is notconstructed, the applicant has agreed to offer approximately four acres of thatsite to the City of San Marcos for purchase to expand Knoll Park.  Many people expressed support for the high‐quality buildings that have already been constructed in North City and were excited about the additionaldevelopment that could occur as a result of the proposed amendments.  Potential traffic impacts were a major concern, particularly with regards to removal of the SR‐78 flyover. It was explained that the proposal decreasesvehicular trips due to the reduction in commercial retail square footage and thatthe traffic study has confirmed that the circulation network would functionadequately without the bridge.  There was some opposition to removing the pedestrian bridges from the plan. In response to this concern, the bridge over Twin Oaks Valley Road was reinsertedinto the Specific Plan. Only the pedestrian bridge over Discovery Street wasremoved since a landing for the bridge was not provided for in the entitlementsfor the Discovery Village South development.

University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐17
 School overcrowding was another prominent concern. The Specific Plan already has a site set aside for an elementary school if the San Marcos School Districtdecides to construct a facility within the plan area. The amendment would notresult in additional students since no changes were proposed to the residentialunit count. To offset the demand on school services, school impact fees arerequired to be paid prior to the issuance of building permits.  There was also a desire to ensure that affordable housing be provided. It was explained that the project is required to set aside 15 percent of the residentialunits as affordable for low and moderate income households. More informationhas been incorporated into the Specific Plan to indicate when those units wouldneed to be provided.  Some workshop participants expressed concern regarding adequate parking for the project. Several parking structures would be provided. The applicantexplained that the market demands a certain amount of parking. The developerwill build what is needed to ensure the success of the project. No changes areproposed to the parking requirements in the Specific Plan. Current datademonstrates that more parking has been builtto date (approximately 1.7 spacesper unit) than what is actually being utilized (approximately 1.3 spaces per unit).The mix of uses and proximity of the site to public transit allow residents theopportunity to get around without a car and car ownership has been declining.

I.4 Legal Context
I.4.1 Authority to PrepareCities are authorized to adopt Specific Plans by California Government Code (Title 7, Division 1, Chapter 3, Article 8) Sections 65450 through 65457, in order to systematically implement their General Plan. Specific Plans may be adopted by resolution or as regulations by ordinance. The City of San Marcos will adoptthe University District Specific Plan by ordinance, requiring public hearings by both the Planning Commission and CityCouncil.

Introduction: I‐18 University District | San Marcos
The University District Specific Plan is a regulatory plan constituting the development concept and zoning for the subject properties. Site or Master Development Plans, tract or parcel maps, development agreements, local public works projects, zoning ordinances (Government Code Sections 65455, 65867.5(b)), and any action requiring ministerial or discretionary approval related to the University District project must be consistent with the final adopted University District Specific Plan.Furthermore, California Government Code Section 65302.4 authorizes the General Plan, and the zoning ordinances that implement the General Plan, to express community intentions regarding urban form and design. It formally allows mixed‐use developments and provides for the regulation of relationships between buildings, as well as between buildings and outdoor public areas, including streets. As an ordinance implementing the General Plan, Chapter VI – Form‐Based Code of the University District Specific Plan expresses and codifies the community’s intention regarding urban form and design.

I.4.2 General Plan ConsistencyThe City of San MarcosGeneral Plan was originally adopted in 1987 and has had individual Elements amended at different times over the last 20 years (i.e. Land Use and Open Space/Conservation Elements in 1995; Circulation Element in 1999; Housing Element in 2005). A comprehensive update was approved in 2012.

The current San Marcos General Plan serves as the blueprint for future growth anddevelopment within the City limits. Table I.A: General Plan Consistency outlines the University District Specific Plan’s consistency with the City’s General Plan goals for the Land Use, Circulation, Housing, Conservation and Open Space, Safety, and Noise Elements in effect when the Specific Plan was approved:

University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐19
Table I.A: General Plan ConsistencyLand Use ElementGoal:Influence and control the rate and distribution of growth within the City in a manner reflecting the needs and
desires of its citizens and reinforcing the quality and stability of the community.

ConsistentThe District is located in an underutilized infill area within the Barham/Discovery community that is slated for development by the General Plan. It is surrounded by existing development, including the Civic Center, CSUSM, commercial development, and Kaiser Permanente Medical Center.It is situated at the major intersection of SR 78 and Twin Oaks Valley Road.

The District’s original development concept and yields (i.e. number and type of residential units, square‐footage of land uses, and location) reflects citizen input gathered from the University District Task Force meetings held over a one‐year period, two community workshops, meetings with representatives of CSUSM and San Marcos SchoolDistrict, as well as elected City officials and all department staff. Project build‐out will be governed by proven market demand rather than speculative timing.

Goal:Achieve a balance and compatibility between land uses to assure the maximum social and economic benefit to
the City and its citizens.

ConsistentThe District is designed to create a vibrant, 24‐hour live/work/play neighborhood, with compatible land uses which are internally and externally complementary to neighboring land uses such as CSUSM, Creek District, Civic Center, and residential neighborhoods, and the Kaiser Hospital. to the south.

Goal:Ensure the maintenance and enhancement of the
Community environment through preservation of the
City’s unique natural and cultural resources for the future benefit and enjoyment of its citizens.

ConsistentThe District is designed to maintain and emphasize significant natural features of the project area, including the existing knoll, its view‐shed down to the Creek, and the open space buffer and passive recreation trails and parks along the Creek. The District is also facilitating buildout of the CSUSM area and the availability of services typically found close to a universityenvironment.

Introduction: I‐20 University District | San Marcos
Table I.A: General Plan ConsistencyBarham/Discovery Community PlanGoal:Establish land uses that will maintain a balanced community by preserving the natural resources of the
community while promoting housing, employment,commercial, educational, open space and recreational needs and development of the neighborhood.

ConsistentGiven its nature as an urban mixed‐use area, maintaining a balanced community and preservation of natural resources is inherent to the District concept. This project has been designed to include diverse housing (i.e. student, faculty, family, senior; affordable, market rate; for sale, rental) and employment opportunities for the community (i.e. technology, educational, medical, professional, construction, high‐end retail/restaurant,maintenance, security jobs, etc.). Further, the University District conceptualplan maintains a strong synergy with the University faculty and students through physical and social program connections, including housing and student services, as well as provides a location for a future elementaryschool. Both schools have recreational facilities, but neighborhood and Knoll park facilities have been designed to include a variety of recreational amenities for both residents and District visitors.

Community IdentityGoal:Establish a cohesive community identity which providesopportunities to achieve housing, industrial andcommercial development with consistent and compatible architectural design and themes.

ConsistentThe Specific Plan provides a clear vision for the identity of University District through incorporation of a Form‐Based Code (Chapter VI), which details standards related to the urban form of blocks, street types, streetscape improvements, and building types. Development within the District has and will be held to a high standard of creating an urban mixed‐use core that exhibits a common architectural vernacular throughout, is cohesive in form, and which promotes themes related to walkability, physical connections to internal project and City‐wide trails/parks, articulated building character and visual interest, public gathering plazas, and integrated landscaping reflective University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐21
Table I.A: General Plan Consistency
of Low‐ImpactDevelopment(LID) design features. Further,this Specific Plan includes a District Signage component (Chapter VII), which provides high‐ level descriptions of the type and location of District identity signs. A separate master sign program for all of University District will be prepared.

ResidentialGoal:Provide a variety of housing types to ensure the maintenance of the character of the area and to
accommodate the needs of the different socio‐economic
segments of the Community.

ConsistentThe District has been designed to include allow for diverse housing for students, faculty, families, and seniors. For sale and rental units will beprovided, as well as market rate and affordable units. Fifteen percent of all dwelling units (net of student units) will be reserved as affordable for low‐ and moderate‐income households.

Goal:Ensure that residential development is sensitive to the hillside character of the Community.

ConsistentThe knoll which exists on the west side of Twin Oaks Valley Road is the only prominent topographical feature within the project area. The University District conceptual plan has been designed to preserve the majority of this knoll for open space and as a naturalrecreation area for community residents and visitors. Additionally, residential and mixed‐use developments in the vicinity of the knoll have been designed to respect the natural setting and complement the existing topography.

CommercialGoal:Encourage and promote the location and design of commercial development to serve the Community as well
as the regional market associated with the 78 freeway.

ConsistentThe District will include freeway commercial buildings on land immediately adjacent to and south of State Route 78. Ample opportunities for high‐end retail and community‐serving commercial development throughout the District have been integrated into the University District conceptual plan.

Further, this Specific Plan includes a District Signage component (Chapter VII), which provides high‐level descriptions of the type and location of District identity signs. A future master sign program will provide details on a Introduction: I‐22 University District | San Marcos
Table I.A: General Plan Consistency
consistent theme for the State Route 78 corridor, which will promote theCivic Center and University/Creek District projectsNorth City as thedowntown core of San Marcos. Development of a master sign program willinclude a community input process.

Open Space, Parks and RecreationGoal:Establish an open space hierarchy which will provide recreational and educational facilities and opportunities serving the community.

ConsistentThis Specific Plan provides for natural open space, public parks, and recreational facilities, and community serving plazas and paseos throughoutthe District, including dedicated neighborhood parks and open space areas.

The District includes complementary uses to CSUSM, which will allow for students, faculty and staff to live in the District, and utilize the campus facilities. The Creekside and Wetland Trails on the west side of the District will provide open space and passive recreation opportunities that provide connections to the Creek District urban trail system, which will provide pedestrian and bicycle connections as well as continuous open space for passive recreation and habitat preservation. The District also allows for a K‐ 6 elementary school on 8 net usable acres (10 total acres) adjacent to the Knoll Park. The Project Team and Task Force has collaborated with the SanMarcos School District on the design location of the school site in order to facilitate shared use ofthe active recreation opportunities (ball courts, sports fields, etc.) between students and community members.

CirculationGoal:Develop and implement a community circulation network that will serve the needs of the residents and link with the overall City circulation network.

ConsistentThe District circulation plan is centered on traffic demand management, including the compact layout of land uses within the street system, implementation of traffic calming measures such as roundabouts, and provisions for alternate modes of transportation, including accessibility to light rail, bus lines, bicycle networks routes and pedestrian‐friendly streets.

The urban trail system will link pedestrians and cyclists to neighboring uses, University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐23
Table I.A: General Plan Consistency
including the Creek District, the Discovery Hills community via a pedestrianbridge across Discovery Street, to the neighborhood north of State Route 78via the Johnston Street bridge, and to CSUSM via a pedestrian bridge acrossBarham Drive.

Circulation Element
Goal:Develop a safe, convenient, and un‐congested circulation system.

ConsistentThe District circulation plan is centered on traffic demand management, including the layout of the street system, implementation of traffic calming measures such as roundabouts, and provisions for alternate modes of transportation, including accessibility to light rail, both intra‐city bus lines and linking major uses in the larger San Marcos region, bicycle networks and pedestrian‐friendly streets. The urban trail system will link pedestrians and cyclists to neighboring uses, including the Creek District, the Discovery Hills community via a pedestrian bridge across Discovery Street, to theneighborhood north of State Route 78 via the Johnston Street bridge, and toCSUSM via a pedestrian bridge across Barham Drive.

Goal:Develop and manage a street and highway system which accommodates future growth while maintaining
acceptable levels of service.

ConsistentThe traffic demand management measures that will be implemented within the District will encourage “park‐once” strategies, parking option incentives,carpooling and use of alternate modes of transportation. The Johnston Street bridge will provide an additional entry point into the District from theneighborhoods north of State Route 78, and tThe pedestrian bridges overTwin Oaks Valley Road and, Barham Drive and Discovery Street, theproximity to the Sprinter Light Rail, and the proposed internal and externalshuttle integrated pedestrian and bicycle path systems (Chapter V) will allowfor and encourage circulation without cars.

Introduction: I‐24 University District | San Marcos
Table I.A: General Plan ConsistencyGoal:Ensure that residential areas are protected from major impacts of the circulation system.

ConsistentThough the entire District is zoned to be mixed‐use, individual neighborhoods have an emphasis on residential uses (refer to Chapter III, LandUse Framework). The circulation system within the primarily residential neighborhoods have low design speeds (25 mph), and other traffic calming measures such as roundabouts to protect residents and visitors from traffic impacts.

Goal:Develop and maintain a circulation system which pre‐ serves significant scenic and open space amenities.

ConsistentThe layout of the conceptual plan and the street network, particularly on the west side, is designed to complement the topography and scenic resources, specifically the Knoll and the view shed to and along San Marcos Creek. The implementation of LID strategies, including median swales and continuoustree placement, will contribute to scenic resources and provide more passive recreation opportunities when compared to a conventional development of green space.

Alternative Transportation Modes Goals, Policies and Implementing StrategiesGoal:Provide a multi‐modal transportation system that encourages efficient use of existing and future facilities.

ConsistentThe District is accessible by existing Sprinter Light Rail, and provides complete streets that will encourage circulation by bicycles and pedestrians.

The District will also provide an integrated public transportation system,that links internally and also with neighboring and regional uses, such as CSUSM and Palomar College, among others. Additionally, the pedestrian bridges over Twin Oaks Valley Road, and Barham Drive and Discovery Street will allow for and encourage circulation without carspedestrian connectivity withCSUSM.

Goal:Maximize traffic safety for the elderly and handicapped, transit users, bicycle riders, pedestrians, and trail users.

ConsistentThe District’s compact design and layout of street network provides inherent traffic‐calming measures, and the complete streets provide bicycle lanes and University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐25
Table I.A: General Plan Consistency
wide sidewalks. TheA city‐funded shuttle system will would provideopportunities for all users to travel within the District, and will havewithfrequent stops within the District to ensure accessibility to users. The designspeeds of the internal roadways range from 15 to 25 mph, except for Barham Drive, Twin Oaks Valley Road, and Discovery Streets., all of which will have pedestrian bridges Pedestrian bridges over Barham Drive and Twin OaksValley Road serve to reduce traffic impacts on pedestrians, cyclists, andmotorists. All bridges, bus shelters, and crosswalks will be ADA‐compliant, and most major roadways within the District will have bicycle lanes.

Goal:Support Light Rail in order to reduce traffic demands on their major thoroughfares.

ConsistentThe high density mixed‐use urban development is immediately adjacent to the Sprinter Light Rail, and will contribute to reduced traffic demand by implementing “park‐once” strategies and fostering a pedestrian‐friendly neighborhood with multiple uses in close proximity.

Housing ElementGoal:Encourage the development of a variety of housing opportunities with emphasis on providing housing which
meets the special needs of the community.

ConsistentThe District emphasizes an urban neighborhood, and includes up to 800 550 units for student housing, located directly across the street from CSUSM.

The Specific Plan also requires that 15% of all dwelling units (net of student units) be affordable for low‐  and moderate‐income households. TheDistrict’s original development concept and yields (i.e. number and type ofresidential units, square‐footage of land uses, and location) reflects citizen input gathered from the publicly‐held University District Task Force meetings held over a year period, two community workshops, meetings with representatives of CSUSM and San Marcos School District, as well as elected City officials and all department staff.

Introduction: I‐26 University District | San Marcos
Table I.A: General Plan ConsistencyGoal:Protect, encourage and provide housing opportunities for persons of low and moderate income.

ConsistentThe Specific Plan requires that 15% of all dwelling units be affordable (net of student units) for low‐ and moderate‐income households, and includes up to800 550 units for student housing, located directly across the street fromCSUSM.

Goal:Promote equal opportunity for all residents to reside in housing of their choice.

ConsistentTheDistrict will include a varied mix of housing types within an urban setting, including single‐family residences, town‐homes, apartments, and live‐work lofts. Housing opportunities exist throughout the District, from the core downtown mixed‐use areas to the more residential neighborhoods.

Conservation and Open Space Element
Goal:Preserve the natural resources of the planning area, including dominant landforms, plant and animal habitats, and water courses.

ConsistentThe District is designed to maintain and emphasize significant natural features of the project area, including the knoll, its view shed down to the Creek, and the open space buffer and passive recreation trails and parks along the Creek. The University District conceptual plan has been designed to preserve the majority of the knoll for open space and as a natural recreation area for community residents and visitors. Additionally, residential and mixed‐use developments in the vicinity of the knoll have been designed torespect the natural setting and complement the existing topography. The District conceptual plan provides a buffer zone between the Creek habitat and the recreational trail, and will preserve the wetland area to the far west of the project site.

Goal:Develop and maintain a complete parks and recreationopen space system within the planning area.

ConsistentThe District is designed to maintain and emphasize significant natural features of the project area, including the knoll, its view shed down to the Creek, and the open space buffer and passive recreation trails and parks along the Creek. This Specific Plan provides for open space and recreational University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐27
Table I.A: General Plan Consistency
facilities throughout the District, including dedicated neighborhood parks and open space areas. The District includes complementary uses to CSUSM, which will allow for students, faculty and staff to live in the District, and utilize the campus facilities. Additionally, the Creekside and Wetland Trails on the west side oftheDistrict will provide open space and passive recreation opportunities that provide connections to the Creek District urban trail system, which will provide pedestrian and bicycle connections as well ascontinuous open space for passive recreation and habitat preservation.

Goal:Retain open space areas for public safety.

ConsistentThe District is designed to maintain and emphasize significant natural features of the project area, including the knoll, its view shed down to the Creek, and the open space buffer and passive recreation trails and parks along the Creek.

Goal:Promote contiguous development of vacant land.

ConsistentThe compact layout and density of the District provides the ideal infill development opportunity that complements neighboring land uses, including the Creek District, Discovery Hills, and CSUSM. and extends existing street and utility infrastructure to enable development of adjoiningproperties in a manner consistent with the General Plan and zoning for thoseparcels.

Goal:Ensure a high level of air and water quality.

ConsistentThe District’s emphasis on sustainability and on using Low Impact Development strategies throughout the project site to manage storm water will ensure a high level of water quality, as will the implementation of Best Management Practices (BMPs) and a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan prepared to meet Regional Water Quality Control Board requirements. The compact layout of the land uses and circulation system, the emphasis on walkability and public transportation, the provision of bicycle paths and Introduction: I‐28 University District | San Marcos
Table I.A: General Plan Consistency
facilities, and the comprehensive Traffic Demand Management (TDM) Program that is integrated into the Plan will reduce reliance on automobiles and lessen vehicle emissions. The District’s design commitment to sustainability and energy efficient buildings will reduce greenhouse gas emissions when compared to the “business‐as‐usual” development without these measures, thereby ensuring a high level of air quality, as analyzed in the air quality assessment and global climate change evaluation containedwithin the Environmental Impact Report (EIR).

Goal:Promote the use of energy conservation measures.

ConsistentThe District’s integrated approach to the promotion of energy conservation includes its emphasis on sustainability, the specific policies regarding energy efficiency, conservation and renewable energy production, as well as the comprehensive Traffic Demand Management Program that will encourage non‐vehicular circulation. Thoughtful design and placement of pedestrian paseos, plazas, and other urban open spaces will enhance the walkability ofinternal streets within the District.

Goal:Plan for, acquire, develop and maintain a system of local parks and recreation facilities which meet the needs of the residents of San Marcos.

ConsistentThe Specific Plan provides for open space and recreational facilities throughout the District, including dedicated neighborhood parks and open space areas on the Knoll, and adjacent to San Marcos Creek. The housing opportunities for students, faculty and staff will allow those residents to take advantage of the proximity to the campus’ recreation facilities. The walkability of the internal streets will encourage passive recreation within the District.

Goal:Plan for, implement and maintain a city‐wide network of trails for bicycle, pedestrian, and equestrian use.

ConsistentTheDistrict’s compact design and layout of street network includes provision of complete streets that provide bicycle lanes and wide sidewalks throughoutthe District, and trails that connect to the Creek District’s urban trail system.

University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐29
Table I.A: General Plan ConsistencySafety ElementGoal:Minimize injuries, the loss of life, and property damage resulting from hazards within the planning area.

ConsistentThe District will be developed subject to implementation of any and all applicable codes, regulations, and ordinances, as well as the mitigation measures and regulatory requirements outlined in the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) to reduce risk of injuries, loss of life, and property damage as a result of local hazards.

Noise Element
Goal:Reduce noise to acceptable noise levels in adjacent areas.

ConsistentThe District will be developed subject to implementation of any and all mitigation measures and regulatory requirements as outlined in the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) to reduce noise levels to acceptable levels, including compliance with Title 24 of California Code of Regulations and the Title 17 of the City’s Municipal Code.

I.4.3 Relationship of the 2021 UDSPA to the 2012 General PlanSince the adopted 2012 General Plan was in effect atthe time the 2021 amendment wasapproved, the following table addresses the consistency of the Specific PlanAmendment to the goals and policies of the current General Plan. The most significantrevisions made as a result of the 2021 amendment to the UDSP are increases to theallowable building heights, the addition of approximately eight acres to the easternboundary of the Specific Plan area, and the removal of the Johnston Street Bridge (alsoknown as the SR‐78 flyover) and the Discovery Street pedestrian bridge. Other revisionsmodify the development regulations and land uses to permit greater flexibility to allowfor better architectural design and respond to changing market conditions. Theamendment also includes general clean‐up revisions, such as modifications toterminology to reflect current nomenclature used by the City of San Marcos. These Introduction: I‐30 University District | San Marcos
revisions are consistent with the goals and policies of the current General Plan whichpromote walkable, mixed‐use development near public transit, an adequatejobs/housing balance, a healthy economy, a variety of housing options, and sustainabledevelopment.

Table I.B: General Plan Consistency for the 2021 UDSP AmendmentLand Use and Community Design ElementPolicy LU‐1.1:Ensure that adjacent land uses complement one anotherby considering compatibility of activities, developmentpatterns and architectural character elements and accessto various mobility choices.

ConsistentProperty added to the eastern end of the Specific Plan area along CarmelStreet would be designated for residential use. The adjacent land uses wouldallow residents the ability to walk, bike, or utilize public transit. It is locatedwithin ¼ mile or 5‐minute walk of the Cal State San Marcos Sprinter Stationat La Moree Road providing easy access to various mobility choices. The siteis also within walking distance of a variety of uses and employmentopportunities. In addition, the development would be subject to thearchitectural guidelines in the Specific Plan, contributing to a cohesivecharacter for the area.

Policy LU‐1.3:Diversify land uses by providing mixed use land uses instrategic locations within the City that place housingadjacent to employment.

ConsistentThe addition of residential uses along Carmel Street contributes to acompatible mix of land uses and would place residents within close proximityto existing and future employment opportunities. Allowing for additionalresidential uses within close proximity to the existing light industrial andbusiness park uses increases opportunities to live adjacent to areas ofemployment. Employers are also drawn to communities where there are avariety of nearby housing options for their workers. This is a desirablelocation in which to focus higher intensity development due to the proximityto the University and the Sprinter Station. These factors are also catalysts foradditional growth and investment in the area.

University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐31
Table I.B: General Plan Consistency for the 2021 UDSP AmendmentPolicy LU‐2.1:Promote compact development patterns that reduce airpollution and automobile dependence and facilitatewalking, bicycling, and transit use.

Consistent
The land use change promotes a compact development pattern that encourages walking, bicycling, and public transit use, and creates a greatermix of uses east of the rail line to further smart growth objectives.

Policy LU‐3.9:Review SANDAG’s Regional Transportation Plan/Sustainable Communities Strategy each time the Cityreviews and updates itsGeneral Plan and any specific plan,strategy, and zoning, to ensure overall consistency amongall of these plans and strategies, and allow for associatedCEQA streamlining and eligibility for State transportationfunding ConsistentThe proposed residential site is located within a Smart Growth OpportunityArea on SANDAG’s Smart Growth Concept Map. It is identified as a TownCenter where new and higher density development should be directed. Thesite would be developed at a density of approximately 40 dwelling units peracre and would contribute towards the development of a dense, compacturban form that helps promote public transit use. By introducing residentialuses to the area, the amendment would contribute to the City’s transit‐oriented development goals by increasing density in an area that already hasaccess to light rail. The subject property is closer to the Cal State San MarcosSprinter Station at La Moree Road than other parts of the UDSP. It is locatedless than 1/4 mile or within an approximate 5‐minute walk of this station.

Policy LU‐5.1:Create unique mixed use districts with public spaces andvertical massing to create sense of place.

ConsistentThe amendment increases building heights to create more public spaces,enhance the skyline, contribute to an inviting arrival experience at keygateways/intersections, and accommodate the residential densities alreadyapproved within the Specific Plan. The previous regulations were toorestrictive and would have resulted in less variety and fewer housing unitsbeing constructed.

Policy LU‐5.2:

Establish a “downtown” as a focal pointforthe San Marcoscommunity and an attraction for North County.

ConsistentThe UDSP is intended to be the “downtown” for San Marcos. Increasedbuilding heights help to create a vibrant downtown with a more interestingand varied skyline that serves as a focal pointforthe San Marcos community.The revisions also allow for greater public open space/gathering areas forthecommunity.

Introduction: I‐32 University District | San Marcos
Table I.B: General Plan Consistency for the 2021 UDSP AmendmentPolicy LU‐5.5:Encourage development of public spaces and plazaswithin commercial, mixed‐use, and residential projectsthat include fire and water features that canaccommodate civic events and function as communitygathering areas.

Consistent
The greater building heights allow for additional public open space to be provided at the ground level which can function as community gatheringareas. The revisions to the development regulations also permit theestablishment of courtyards, plazas, outdoor lobbies, and other featuresthat result in a more pedestrian‐friendly environment.

Policy LU‐6.9Ensure high architectural standards and aesthetic designquality particularly for redevelopment along the StateRoute 78 corridor and within the commercial core of thecommunity.

Consistent
The UDSP already requires high quality architecture along SR‐78 and throughout the community. The revisions to the development standardsand guidelines further contribute to the high architectural standards of thearea by allowing for more flexibility and providing opportunities toimplement advancements in building design. The changes allow for morevariation along the streetfrontage as well as a more interesting skyline. Theyalso allow projects to provide larger plazas, public gathering spaces, andother amenities.

Policy LU‐7.1Support walkable, mixed use development along maintransit and transportation corridors.

Consistent
As previously indicated, the property added to the eastern end of the Specific Plan area along Carmel Street would be designated for residentialuse. This is an appropriate location in which to promote higher densityresidential development due to its proximity to the Sprinter Station and theCal State San Marcos campus. The site is located within a ¼ mile or 5 minutewalk of the transit station and helps to support walkable, mixed‐usedevelopment along a transportation corridor.

Housing ElementPolicy HE‐1.2Promote the development of affordable and special needshousing near transit and/or “smart growth focus areas”where opportunities are more probable.

ConsistentProperty added to the eastern end of the Specific Plan area along CarmelStreet would be designated for residential development and mayaccommodate a portion of the required affordable housing units. The site islocated within ¼ mile or 5‐minute walk of the Cal State San Marcos SprinterStation at La Moree Road making it an ideal location for housing. The area is University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐33
Table I.B: General Plan Consistency for the 2021 UDSP Amendment also identified as a smart growth area on SANDAG’s Smart Growth ConceptMap.

Mobility ElementPolicy ME‐3.1Develop an integrated, multi‐modal circulation systemthat accommodates transit, bicycles, pedestrians, andvehicles; provides opportunities to reduce air pollution andgreenhouse gas emissions; and reinforces the role of thestreet as a public space that unites the City.

Consistent
The removal of the SR‐78 flyover and the Discovery Street pedestrian bridgeare practical revisions to the Specific Plan. The City of San Marcos found itprohibitively difficult to engineer a north side landing for SR 78 flyover whichdid not unduly impact San Marcos Creek and the existing residences alongJohnston Lane. Current traffic volumes also do not warrant development ofthe bridge. Similarly, a landing for the Discovery Street pedestrian bridgewas not provided for in the entitlements for the Discovery Village Southdevelopment. In addition, the bridges were originally planned to be fundedby the Redevelopment Agency, but that funding went away with thedissolution of redevelopment agencies by the State of California in 2012.Neither of these bridges are needed for transportation/mobility purposesand any benefit they would have provided would have been significantlyoutweighed by the cost to construct them. The traffic study thataccompanies the amendment supports the removal of the SR‐78 flyover.Removal of the flyover does not result in any new significant roadway orintersection impacts that were not previously identified in theUDSP Final EIRand 2014 Addendum. In addition,the Specific Plan includes a comprehensivepedestrian and bicycle linkages plan, which demonstrates that there aresufficient non‐vehicular routes throughout the plan area. Thus, removal ofthe bridges promotes economic strength and stability while stillaccommodating a safe and efficient multi‐modal circulation system thatprovides opportunities to decrease air pollution and greenhouse gasemissions.

Introduction: I‐34 University District | San Marcos
Table I.B: General Plan Consistency for the 2021 UDSP AmendmentPolicy ME‐3.3Provide a pedestrian and bicycle network in existing andnew neighborhoods that facilitates convenient andcontinuous pedestrian and bicycle travel free of majorimpediments and obstacles.

Consistent
The UDSP continues to provide a comprehensive pedestrian and bicycle network that facilitates continuous pedestrian and bicycle travel asillustrated in Figure V.B, Pedestrian and Bicyclist Linkages Diagram.

Conservation and Open Space ElementPolicy COS‐4.6Promote efficient use of energy and conservation ofavailable resources in the design, construction,maintenance, and operation of public and privatefacilities, infrastructure, and equipment.

ConsistentChanges to the design guidelines allow development to be more sustainable by expanding the range of high‐quality building materials toinclude more eco‐friendly products that help to conserve energy andnatural resources.

University District | San Marcos Introduction: I‐35
I.5 Specific Plan OrganizationThe University District Specific Plan is organized into the following nine (9) Chapters,which are described below. All design concept figures within these Chapters are forillustrative purposes only. Actual design shall be determined through Site DevelopmentPlan review and approval for the respective area.:Chapter I. Introduction This Chapter provides a broad overview of the University District Specific Plan vision, the project location, parcel ownership, and summary of the original intent of the Heart of the City Specific Plan. Also included is a description of the scope and authority of the Specific Plan, as well as compliance with the requirements for General Plan consistency.

Chapter II. Sustainability Goals | Policies
This Chapter describes the policy foundation for the University District Specific Plan, including the specific goals and objectives related to implementation of the Plan.

Chapter III. Land Use Framework
This Chapter establishes the overall land use concept and anticipated development yields, and also describes existing development patterns within the University District.Chapter IV. Open Space | ConservationThis Chapter establishes the overall urban open space concept, acreage calculations, and describes existing natural open space conditions within the University District.

Chapter V. Transportation | Circulation
This Chapter establishes the overall circulation concept, which includes improvements to pedestrian, bicycle, and public transit system access. It also includes a description of the existing transportation network, as well as strategies for parking and transportation demand management.

Introduction: I‐36 University District | San Marcos
Chapter VI. Form‐Based CodeThis Chapter provides the regulating framework for development within the University District. Upon adoption of this Specific Plan, the Form‐Based Code Chapter will serve as the legal zoning/regulating plan for the University District.

Chapter VII. District Signage | Public Art
This Chapter provides high‐level descriptions of the type and location of district‐wide signs, which include identification of the downtown core along State Route 78, internal primary and secondary gateway monuments, as well as smaller scale pedestrian way‐ finding directories. This Chapter also describes public art program requirements.

Chapter VIII. Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services This Chapter identifies existing utility infrastructure locations/capacities in and around the University District project area, as well as the necessary infrastructure improvements to facilitate implementation of the Specific Plan.

Chapter IX. Implementation | Administration
This Chapter provides requirements for development review and administration of the University District Specific Plan, including amendment procedures, financing mechanisms for implementing public improvements, and the application of this Plan to legal non‐conforming uses and lot consolidation.
“When we try to pick out anything by itself, we find it hitched to everything else in the Universe.” ‐ John Muir
II. SUSTAINABILITY GOALS | POLICIESII.1 Core Principles The University District Specific Plan was developedthrough the active participation and collaboration of many different stakeholders, including Citymanagement and staff,theUniversityDistrict Task Force (UDTF), representatives of California State University
San Marcos (CSUSM) and San Marcos School District,
project area property owners, as well as community
members. This planning effort reflects a united desire to further advance “smart growth” efforts withinNorth San
Diego County.The following six core principles were established by this collaborative group to guide development of the
University District Specific Plan:
 Neighborhood Livability and Walkability Generous, Quality, and Interactive Open Space Enhanced Alternative Transportation Distinctive Urban Character Economic Diversity and Vibrancy Environmental Sustainability (Continued on Next Page)
Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐2 University District | San Marcos (Continued from Previous Page)
Based on these core principles, this Chapter outlines specific goals and policies that will guide development so that all individual projects contribute to the larger vision of an environmentally sustainable University District. A goal identifies the physical, economic, and social ends that the community desires to achieve; a policy establishes a course of action for decision‐makers to follow, which will fulfill the community’s desired goals.

II.2 The University District Vision
In keeping with the original Heart of the City intent, the University District is intended to function as a sustainable and vibrant urban center that strengthens the emerging downtown core of San Marcos. The District is envisioned as a pedestrian‐friendly mixed‐ use collection of neighborhoods, which emphasize strong physical and social connections to the surrounding land uses.

At full build‐out, the University District will be a dynamic 24‐hour “live‐work‐play” urban center for community residents and visitors to access retail, entertainment and dining choices, neighborhood‐serving commercial uses, visitor‐serving amenities such as hotel and conference space, urban gathering plazas, recreational open space, and a range of alternative modes of transportation – from walkable streets, dedicated bicycle routes, and intra‐city shuttle, to public inter‐city bus and Sprinter Line transit. The proposed parks, open space, and emphasis on walkable streets will provide ample recreational opportunities for residents, and in conjunction with the pedestrian bridges and trail linking to neighboring uses, will encourage non‐vehicular circulation.

Collectively, these land uses will showcase the university setting and reinforce a strong sense of identity. These uses also will provide increased housing and employment opportunities, which are central to a flourishing local economy, and will complement CSUSM and other surrounding uses.

University District | San Marcos Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐3 II.3 A Sustainable University District
In the two decades since initial adoption of the original Heart of the City Specific Plan, land planning has broadened its outlook. Issues related to global climate changes, increasingly stringent Federal and State water supply and quality measures, as well as rising demand on existing transportation networks that promote the use of personal verhicles over mass public transit, are requiring communities to evaluate new approaches to conservation and development.The proximity of the University District project to CSUSM, the Civic Center, established residential neighborhoods, the future Creek District, Sprinter Line stations, and State Route 78, provides an opportunity to plan a compact development incorporating sustainable and smart growth measures. These elements will provide a healthy living environment, both built and natural, a truly walkable community offering residential options for students, faculty, youth, seniors and those in‐between, workplace opportunities, retail commercial and entertainment experiences, recreation facilities, visitor accommodations, and alternative transportation modes.

Incorporation of sustainable design features into all aspects of University District will result in numerous benefits for the community, the environment, the City, property owners, residents, workers, and visitors. Property owners will benefit from reduced operating costs and increased property values through the creation of a strong neighborhood identity. The environment will benefit from dramatically reduced greenhouse gas emissions over those emitted by traditional suburban development. The community and public agencies will benefit through increased property values, resulting sales and property taxes, as well as increased future resource capacity. Together, these benefits allow for community development within an environmentally‐  and economically‐sustainable model.

Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐4 University District | San Marcos Sustainable Neighborhood Design
Sustainable neighborhoods successfully advance social development, environmental health, and economic prosperity through design measures and methods that integrate natural systems with human patterns, without compromising the ability of subsequent generations to meet future needs. This Specific Plan creatively integrates land use, transit, and infrastructure needs into an easily understood, workable framework for sustainable design.Land Planning
The distribution of land uses within University District is formulated with the primary goal of creating a synergistic mix that promotes a walkable neighborhood. Pedestrian‐ friendly streets, sidewalks, public spaces and trails are designed to emphasize this walkability. The compact design of University District will reduce traffic impacts by facilitating mass public transit, new “park‐once” habits for business patrons, and alternative commute patterns. Multiple daily tasks can be accomplished on foot due to the proximity between residential units, workplaces and facilities related to shopping, dining, entertainment, lodging, education, indoor and outdoor recreation. The land use framework is more fully detailed in Chapter III.Transportation Demand Management (TDM)The variety, density, and compact design of land uses allow for the successful implementation of strategic Transportation Demand Management (TDM) solutions.

These solutions support management options, such as “park‐once” strategies (e.g., consolidated parking with walkable streets and paseos to encourage patrons to park once and then walk), parking option incentives, car‐pooling and transit‐pass programs that make mass public transit more attractive and convenient. To further encourage alternate modes oftravel,the Specific Plan identifies reduced parking requirements in target areas and provides for the establishment of a future intra‐city shuttle system. These TDM solutions are more fully detailed in Chapter V.

University District | San Marcos Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐5 InfrastructureThe Specific Plan provides for neighborhood connections through interrelating streets and pedestrian pathways, which emphasize efficient circulation and safe walkability.

Traffic calming measures are built into the street design and include narrower travel lanes, traffic circles, roundabouts, and chokers. Wide sidewalks and pedestrian overpasses invite safe, convenient pedestrian travel, while maintaining fluid vehicular circulation. Bicycle paths throughout the neighborhoods also add an additional layer of accessibility. Circulation infrastructure is more fully detailed in Chapters V and VI.

Further, the Specific Plan incorporates Low Impact Development (LID) features, which is a sustainable approach to storm water management that differs radically from conventional run‐off systems. LID promotes the use of natural systems for permeation, filtration, storage, and evapo‐transpiration. These small‐scale practices are highly effective in removing nutrients, pathogens and other pollutants from storm water, and reducing the volume and intensity of run‐off. Measures may include bio‐retention, vegetated roofs,flow‐through planters, and permeable surfaces. These LIDpractices and strategies are more fully detailed throughout Chapter IV, VI, and VIII.

Leadership in Energy and Environmental
Design (LEED)Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design for Neighborhood Development (LEED‐ ND) is collaboration among the United States Green Building Council (USGBC), the Congress for New Urbanism, and the Natural Resources Defense Council. The LEED‐ND Rating System integrates the principles of smart growth, new urbanism, and green building into the first national system for sustainable neighborhood design. LEED certification provides independent third‐party verification that an individual project’s proposed design and location meets accepted high levels of environmentally responsible and sustainable development.This Specific Plan recognizes that environmentally sustainable development is a relatively new field of expertise and focus, and that the United States Green Building Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐6 University District | San Marcos Council (USGBC)’s LEED system of environmental standards is currently the most recognized system for ranking sustainable development. The goals and policies established in this Specific Plan meet credit requirements found in the current Draft LEED‐ND Rating System (the Final Rating System is expected in Spring 2009). These requirements directly contribute to meeting the core principles established for the University District. Therefore, this Specific Plan not only provides the framework for meeting the vision and core principles of the University District, it will also be “LEED‐NDready” should the City decide to pursue LEED‐ND certification for the entire district.

The USGBC administers rating systems for other building products as well, including LEED for New Construction, LEED for Schools and LEED for Retail, among others. New buildings within University District shall be constructed to meet the intent of LEED certification for the appropriate building product, or be constructed according to a comprehensive set of sustainable building standards adopted by the City. Every project team shall include a LEED Accredited Professional or other similarly qualifiedprofessional approved by the City Planning Director, who will prepare and provide the necessary documentation to the City that demonstrates the project’s ability to achieve the minimum points required for certification. This Specific Plan does not require project registration or certification through USGBC.

Green building construction practices will be facilitated by an incentive program formulated by the City, which may include any number of incentives, such as accelerated permit processing and plan review, discounted permit fees, tax abatements, or other suitable incentives as determined by the City.

II.4 Sustainability Goals and Policies
II.4.1 Neighborhood Livability and WalkabilityGoal: Provide a concentrated and vibrant mix of land uses for diverse groups of people to “live, work, and play.”
University District | San Marcos Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐7 Policies:
 Provide public spaces, and connections to public spaces, such as sidewalks, gathering plazas, community centers, urban parks and recreational trails.  Activate areas through a variety and density of uses that attract people and promote activities throughout the day and night.
 Provide a mix of affordable, universally‐accessible and green housing types for people of all socio‐economic and household groups (including students, faculty, families, singles, seniors, and disabled).
 Entice businesses to locate within University District through a compact mix of land uses that provide proximity to retail/commercial,restaurants/cafes, lodging, entertainment, and other business‐support services.
 Reserve 15 percent of all residential dwelling units as affordable for low‐  and moderate‐income households.
 Provide a variety of easily accessible transportation choices. Allow flexibility in land use and building design to accommodate future changes in market conditions and real estate needs.

See Chapter III – Land Use Framework and Chapter VI – Form‐Based Code for detailed implementation of these policies.

II.4.2 Generous, Quality, and Interactive Open SpaceGoals: Create an integrated green infrastructure of environmentally‐protected areas, urban parks, recreational trails/pathways, street tree systems, community gardens, gathering spaces, and waterways.Use landscape to treat storm water run‐off, to conserve water, to create animal habitat, and to reduce “heat island effect." 1
1 “Heat island effect” refers to the increase in ambient air temperatures that occur over urban areas characterized by increased pavement andstructures that absorb heat when compared to natural landscapes.

Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐8 University District | San Marcos Policies:
 Create permeable land area such as bio‐swales, permeable surfaces, and rain gardens, and other landscape features to allow for infiltration of storm water, to address storm water management and water quality.
 Protect San Marcos Creek from untreated project run‐off. Establish a series of parks, trails, and plazas throughout University District, interconnected by pedestrian‐oriented sidewalks and non‐vehicular areas that connect to existing trail systems where possible to expand the trail network.  Create visible and easily accessible urban open spaces within commercial areas to allow adjoining businesses to provide food and/or entertainment services to these areas.
 Create abundant vegetated areas to enhance site contributions to natural ecological processes, sustain air and water resources, promote bio‐diversity and reduce heat island effects.
 Use native and/or drought‐tolerant plants as a first‐tier choice in landscaping to reduce irrigation needs.

See Chapter IV – Open Space | Conservation and Chapter VI – Form‐Based Code for detailed implementation of these policies.

II.4.3 Enhanced Alternative TransportationGoal: Reduce vehicle miles traveled, improve accessibility and connectivity between surrounding uses, and encourage pedestrian and bicycle commuting.

Policies:
 Establish a local area shuttle to provide access between mass transit stations and to major population centers in the vicinity.
 Provide pedestrian and bicycle linkages between core residential and commercial areas and the Sprinter rail station.

University District | San Marcos Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐9  Provide infrastructure and support programs that supply local public transit information and facilitate shared vehicle use and car‐pooling.  Provide safe, well‐established, continuous, and clearly marked bicycle routes. Provide bicycle parking and storage, as well as showers and changing facilities, especially in employment centers.
 Provide trail connectivity and pedestrian oriented sidewalks. Provide a pedestrian bridges to ease crossing at busy major thoroughfares Barham Drive.
 Provide “park‐once” design solutions in targeted core areas with supporting land uses.
 Provide preferred parking for carpools, vanpools and renewable and hybrid or similar low‐energy vehicles.
 Provide bus stops connecting to the regional bus system. Provide public transit ridership incentives, such as Sprinter passes.

See Chapter V ‐ Transportation/Circulation and Chapter VI ‐ Form‐based Code for detailed implementation of these policies.

II.4.4 Distinctive Urban CharacterGoal: Create a vibrant town center, with a variety of uses that attract citizens of all ages and interests, with a special emphasis on providing housing, services, restaurants and entertainment for both students and faculty of CSUSM.

Policies:
 Create a student housing village in proximity to the CSUSM Campus, with pedestrian, bike, and shuttle linkages to the campus.
 Provide campus‐serving retail, restaurants, and entertainment services. Provide a variety of housing and land uses with sufficient density and spatial compactness to create an urban environment and neighborhood core.  Facilitate sustainability in design, construction, and in energy conservation.

Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐10 University District | San Marcos  Provide pedestrian‐oriented sidewalks and strategically located trails to create a walkable community linking the neighborhood core to outlying areas.  Provide pedestrian connections to neighboring communities. Provide flexibility in land use and building design to accommodate changes in market conditions.
 Create a community with a variety of transportation options for its residents, tenants, and visitors
See Chapter III – Land Use Framework, Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation, and Chapter VI – Form‐Based Code for detailed implementation of these policies.

II.4.5 Economic Diversity and VibrancyGoal: Provide flexibility in land uses to encourage the development of a variety of housing, retail, entertainment, education, and employment uses to expand the choices available to the citizens of San Marcos, as well as students and faculty of CSUSM.

Policies:
 Accommodate a range of land uses that meet the economic, environmental, educational and social needs of the District.
 Allow flexibility in design and land use constraints to adjust for evolving market conditions and encourage adaptive reuse of buildings for alternative uses.  Provide for reduced or no minimum parking standards to facilitate shared parking, “park‐once” strategies, and alternative transportation options.  Encourage, support, and where practical,require renewable energy solutions and significant energy conservation in all buildings and public spaces.  Provide a compact and diverse mix of uses that offer retail commercial, restaurants, lodging, entertainment and other support services to attract businesses.
 Promote a vibrant, active community through a compact mix of diverse uses that support activities throughout the day and into the night, including weekends.

University District | San Marcos Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐11 See Chapter III – Land Use Framework and Chapter VI – Form‐Based Code for detailed implementation of these policies.

II.4.6 Environmental SustainabilityGoals: Design both the land uses and buildings of University District to balance environmental responsibility, resource efficiency, occupant comfort and well‐ being, and community sensitivity. Emphasize alternative transportation resources.

Policies:
 Require new development to comply with the City’s Climate Action Plan (CAP).

Development projects shall adhere to current applicable CAP measures, orequivalent, or stronger measures in effect at the time a site development plan issubmitted.  All buildings must meet all applicable pre‐requisites for the LEED‐ND rating system, including the pre‐requisite for indoor water use efficiency.  Design buildings to achieve maximum practicable energy efficiency through any number of best practices, including but not limited to, building envelope, appropriate mechanical equipment sizing, weather‐proofing and efficient appliances. At minimum, buildings shall be 15% more efficient than Title 24 (2005) or meet the Efficiency Standards adopted by the City.  Design buildings to take advantage of climate conditions for reducing building energy load.
 Integrate on‐site renewable energy generation to the maximum extent feasible, including solar thermal, solar electric, wind power, geothermal, or biomass.  Require all new traffic lights, streetlights, parking structure lighting to use energy saving technologies, including but not limited to, light‐emitting‐diodes (LED) or other highly efficient technology.
 Reduce heat island effect from roof, non‐roof and right‐of‐way areas through any combination of strategies, including but not limited to, landscaping, shade structures (including photovoltaic panels, canopied walkways, vine pergolas, Sustainability Goals | Policies: II‐12 University District | San Marcos etc.), paving and hardscape materials with a high reflectance, and “cool‐roof” technologies.
 All post‐project run‐off flow rates and durations shall not exceed pre‐project run‐ off flow rates and durations per County of San Diego Guidelines for Determining Significance Hydrology.
 Treat every drop of water as a precious natural resource. Group plants by water needs and design irrigation systems by hydro‐zones. When irrigation is necessary, utilize highly efficient irrigation systems (e.g., drip irrigation, low‐ angle spray heads, multi‐programmable irrigation clocks or weather‐based irrigation controllers, or the latest available efficient technology), and consider the use of non‐potable water (such as captured rainwater) for irrigation uses.  Reduce consumption of non‐local, non‐renewable, non‐recyclable and non‐ durable materials.
 Reduce waste by designing buildings that have flexibility in potential uses to allow for durability and flexibility in ruse to minimize future demolition and waste creation.
 Reduce embodied energy and carbon footprint associated with construction by prioritizing the use of local materials extracted and manufactured or assembled within 500 miles.
 Utilize durable, salvaged, refurbished, reused materials, materials with recycled content or made from rapidly renewable sources for construction to the greatest extent possible.
 Provide open air places with easy access and proximity to community residents and visitors.
 Implement a construction waste management program to divert materials from the landfill to the maximum extent practicable, and at minimum, in accordance with a City‐adopted standard.

See Chapter III – Land Use Framework, Chapter IV – Open Space | Conservation, Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation, Chapter VI – Form‐Based Code for detailed implementation of these policies.
“We have two real choices for future development: we can grow more compactly, or we can continue to sprawl across the landscape at great economic, environmental, and social cost.” ‐ Ed McMahon, Urban Land Institute
III. LAND USE FRAMEWORKIII.1 An Urban “Town/Gown” Setting Development of California State University San
Marcos (CSUSM) was the primary motivation for
crafting the original Heart of the City Specific Plan.The University was initially envisioned as a satellite campus for San Diego State University, but given its
flourishing student enrollment due to a growing
North San Diego County, the campus quickly
expanded into a full‐fledged four‐year University.

The University District has been strategicallyplanned to maximize the benefits of its proximity to the University, in addition to other neighboring uses
such as the Civic Center, Kaiser Medical Center, San
Marcos Creek District, existing residential areas and
the Sprinter Rail Line. The University District Specific Plan provides the framework for a compact mixed‐
use neighborhood that links these adjoining uses
together to create an authentic and lively urban
“town/gown” district within the heart of the City of
San Marcos.

Land Use Framework: III‐2 University District | San Marcos III.2 Existing Development Patterns
The University District site is bisected by Twin Oaks Valley Road, creating two distinct planning areas on either side of the arterial. The east side of the project currently consists of various light‐industrial uses, as well as sparse residential and commercial uses, and vacant land. The middle of the east side has been developed with new mixed‐use and commercial buildings pursuant to this Specific Plan. Twin Oaks Valley Road is flanked bya mix of commercial uses and interspersed single‐family residential dwellings. A gasstation, hotel, and San Diego County offices are located immediately south of SR‐78 and east of Twin Oaks Valley Road, and a mix of commercial and light industrial uses are located on the far east portion of the site.

Vacant land dominates nearly 50 percent of tThe project area on the west side of Twin Oaks Valley Road, as well as sparse residential and commercial uses is vacant andincluded in an active grading permit that is underway. Approximately 51 4 legal non‐conforming residential dwellings exist throughout the project area, all on the east sidefacing Barham Drive. The northwestern boundary of the project area west of Twin OaksValley Road is where San Marcos Creek crosses the site.See Figure III.A: ExistingDevelopment Patterns, Figure III.B: Photos of Existing LandUses – East Side, and Figure III.C: Photos of Existing Land Uses – West Side to further understand the types and location of existing land uses within the Specific Plan area..

University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐3 Figure III.A: Existing Development Patterns
Land Use Framework: III‐4 University District | San Marcos Figure III.A: Existing Development Patterns
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐5 Figure III.B: Photos of Existing Land Uses – East Side
Sprinter Rail Line Wall(Looking South from East Side)
Looking South towards CSUSM (East of Twin Oaks Valley Road)Areas of Vacant Land (East of Twin Oaks Valley Road) Industrial / Commercial Uses Industrial / Commercial UsesSan Diego County Offices
(East Side; Outside Project Area)
Land Use Framework: III‐6 University District | San Marcos Figure III.B: Photos of Existing Land Uses – East Side
Sprinter Rail Line WalloverCarmel St.(Looking South West from EastSide) Looking Southeast towards CSUSM (East ofFrom Twin OaksValley Road)Mixed‐Use DevelopmentAreas of Vacant Land (East of Twin OaksValley RoadAt North City Dr. & Campus Way) Industrial / Commercial Uses
Industrial / CommercialUsesStudent Housing (CampusWay & Barham Dr.)San Diego County Offices (East Side; Outside Project Area)
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐7 Figure III.C: Photos of Existing Land Uses – West Side
Looking Northwest towards Knoll (from CSUSM)
Areas of Vacant Land(West of Twin Oaks Valley Road)
Looking Northeast towards Knoll(from Kaiser Medical Center) Southern Project Boundary(Intersection of Barham Road and Rush Drive) Land Use Framework: III‐8 University District | San Marcos Figure III.C: Photos of Existing Land Uses – West Side
Looking Northwest towards Knoll (from CSUSM)
Looking north towards Knoll fromRush Dr.

Looking Northeast towards Knoll(from Kaiser Medical Center) Southern Project Boundary(Intersection of Barham Road and Rush Drive) Looking southwest from Echo Lane
Looking northeast from Twin OaksValley Road.

University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐9 III.3 Land Use Concept and Illustrative
III.3.1 Land UsesThe vision for this Specific Plan is to develop a vibrant new town center forthe City of San Marcos that provides the vitality and richness characteristic of successful downtowns that have grown and evolved over time. University District will be an attractive, pedestrian‐ and transit‐oriented, urban mixed‐use neighborhood where residents and visitors interact and engage in a variety of social, cultural, and commercial activities. The District will be a regional hub for surrounding communities, a destination for social and cultural events, recreation, and commercial activity.

Fundamental to the success of the District is the strategic distribution of land uses where retail, entertainment, services, employment, public transit, parks, and housing are all conveniently located within walking distance of each other. A truly mixed‐use district allows those who live and work in the district to be able to walk from their homes or workplaces to nearby parks and businesses for recreation, dining,retail, and services. The District’s walkability will also allow visitors to park once, and then walk or take public transit to each of their destinations. Providing a good mix of land uses, along with attractive pedestrian‐oriented streets and convenient public transit, will reduce the daily vehicle trips typically generated when these uses are dispersed throughout the District.

This will ease the problems of traffic congestion, noise, and parking difficulties often associated with downtown neighborhoods.A continuous level of activity throughout the day and night is also fundamental to the success of the University District. It is necessary to balance dining, entertainment, and retail uses with residential, office, and services to ensure the economic viability of the district’s commercial core. A mixture of all of these uses creates a dynamic neighborhood where the streets are animated with people working, shopping, and socializing 24 hours a day.

Land Use Framework: III‐10 University District | San Marcos See Figure III.D: Conceptual Land Use Illustrative for the conceptual site design. All figures areillustrative only. Actual design shall be determined through Site Development Plan review andapproval for individual projects.Figure III.D. Conceptual Land Use Illustrative University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐11 Figure III.D. Conceptual Land Use Illustrative
III.3.2 Neighborhoods / DistrictsThough the University District is conceived of as a whole, with each of its parts inextricably linked by the distribution of land uses, circulation patterns, and network of green spaces, the District is not uniform in its physical form or land use. Land use patterns, building forms, open space, and topography all play a role in creating a District composed of distinct neighborhoods with their own unique character, but which complement the character and uses in the adjacent neighborhoods. Though the entire District is zoned to be mixed‐use, individual neighborhoods may have an emphasis on one or more uses, and may prohibit certain uses or building types that are allowed in other neighborhoods within the District.

The University District includes the following neighborhoods:
 Commercial / Retail Core
POTENTIAL FUTURE BUILDINGS: LOCATION AND FOOTPRINT TO BE DETERMINED THROUGH SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN APPROVED BUILDINGS EXISTING BUILDINGS SPECIFIC PLAN BOUNDARY SPRINTER STATION SPRINTER TRACKS Land Use Framework: III‐12 University District | San Marcos  Student Housing Village Mixed‐Use Center Office Park Residential Refer to Figure III.E: Neighborhoods/Districts Illustrative for an understanding of the locations and physical relationships between the proposed mix of land uses.

University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐13 Figure III.E. Neighborhoods/Districts Illustrative
Land Use Framework: III‐14 University District | San Marcos Figure III.E. Neighborhoods/Districts Illustrative
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐15 Commercial / Retail Core NeighborhoodThe heart of the District is the Commercial/Retail Core. This mixed‐use neighborhood is planned as the District’slifestyle center and major hub of retail activity. It has the highest intensity of retail and entertainment uses in the University District. Its close proximity to the California State University San Marcos (CSUSM) campus, Student Housing Village, and adjacent Sprinter Line station make it a natural location for vibrant retail activity.The neighborhood is organized around the main spine street that traverses through the project on the east side of Twin Oaks Valley Road, which culminates at a large urban plaza. Three‐  to five‐storyLow to high‐rise mixed‐use buildings with ground floor commercial, retail stores,restaurants and outdoor cafes lining the street and urban plaza.Upper floors provide space for a mix of residential, office, and small hotel uses.Refer to Figure III.F: Commercial/Retail Core Enlarged Plan and Figure III.G:

Commercial/Retail Core Perspective for more detailed information regarding this neighborhood. These figures are illustrative only. Actual design shall be determined through Site Development Plan review and approval.Figure III.F: Commercial/Retail Core Enlarged Plan Land Use Framework: III‐16 University District | San Marcos Figure III.F: Commercial/Retail Core Enlarged Plan
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐17 Figure III.G : Commercial/Retail Core Perspective
Land Use Framework: III‐18 University District | San Marcos Figure III.G : Commercial/Retail Core Perspective
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐19 Student Housing Village Neighborhood
Immediately south of the Commercial/Retail Core, located primarily along Barham Drive east of Campus Way, is the Student Housing Village. This neighborhood is organized aroundwithin walking distance ofthe main axis of Campus Way and the pedestrian bridgeacross Barham Drive, which leads directly into the heart of the California State UniversitySan Marcos (CSUSM) campus. This area is intended to provide a range of housing types to serve the needs of the adjacent University. Each block inThe Student Housing Village is intersected by a north/south pedestrian paseo that provides more student‐focused public open space.The predominant use is for student and faculty housing, with some ground floor commercial uses. Multi‐story buildings fronting Barham Drive are planned in order to create a scale more appropriate to its street width.

The Student Housing Village will beis connected to the CSUSM campus by way of a pedestrian bridge over Barham Drive.Refer to Figure III.H: Student Housing Village Enlarged Plan and Figure III.I: Student Housing Village Perspective for more detailed information regarding this neighborhood.

These figures are illustrative only. Actual design shall be determined through Site Development Plan review and approval.Figure III.H: Student Housing Village Enlarged Plan Land Use Framework: III‐20 University District | San Marcos Figure III.H: Student Housing Village Enlarged Plan
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐21 Figure III.I: Student Housing Village Perspective
Land Use Framework: III‐22 University District | San Marcos Figure III.I: Student Housing Village Perspective
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐23 Mixed‐Use Center Neighborhood
Located east and west at the intersection of Twin Oaks Valley Road, Discovery Road and Barham Drive is the Mixed‐Use Center, which is envisioned as a secondary hub ofcommercial activity, including a convergence of activating uses such as hotels, conference center, office buildings, headquarters, general office, scientific/life science, retail, dining, and high‐density residential. Buildings are generally three to fivestorieslow to mid‐rise in height, with some taller towers located at the key intersectionbetween the two main spine roads. This neighborhood is organized around two publicplazas: Twin Oaks Plaza East and Twin Oaks Plaza West. The plaza on the west willterrace up away from the intersection to follow the rising topographic characteristics ofthat side of the project site.A pedestrian bridge crossing over Twin Oaks Valley Road will link the east and the west sides together. The bridge will connect both the second story levels of the land uses on either side of the street. This feature would be designed when a site development plan is submitted for the buildings surrounding the east and west plazas in order to maintain ahigh level of activity on both sides.Refer to Figure III.J: Mixed‐Use Center Enlarged Plan and Figure III.K: Mixed‐Use Center Perspective for more detailed information regarding this neighborhood. These figures are for illustrative purposes only. Actual design shall be determined through SiteDevelopment Plan review and approval.

Land Use Framework: III‐24 University District | San Marcos Figure III.J: Mixed‐Use Center Enlarged Plan
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐25 Figure III.K: Mixed‐Use Center Perspective
Land Use Framework: III‐26 University District | San Marcos Figure III.K: Mixed‐Use Center Perspective
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐27 Office/Commercial DistrictThe Office/Commercial District consists of the remainder of University District, primarily located along the State Route 78 frontage zones and in the far west portion ofthe District fronting the extension of Discovery Street.

These neighborhoods are zoned for office/commercial. They but are primarily intended for high‐intensity office uses but can include residential uses as well. These areas mayhave more freeway‐oriented building types that are not necessarily required to follow the established requirements for other pedestrian‐friendly building types located elsewherein the District, provided they are not fronting a street where pedestrian use is emphasized.Refer to Figure III.L: Office/Commercial District Enlarged Plan and Figure III.M:

Office/Commercial District Perspective for more detailed information regarding this district. Just east of the Sprinter rail line is an approximately two‐acre parcel owned by the North County Transit District (NCTD). This property (shown in pink in Figure III.L) wasincluded in this Specific Plan as part of the 2021 amendment for connectivity purposes.The site currently serves as an emergency access to maintain the rail line and no newdevelopment will occur on that site. As such, a railroad right‐of‐way overlay zone hasbeen applied to the property. If NCTD determines the overlay zone is no longer needed,subsequent environmental analyses may be required to develop the site in accordancewith the underlying Office/Commercial District designation.These figures are illustrative only. Actual design shall be determined through SiteDevelopment Plan review and approval.

Land Use Framework: III‐28 University District | San Marcos Figure III.L: Office/Commercial District Enlarged Plan
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐29 Figure III.M: Office/Commercial District Perspective
Land Use Framework: III‐30 University District | San Marcos Figure III.M: Office/Commercial District Perspective
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐31 Residential NeighborhoodThe Residential neighborhood is predominantly residential with a small mix of neighborhood‐serving commercial uses. It comprises a large part of the west side of the District and branches out from the main west side spine street. The core of the project on this side is planned as a residentially‐emphasized mixed‐use neighborhood.The hilly streets in this the westerly residential neighborhood respond to the naturalvariations of the existing topography and seek to maintain the existing natural drainage patterns. The streets are lined with townhomes, apartments, live‐work lofts, and neighborhood‐serving commercial uses. Some residential uses are sited against an open space buffer and the San Marcos Creek Trail, with views towards the Creek. The neighborhood is organized around a green corridor made up of Knoll Park, South Neighborhood Green and North Neighborhood Green, which will provide central open space area for passive recreational amenities. This neighborhood also allows for civic/community uses, including but not limited to senior, recreation and day‐care centers, or a library.

This neighborhood also allows for a K‐6 elementary school on a 10‐acre site, with 8 net usable acres. More specifically, the school and park would be located immediately west of Knoll Park. While the school is not site‐specific and will require further study, the City of San Marcos and Project Team Consultants have been working with the San Marcos School District to refine its possible location. Should the School District decide that the school facility is not needed, approximately four acres ofthis area would be offered to the City of San Marcos for purchase as an opportunity to expand Knoll Park. If the City doesnot purchase the land, the use would revert to residential without need to amend thisSpecific Plan. While the City of San Marcos is continuing to grow, demand already exists for construction of an additional elementary school. The anticipated student population for the school would be between 800 to 850 students, some of whom may be residents of the University District project, once developed. Formal selection, acquisition and approval of an appropriate site will occur at the sole discretion of the San Marcos School District, and will be subject to site negotiation with the City of San Marcos.

Land Use Framework: III‐32 University District | San Marcos Refer to Figure III.N: Residential Neighborhood Enlarged Plan, Figure III.O: Residential Neighborhood Perspective, and Figures III.P/III.Q: Residential Block Case Study for moredetailed information regarding this neighborhood. These figures are illustrative only.

Actual design shall be determined through Site Development Plan review and approval.

Figure III.N: Residential Neighborhood Enlarged Plan
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐33 Figure III.N: Residential Neighborhood Enlarged Plan
Land Use Framework: III‐34 University District | San Marcos Figure III.O: West Side Residential Neighborhood Perspective University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐35 Figure III.P: Residential Block Case Study (Layers)
Layer 1 – Site Grading ConditionsLayer 2 – Building Form Massing and Orientation Layer 3 –Architectural Elements and DetailsLayer 4 – Materials, Colors, and Low‐Impact Development Landscaping
Land Use Framework: III‐36 University District | San Marcos Figure III.Q: Residential Block Case Study (Cross‐Section)  Influence of Grading Conditions Building Massing at Property Line  Urban Form / Articulation
 Upper Floor Setbacks for Balcony Options
 Rear Patios / Communal Open Space Options Low‐Impact Development Landscaping  Podium / Vertically‐Stacked Parking Options
University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐37 III.4 Development Intensity
The University District Specific Plan includes a diverse mix of land uses that will provide an assortment of amenities for residents and/or visitors upon full build‐out. The conceptual land use plan allows for transfer of land use totals (i.e. use square‐footage, number of dwelling units) between the west and east sides of the project (separated by Twin Oaks Valley Road), provided there is no overall increase to the total approved development densities outlined in Table III.A: Land Use Statistical Summary below.

If the K‐6 elementary school or a park is constructed, there will be no resulting decrease in the allowed number of Mixed‐Use Rresidential dwelling units. The units that wouldhave been constructed in the area of the potential school or park site will be absorbedinto the residential dwelling units proposed elsewhere within the project boundary.

Should the School District decide that the school facility is not needed or the City of San Marcos declines to purchase the land for a public park, this area would revert toresidential without need to amend this Specific Plan.

Table III.A: Land Use Statistical Summary
Land Use
Description
Unit
Type West Side East Side Total
Mixed‐UseResidential Units
Units 2,0701,460 5301,140 2,600
Student Housing Units 0 800 800Hotel Rooms 200120 250130 450250General Office SF 452,000300,000 200,000620,000 652,000920,000Medical Office SF 200,000150,000 100,00050,000 300,000200,000Mixed‐UseRetail/Commercial SF 100,00040,000 600,000305,000 700,000345,000
Civic/Community SF 5,000 0 5,000Parks/Urban OpenSpace
Acres 20.58‐24.58 6.555 25.0027.13‐

31.13 Land Use Framework: III‐38 University District | San Marcos Urban Trails/Paths Miles 1.38 0 1.38HabitatPreservation Acres 15.10 0 15.10
Public Streets2* Acres 1513 109 25221 15% of residential units to be set aside for affordable housing.*2 Includes public streets, adjacent sidewalks, and segment of Twin Oaks Valley Road within projectboundary.

III.5 Land Use Descriptions
Mixed‐Use Residential UnitsThe University District includes up to 2,600 multi‐family residential units. These units will be found in a combination of building types, including but not limited to: mixed‐use with residential uses located on upperfloors above ground floor commercial uses, apartments,condominiums (attached or detached), townhouses, and shopkeeper‐type live/workunits. Residential uses are located throughoutthe Specific Plan area. Residential does notinclude student housing units, described below.Student Housing The University District includes 800 Student Housing units. The Student Housing units are located along Barham Drive east ofand/or Campus Way immediately across from the CSUSM campus, as illustrated in Figure III‐H Student Housing Village Enlarged Plan.HotelThe University District includes 250450 hotel rooms. Hotel locations are anticipated to benear the Twin Oaks Valley Road intersections with Discovery/Barham or SR‐78, but may be located in other areas of the Specific Plan. Hotel uses may be of the full service type with some CSUSM shared facilities.

University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐39 General OfficeThe University District includes 652,000920,000 square feet of General Office use.General Office includes business, government, professional, and financial services,including life sciences and research and development, but excludes Medical Office, whichis a specific office type described below. Office buildings will be of two types: mixed‐usewith office and residential uses located on upper floors above ground floor commercial uses and office park type buildings, including corporate headquarters and campus‐like complexes. General Office uses are located throughout the Specific Plan area. with theoffice park type located only in neighborhoods with freeway frontage or along DiscoveryStreet.Medical Office TheUniversityDistrictincludes 200,000300,000 square feet of Medical Office use. Medical Office uses are generally located in neighborhoods with freeway frontage or along Discovery Street, but may be spread throughout the Specific Plan area.Mixed‐Use Retail/Commercial The University District includes 700,000345,000 square feet of Mixed‐Use Retail andCommercial uses throughout the project area. A live/work/play urban commercial center with retail, restaurants and entertainment is anticipated along the main street corridor on the east side of Twin Oaks Valley Road. On the west side of Twin Oaks Valley Road near the intersection of Twin Oaks Valley Road and Discovery/Barham, a commercial center emphasizing dining, entertainment, hotel, and high density housing is planned.

Small neighborhood‐serving commercial uses are spread throughout the Specific Plan area.Civic/CommunityA total of 5,000 square feet of Civic/Community buildings is included in the University District area. Uses for these buildings may include daycare, senior or recreation centers and/or libraries.

Land Use Framework: III‐40 University District | San Marcos Parks/Urban Open Space
The University District includes over 275 acres of parks and developed open space. The majority of parks and urban open space is located on the west side of the project, close to the residential area and Creek. These spaces include a wide range of uses and amenities such as passive‐use and pocket parks, as well as gathering plazas. If the San Marcos School District decides that the school facility is not needed, approximately fouracres of the land that is currently reserved for the school site will be offered to the City ofSan Marcos for purchase as an opportunity to expand Knoll Park, bringing the totalamount of parkland up to approximately 31 acres. Should the City choose not to acquirethe land, this area would revert to residential without the need to amend this SpecificPlan.Urban Trails/Paths The University District includes an estimated 1.38 miles of urban trails and paths, which meander along the northernmost boundary of the project adjacent to San Marcos Creek.

These trails are intended to provide alternative recreational activities for residents and visitors of the University District, as well as to link into the larger citywide trails and paths network.Habitat PreservationThe University District will preserve approximately 15.10 acres of existing natural habitat area associated with San Marcos Creek in the northwest portion of the project site. In addition, off‐site habitat may be acquired to contribute to meeting the open space requirements for purposes of mitigation.

Public Streets
The circulation network of public streets and sidewalks within the project area has been designed to facilitate movement of vehicles, bicycles and pedestrians in a safe manner.

Refer to Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation for the Conceptual Circulation Plan.

University District | San Marcos Land Use Framework: III‐41 K‐6 Elementary School (Optional)The San Marcos SchoolDistrictrequires approximately eight(8)to ten (10) acres of usable land for an elementary school, and has other State‐guided regulations pertaining to site access, school bus drop‐off zones, parent/child loading and unloading zones, fencing and proximity to adjacent thoroughfares. While the City of San Marcos population continues to grow, demand already exists for construction of an additional elementary school. The anticipated student population for the school would be between 800 to 850 students, some of whom may be residents of the University District project, once developed.

Formal selection, acquisition and approval of an appropriate site will occur at the sole discretion of the San Marcos School District, and will be subject to site negotiation with the City of San Marcos. Should the School District decide that the school facility is not needed, this area would either be developed as a public park as previously discussed or revert to residential without need to amend this Specific Plan.

Land Use Framework: III‐42 University District | San Marcos This page intentionally left blank
“Open space is an urban environment’s natural ventilation system.” ‐ John M. Levy, Contemporary Urban Planning
IV. OPEN SPACE | CONSERVATIONIV.1 Existing Natural Open Space Conditions Except for the area that has already been developedconsistent with this Specific Plan, Tthe UniversityDistrict project site largely consists of unimproved, vacantland and, with sparse legal non‐conforming land
uses on the eastern and southeastern edge.The area west of Twin Oaks Valley Road features a distinctive knoll with granite outcroppings and small
areas of grassland and sage scrub that arecharacteristic of the San Marcos region. Approximately two thirds of the northwestern portion of the site is
adjacent to San Marcos Creek, affording views of the
riparian landscape. Owing to its proximity to the creek, the project area is subject to the possibility of periodic flooding.The conceptual landscape plan promotes a “green network” for pedestrians to access every part of the
District, whether via walkable landscaped paseos and
streets, or recreational trails. Fundamental to the plan is preservation of natural open space where possible,
and urban development elsewhere that maximizes
strong physical connections between every land use.

Open Space | Conservation: IV‐2 University District | San Marcos IV.2 Urban Open Space Concept and Illustrative
The urban open space conceptforUniversityDistrict seeks to create a distinct community character and neighborhood feelthatis reinforced by theUniversityDistrict’srelationship to a larger open space network of parks and trails. Strong emphasis has been placed on preserving existing natural open space, and creating new habitat opportunities through enhancements to existing open space buffers.

The conceptual landscape plan also provides for an extension of the existing urban trail system in San Marcos, especially along the San Marcos Creek. The urban trails within and around the perimeter of the District have been designed to connect to other nearby trails, residential neighborhoods, and adjacent commercial and civic projects such as the San Marcos Creek District, the Civic Center, and the California State University San Marcos (CSUSM). These open space linkages and landscaped corridors are reinforced by sensitively addressing, and in some cases incorporating, existing streetscape and pedestrian trail conditions, and using native landscaping.

Urban parks, trails, and gathering plazas within University District serve the dual function of providing open space amenities, as well as extensive and integrated storm watermanagement. Nearly every public park and open space area within the district has been designed to employ some level of Low‐Impact Development (LID) measure. This carefully planned network will not only provide inviting and enriching open space and recreational experiences, but will also contribute to enhanced property values for community residents, while creating a sustainably‐designed open space infrastructurethat complies with the an evolving regulatory environment.

Refer to the Figure IV.A: Parks, Plazas and Open Space Plan for the conceptual location of all proposed public and private parks, public gathering plazas, as well as preserved natural open spaces. Actual locations and sizes will be determined at the time of project‐ level site design. Also included are brief descriptions, conceptual photos and perspectiveviews illustrating the character and design intent for the public parks, plazas and open space areas within the University District. All figures are for illustrative purposes only.

University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐3 Actual locations, sizes, and designs will be determined through Site Development Planreview and approval.

Figure IV.A: Parks, Plazas, and Open Space Illustrative Open Space | Conservation: IV‐4 University District | San Marcos Figure IV.A: Parks, Plazas, and Open Space Illustrative Note: Actual open space areas, locations, and linkages to be designed when building footprints are finalized through the Site Development Plan process. Common usable open space amenities described herein shall be required of residential developments west of Twin Oaks Valley Road at the time of project specified design and Site Development Plans. Should the San Marcos School District decide an elementary school is not needed, the eastern half of that site would be offered to the City of San Marcos for purchase as an opportunity to expand Knoll Park.

University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐5 East Urban PlazasThe East Urban Plazas are envisioned as the commercial and urban heart of the community. The plaza provides valuable, flexible, publicly accessible open space that is large enough to accommodate a wide range of activities, including farmer’s markets, people‐watching, and public performances and festivals. Located in a mixed‐use neighborhood, the plaza extends light commercial activities such as cafes and retail displays into the public realm, creating a vibrant hub for the District. As part of an alternativeAdaptive ReuseArea, where existing buildings may be adaptively re‐used, and new buildings reflecting vernacular industrial architecture are incorporated, the plaza extends the indoor‐outdoor experience in this special area.

Refer to Figure IV.B: East Urban Plazas Perspective or Section VI.5 – Public Park and Gathering Space Standards in the Form‐Based Code for more detailed information.

FIGURE IV.B: East Urban Plazas Perspective
Open Space | Conservation: IV‐6 University District | San Marcos East Paseos and Mini PlazasPaseos are pedestrian‐only corridors that provide protected and visually‐interesting means of access between streets, buildings and/or landscaped areas.

The East Paseos and Plazas are located within the Student Housing Village along Barham Drive east of Campus Way and other areas to provide strong pedestrian connections forstudents, faculty and other visitors from California State University San Marcos (CSUSM)intothroughout the Commercial/Retail Core of University District. Paseos and mini plazasfeature landscaped walkways and informal seating areas Refer to Figure IV.C: East Paseos Enlarged Plan or Section VI.5 – Public Park and Gathering Space Standards in the Form‐Based Code for more detailed information.

FIGURE IV.C: East Paseos Enlarged Plan
University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐7 East GreenThe East Green provides publicly accessible green space and informal recreationalopportunities in the mixed‐use and office/commercial area, just north of the AdaptiveReuse Area. The East Green will be linked to a paseo network which will provide accessto Barham Drive and other areas within the University District. The East Green providesan important opportunity to combine a sizeable bio‐retention facility with a flexiblerecreational space for residents.Referto Figure IV.D: EastGreen Enlarged Plan or Section VI.5 – Public Park andGatheringSpace Standards in the Form‐Based Code for more detailed information.FIGURE IV.D: East Green Enlarged Plan Open Space | Conservation: IV‐8 University District | San Marcos Twin Oaks Plaza and Paseos (East)This urban plaza is located at the northeast corner ofnear Twin Oaks Valley Road andBarham Drive, and is the highly‐visible forecourt of the corner development. Given itsprominent location, together with the a plaza on the west side of Twin Oaks Valley Road,it serves as one of the major gateways into the project area. Landscaping, a monument sign, art work, water feature, or architecturally significant building element would distinguish this corner plaza.

Refer to Figure IV.DE: Twin Oaks Plaza (East) Enlarged Plan or Section VI.5 – Public Parkand Gathering Space Standards in the Form‐Based Code for more detailed information.FIGURE IV.DE: Twin Oaks Plaza (East) Enlarged Plan University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐9 Twin Oaks West Plazas and PaseosThese urban plazas and paseos are located north and west of the Twin Oaks Valley Road andDiscovery Street/Barham Drive intersection. The primary purpose ofthese plazas andpaseos is to provide strong pedestrian connectivity across Twin Oaks Valley Road and to mixed‐use development on either side ofthe street. In concert with Twin Oaks Valley EastPlaza, these plazas and paseos form the southern pedestrian gateway to the District andpotentially serve to anchor the bridge across Twin Oaks Valley Road. Landscaping,monument signage, artwork, weater features, or architecturally significant building elements would distinguish these plazas and paseos, including at the northwest corner of the Twin Oaks Valley Road and Discovery Street/Barham Road intersection.Refer to Section VI.5 – Public Park and Gathering Space Standards in the Form‐Based Code for more detailed information.

Open Space | Conservation: IV‐10 University District | San Marcos Knoll Park and Neighborhood GreensThe general landform in this area will be preserved as an iconic natural granite formation, the knoll, rising nearly 70 feet above the adjacent streets, surrounded connected on the west and north by to a neighborhood greens. The Knoll Park and NneighborhoodGgreens will provide natural parkland, and graded level areas for usable, active andpassive recreation serving the District. Park features may include a boulder scrambling field that is reached by maintained hiking trails, a basketball court, tennis/pickle ball courts, picnic areas, tot lots, playground areas, multi‐purpose field, skateboard park, restrooms, downhill mountain bike path and an observation point at the top of the formation, which is reached by an accessible walking path.

Refer to Figure IV.EF: Knoll Park and Trail Perspective or Section VI.5 – Public Park and Gathering Space Standards in the Form‐Based Code for more detailed information.

FIGURE IV.EF: Knoll Park and Trail Perspective
University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐11 Creek Trail at Pedestrian Bridge, West Creek ParkThe Creek Trail, and West Creek Park provide an important link to the extensive multi‐ use trail system throughout San Marcos. Atits east end it connects to the proposedGrand Avenue Bridge multi‐use trail leading to the north and planned Creek District Promenade as well as to the Discovery Street Trail along the south side of the Creek. This trail is located within a 40 foot wide linear greenway that threads its way between residential development to the south and San Marcos Creek to the north, linking at its west end to the pedestrian walkways at the proposed Grand Avenue bridge and at its east end to the recreational heart of the University District. The trail is connected to the University District pedestrian network.

Refer to Figure IV.FG: Creek Trail Pedestrian Bridge Cross Section or Section VI.5 – Public Park and Gathering Space Standards in the Form‐Based Code for more detailed information.FIGURE IV.FG: Creek Trail Pedestrian Bridge Cross Section Open Space | Conservation: IV‐12 University District | San Marcos Wetland Trail and Open SpaceA nearly 1,000 foot‐long boardwalk trail is proposed forthe large open space area located at the far west end of University District, closer to Grand Avenue. The elevated boardwalk is contiguous to Discovery Street overlooking the San Marcos wetlands, with pull‐off seating areas, interpretive signage, as well as connections to the Discovery Street Trail at its east and west ends. Graded slopes are not allowed within the mitigation areas.

Refer to Figure IV.GH: Wetland Trail and Open Space Enlarged Plan or Section VI.5 – Public Park and Gathering Space Standards in the Form‐Based Code for more detailed information.

FIGURE IV.GH: Wetland Trail and Open Space Enlarged Plan University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐13 Residential Model Block and West Residential AmenitiesThe residential model block represents an area within the University District, whichutilizes a wide range of landscape and other Low‐Impact Development (LID) options within the streetscape. Street tree canopies provide shade and visual interest, wide flow through inverted medians, front porch entries are bordered by shrubs to signify the transitional space between the public and private rights‐of‐way, and street corners are designed with highly landscaped plazas forresidents and/or visitors to gatherthroughout various times of the day. In addition to the Residential Model Block are the West Residential Amenities, which consist of public and private common space.

Public common open space consists of passive green space, active recreational amenities, open flexible fields, tot lots, seating areas, picnic areas, community gardens, or other passive or active outdoor areas. The public common open space may be provided as one large area or a series of smaller areas spread throughout the residential areas west of Twin Oaks Valley Road.

Private common usable space provides private, easily accessible, and neighborhood‐ scaled recreational and passive areas for residents. These spaces include passive green space, active recreational amenities, open flexible fields, tot lots, seating areas, picnic areas, community gardens, or other passive or active outdoor areas. Also included are courtyard areas and interior spaces, including fitness centers, entertainment rooms, and other private common indoor uses. Leasing offices, common mailrooms, and other similar uses do not count toward private common usable spaces. Private common open space is required for all residential units constructed on the west side of Twin Oaks Valley Road.These common areas requirements are in addition to private usable open space required for each unit, as specified in Section VI, the Form‐Based Code. Actual locations for common spaces will be determined during project‐level site design, and may be consolidated among several developments to provide larger, centralized amenities.

Parking is not required for these neighborhood amenities as they are intended to serve Open Space | Conservation: IV‐14 University District | San Marcos the local neighborhood, are within walking distance of many residences, and could utilize on‐street parking, where provided.

Refer to Section VI.5 – Public Park and Gathering Space Standards in the Form‐Based Code for more detailed information.

IV.3 Open Space Statistical Summary
Table IV.A: Open Space Statistical Summary below summarizes the proposed park and open space calculations for the entire University District project area:

Table IV.A: Open Space Statistical SummaryType Name Size (Acres) Proposed Program Linkages Location Urban Plazas
East Urban Plazas 32.021 Market, special event and
performance spaces, café and publicgathering areas, public art/ water feature
Connects to east side paseos,
University residential courtyards and
University District bike and
pedestrian paths
East
Twin Oaks Plaza(East)

0.25 Urban hardscape plaza, project
gateway, public art/water feature/
monument
Connects to Twin Oaks and Barham
urban trails and commercial/retail
core
East
East Paseos and MiniPlazas

1.79 Plazas, seating areas, chess/checkers
tables, public art/ water feature,
cafes, stroll garden
Connects to Barham urban trail, East
Urban Plazas, University residential
courtyards and University District
bike and pedestrian paths
East
Twin Oaks West
Plazas and Paseos

0.45 Urban hardscape plaza, project
gateway, public art/water feature/
monument, seating areas, publicgardens, café areas.

Connects to Twin Oaks and
Discovery urban trails, residential
areas, and internal University District
bike and pedestrian paths. Connects
to internal University District bike
and pedestrian paths and Twin Oaks
plaza West
West
University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐15 Table IV.A: Open Space Statistical Summary (Continued)
AdditionalCommitment

1.5 With the increased height limits
granted as part of the 2021 UDSPamendment, an additional 1.5 acresof urban plazas will be provided andsited during Site Development Planreview consistent with Figure IV.A.

Continuous linkages between openspace areas will be provided asconceptually illustrated in FigureIV.A.

East
Total Urban Plazas 4.57.0 Acres
Type Name
Size
(Acres) Description Linkages Location
Urban Parks
Knoll Park andNeighborhoodGreens

16.5‐20.5 Playground, climbing/ adventure play
areas, hiking trail, open field/play
space, picnic areas, overlook,
interpretive signage
Primary park amenity accessible
through pedestrian walkways
West
West Creek Park 1.63 Dog park, open field/play space,
playground/ tot‐lot, shaded seatingareas
Connects to Grand Avenue urban
trail, Creekside trail and internal
University District bike and
pedestrian paths
West
East Green 1 Open field/play space, playground/
tot‐lot, shaded picnic and gatheringarea
Connects to internal UniversityDistrict bike and pedestrian paths East
West Residential
Amenities
2 Common usable open space
consisting of Community Center,green space, tot lots, community gardens, picnic areas, seating areas
or other active or passive amenities
Connects to local University District
neighborhoods through pedestrian
paths
West
Total Urban Parks 21.1320.13‐

24.13 Acres
Total Parks and Plazas 25.6327.13‐

31.13 Acres
Open Space | Conservation: IV‐16 University District | San Marcos Table IV.A: Open Space Statistical Summary (Continued)Type Name Length Proposed Program Linkages Location Trails and Paths
Wetland Trail 0.20 Boardwalk trail with shaded rest areas and interpretive displays
Connects to Grand Avenue and
Discovery Street urban trails
West
Creek Side Trail 0.54 Soft surface multi‐use trail with picnic and rest areas and fitness circuit
Connects to Grand Avenue and North
City Drive, urban trails, and internal
University District bike and pedestrian
paths
West
Green Links 0.3 Publicly accessible passages to
Creekside trail system
Connects to Creekside trail and
internal University District bike and
pedestrian paths
West
Green Streets 0.34 Widened sidewalks adjacent to bio‐
swales and mini‐plazas
Connects to Green links and internal
University District bike and pedestrian
paths
West
Total Trails and Paths 1.38 Miles
University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐17 IV.4 Conceptual Plan Landscape Zones
Like much of the central heart of San Macros, the University District encompasses old and new.

Owing to its proximity to both major urban and transit centers and the lush San Marcos Creek riparian corridor, the University District landscape concept balances a largely native and naturalizing plant material palette with a simple, clean, modern aesthetic.

The District has been divided into four landscape zones that bridge the rustic and the urban palettes. Figure IV.HI: Landscape Zones Diagram, in conjunction with Table IV.B: Conceptual Plant Palette – Perennials, Table IV.C: Conceptual Plant Palette – Shrubs / Groundcovers, and Table IV.D: Conceptual Plant Palette – Trees, identifies the appropriate landscape options for individual projects within theDistrict. The plant palettes have been carefully selected to prioritize the use of drought‐tolerant and native plants, in addition to locally‐significant ornamental.

Open Space | Conservation: IV‐18 University District | San Marcos FIGURE IV.I: Landscape Zones Diagram
University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐19 FIGURE IV.HI: Landscape Zones Diagram
Open Space | Conservation: IV‐20 University District | San Marcos Open SpaceOpen Space refers to areas contiguous with San Marcos Creek that are existing or restored riparian landscape and habitat, and are barred from any pedestrian or recreational uses.

These areas provide essential buffer and shelter for the creek and its denizens. These areas also serve as essential contextual and iconic environments for the District, providing a sense of place and valuable visual amenity for visitors and residents. The plant palette for these areas is limited to appropriate native riparian species that are currently present in and around the creek.

RusticThe Rustic landscape zone refers to areas that are immediately adjacent to open space or to other significant natural features, such as the granite outcroppings at the Knoll Park.

The rustic plant palette uses native plant materials to create a naturalistic setting that is easily maintained and feels like an extension of the surrounding riparian and coastal sage scrub landscape.

Neighborhood GreenThese areas serve as the critical transition zones between urban and rustic landscapes within the University District. They employ a combination of native and naturalizing plant materials in more maintained park‐like settings. For example,NeighborhoodGreen streets may employ native species for street trees or feature a lush bio‐swale adjacent to a paved plaza. Plant materials in this landscape zone should be drought‐tolerant, easily maintained and provide a rich variety of foliage textures and color for visual interest.

UrbanThe Urban landscape has the broadest plant palette, drawing on the native plant materials used elsewhere within the District, as well as incorporating existing landscape motifs and materials where appropriate. Plants may be massed for architectural and sculptural effect, to create focal points, boundaries and defined gathering spaces. Trees are planted in groves and bosques to provide shade zones for the many urban parks and plazas in the District. Succulents and flowering accents create visual interest in the ground plane. As in the rest of the project, all plant materials should be drought‐tolerant, site appropriate and easily maintained to minimize water and pesticide use.

University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐21 Table IV.B: Conceptual Plant Palette – Perennials
Botanic name Common Name
Open space
Rustic
Neighborhood Green
Urban
Parking Lots
Medians+ Parkways
CA Native Notable Features
Agave spp. Agave • • • • Succulent; Sculptural form
Aloe spp. Aloe • • • Succulent; Rosette form; FloweringAnigozanthus flavidus Kangaroo Paw • • • • • Perennial; Spiked leaves; Clumping; FloweringAristida purpurea Purple Three Awn • • • Ornamental Grass; Clumping; Fine texturedBougainvillea spp. Bougainvillea • • • Sprawling vine or mounding shrub; Colorful bractsBulbine frutescens Bulbine • Succulent; Clump forming; FloweringCistus hybridus Rockrose • • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringChondropetalum tectorum Cape Rush • • Rush‐like perennial; Clump formingEcheveria spp. Hen and Chicks • • Succulent; Rosette form; FloweringEncelia californica California Bush Sunflower • • • • • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringErigeron karvinskiana Santa Barbara Daisy • • • • • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringEschscholzia californica California Poppy • • • • • Short‐lived perennial; California State flowerEriogonum spp. Buckwheat • • • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringEuphorbia rigida Gopher Plant • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringGalvezia speciosa Island Bush Snapdragon • • • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringHesperaloe parviflora Red Yucca • • • • Succulent; Clump forming; FloweringKeckiella cordifolia Heartleaf Penstemon • • • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringLantana hybridus Lantana • • • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringLavandula spp. Lavender • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringLobelia laxiflora Mexican Bush Lobelia • • • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringMuhlenbergia rigens Deer Grass • • • • • • Ornamental Grass; Large, clumping; Fine texturedPhormium tenax New Zealand Flax • • • • Perennial; Spiked leaves; Clumping; FloweringSalvia spp. Sage • • • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringVerbena spp. Verbena • • • • • Shrubby perennial; FloweringVitis californica California Grape • • • • • Deciduous vine; Fruiting; Fall colorYucca whipplei Our Lord's Candle • • • Perennial; Spiked leaves; Clumping; Flowering Open Space | Conservation: IV‐22 University District | San Marcos Table IV.C: Conceptual Plant Palette – Shrubs / GroundcoversAcacia redolens Spreading Acacia • • • Evergreen, dense, shrubby groundcover; FloweringArctostaphylos spp. Manzanita • • • • • • • Evergreen, sprawling, shrubby groundcover; FloweringBaccharis pilularis Coyote Brush • • • • • Evergreen, dense, shrubby groundcover; TolerantBaccharis sarothroides Desert Broom • • • Evergreen shrub; Loose form; TolerantCallistemon 'Little John' Dwarf Bottlebrush • • • • Evergreen shrub; FloweringCeanothus spp. California Lilac • • • • • • • Evergreen shrub; FloweringEchium fastuosum Pride of Madeira • • • Evergreen shrub; Loose form; FloweringFragaria chiloensis Beach Strawberry • • • • • • • Evergreen, vining groundcover; FloweringGrevillea spp. Grevillea • • • • Evergreen shrub; Loose form; FloweringHeteromeles arbutifolia Toyon • • • • • Evergreen shrub to small tree; Flowering, fruitingIva hayesiana San Diego Marsh Elder • • • Evergreen, spreading, perennial groundcover; TolerantLaurus nobilis Sweet Bay • • • • • Evergreen shrub to small tree; Aromatic foliageMyrica californica California Wax Myrtle • • • • • Evergreen shrub; FloweringOlea europaea 'Little Ollie' Dwarf Olive • • • • Evergreen shrub; Loose form; FruitlessOpuntia spp. Prickly Pear Cactus • • • Succulent perennial; Flowering, fruitingPittosporum spp. Mock Orange • • • • Evergreen shrub; FloweringPrunus ilicifolia Holly Leaf Cherry • • • • • Evergreen shrub; Flowering, fruitingRhamnus californica Coffeeberry • • • • • Evergreen shrub; Flowering, fruitingRosmarinus spp. Rosemary • • • • Evergreen shrub; Flowering; Aromatic foliageRhus ovata Sugar Bush • • • • • Evergreen shrub; Large, dense form; TolerantRhus integrifolia Lemonadeberry • • • • • • Evergreen shrub; Sprawling form; TolerantRibes viburnifolium Evergreen Currant • • • • • Evergreen shrub; Sprawling form; Flowering, fruitingSenecio mandraliscae Blue Chalk Sticks • • • Succulent perennial groundcoverSenna spp. Feathery Cassia • • • • • Evergreen shrub; Loose form; FloweringTecoma stans Yellow Bells • • Evergreen shrub; Loose form; FloweringWestringia fruticosa Coast Rosemary • • • • Evergreen shrub; Flowering Botanic name Common Name
Open space
Rustic
Neighborhood Green
Urban
Parking Lots
Medians
CA Native Notable Features
University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐23 Table IV.D: Conceptual Plant Palette – TreesAlnus rhombifolia White Alder    Deciduous shade tree; Fast‐growing; RiparianArbutus 'Marina' Marina Strawberry Tree    Evergreen canopy tree, Flowering; Ornamental barkArbutus unedo Strawberry Tree    Evergreen canopy tree, Flowering; FruitingCallistemon viminalis Weeping Bottlebrush     Evergreen canopy tree, FloweringCassia leptophylla Gold Medallion Tree     Evergreen canopy tree, FloweringCercis canadensis 'Oklahoma' Oklahoma Redbud     Deciduous canopy tree; flowering Chitalpa tashkentensis Chitalpa    Deciduous canopy tree; flowering; Crossbred varietyHesperocyparis forbesii Tecate Cypress     Evergreen coniferous treeJacaranda mimosifolia Jacaranda    Briefly deciduous canopy tree; floweringLagerstroemia 'Muskogee' Lavender Crape Myrtle     Deciduous canopy tree; floweringMagnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia    Evergreen shade tree; FloweringQuercus agrifolia Coast Live Oak     Evergreen shade treeQuercus ilex Holly Leaf Oak     Evergreen shade treeQuercus suber Cork Oak     Drought tolerant; broad leaf evergreenOlea europaea 'Swan Hill' Fruitless Olive    Evergreen canopy tree; Fruitless varietyPhoenix dactylifera Date Palm     Vertical accent palm; Dramatic silhouettePinus halepensis Aleppo Pine    Drought‐tolerant; coniferous evergreenPinus pinea Italian Stone Pine    Evergreen coniferous treePlatanus racemosa California Sycamore         Deciduous, ornamental barkPopulus fremontii Western Cottonwood    Deciduous, seasonal interest, riparianRhus lancea African Sumac      Evergreen canopy treeSalix gooddingii San Joaquin Willow   Deciduous canopy or multi‐trunk tree; RiparianSchinus molle California Pepper     Evergreen shade tree; Weeping formSyagrus romanzoffianum Queen Palm   Vertical accent palm; Loose, flowing frondsUlmus parvifolia Chinese Elm     Briefly deciduous shade treeWashingtonia filifera California Fan Palm     Vertical accent palm; Bold silhouetteBotanic name Common Name Open space
Rustic
Neighborhood Green
Urban
Parking Lots
Street Tree
Accent Tree
CA Native Notable Features
Open Space | Conservation: IV‐24 University District | San Marcos IV.5 Low Impact Development (LID)Storm Water Quality Strategies IV.5.1 LID Purpose and BackgroundLow Impact Development (LID)Storm water quality (SWQ) is a storm water managementapproach that seeks to preserve or mimic natural drainage systems and retain storm water run‐off on‐site. There are numerous advantages from employing SWQ LID strategies over conventional storm water management techniques. In addition to the environmental benefits of restoring stream quality in watersheds that are already burdened by existing developments, there are significant economic benefits to employing this type of sustainable design practice. LID SWQ strategies focus on intelligent, dual‐purpose design of functional landscape and hardscape treatments.

Besides conveying these benefits, SWQ LID satisfies federal requirements for managing storm water. In brief, the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) requires development projects to capture storm water run‐off at the source, detain and retain a portion of the peak storm water run‐off flow, and then treat the captured flow through natural filtration systems (e.g. biofiltration basinsconstructed wetlands, underground basins, grassy areas with opportunities for percolation, etc.). Ultimately, the toxins and debris that generally exist in more urban environments are captured and naturally managed so they do not filter into our streams, watersheds, and oceans.

University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐25 IV.5.2LID Goals for University District
The University District conceptual plan has been designed to integrate a wide array of LIDSWQ strategies, within nearly every portion of the project site with the goal ofdemonstrating how storm water run‐off can be reduced in compliance with the City ofSan Marcos BMP Design Manual Standard Urban Storm water Mitigation Plan (SUSMP)and the most current NPDES permit. Overall, the conceptual plan identifies potential publicly‐ and privately‐owned space for LID SWQ improvements such as vegetated roofs, flow through medians/planters, permeable paving, biofiltration basins, and structuralunderground detention systems, where neededbio‐retention, and infiltration.Developersmay choose to employ any combination of one or more LID SWQ strategies tosuccessfully manage the storm water run‐off resulting from development on their individual project site.Given the arid climate, reducing irrigation water use is a high priority in southern California. Consequently, green roofs are recommended for buildings that are likely to have a supply of supplemental water, such as air conditioning blow‐down water. In addition to treating air conditioning waste water, green roofs reduce heat island effect and can also serve as outdoor dining areas or communal open space.

The flow through medians/planters SWQ LID option has been incorporated within the entire project site, along nearly every street. The conceptual plan has been designed to provide large landscape buffer areas adjacent to many of the streets and sidewalks, for the expressed purpose of managing storm water run‐off and providing shaded, walkable streets. In addition, urban street trees planted in structural soil, or within a structural suspended pavement system, are may be able to capture storm water run‐off, as well aspromote healthy tree growth and reduce sidewalk maintenance issues.

Open Space | Conservation: IV‐26 University District | San Marcos Chapter VI Form‐Based Code provides more detailed requirements for how to integrate this LID SWQ option into the streetscape design.

The permeable paving LID SWQ option has been incorporated within the conceptually‐planned fire lanes and pedestrian paseossurface parking lots throughout the District.The biofiltrationbio‐retention LID SWQ option has been incorporated into the District’slarge landscaped areas, Knoll Park vicinity, Twin Oaks Plaza (West), East Green Park, EastPaseos and plazas nearthe Student Housing Village, and residential open space areas alongthe northwestern portion of the site.Beyond the applicable NPDES storm water management permit process currently required of developers, this Specific Plan does not establish explicit requirements for where developers should install certain LID SWQ features. Instead, this Plan provides a comprehensive menu of LID SWQ strategies from which developers may choose toimplement project‐wide.

University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐27 The intent is to maximize the overall flexibility for the City and developers in installing a variety of different LID SWQ strategies. Every site within the District will have different storm water run‐off constraints, based on the size and types of uses to be developed, and some project sites may have more or less opportunity to implement these strategies.

See Figure IV.IJ: Menu of LID SWQ Strategies and Figures VI.J1 andJ2K: Conceptual Plan LIDSWQ Strategies as well as Chapter VI – Form‐Based Code,for more detailed informationregarding Low‐Impact DevelopmentSWQ techniques. Further, Appendix Item A.2: Low‐Impact Development (LID) Matrix provides a detailed analysis of the proposed strategiesand their respective effectiveness throughout the project site. These figures are forillustrative purposes only. Actual strategies will be determined at the time of Site Development Permit Plan review and approval.

Open Space | Conservation: IV‐28 University District | San Marcos FIGURE IV.IJ: Menu of LID SWQ Strategies
University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐29 FIGURE IV.K: Conceptual Plan LID Strategies (West)
Open Space | Conservation: IV‐30 University District | San Marcos FIGURE IV.J1K: Conceptual Plan LID SWQ Strategies for Public Rights‐of‐Way (West) University District | San Marcos Open Space | Conservation: IV‐31 FIGURE IV.K: Conceptual Plan LID Strategies (East)
Open Space | Conservation: IV‐32 University District | San Marcos FIGURE IV.J2K: Conceptual Plan LID SWQ Strategies for Public Rights‐of‐Way (East) “The point of cities is multiplicity of choice, which applies to transportation too.” ‐ Jane Jacobs, The Death and Life of Great American Cities V. TRANSPORTATION | CIRCULATIONV.1 Mobility Is Key
Understanding that mobility is of paramount
importance to the success and economic vitality of
mixed‐use developments, the University District
project has been designed to provide a wide range of
alternative transportation choices to both residentsand visitors. Transportation design solutions, both in and around the project area, focus on strong
connections for pedestrians, bicyclists, public transitpatrons, as well as automobiles.

Further, the circulation concepts incorporated into this Specific Plan emphasize access to the Civic Center,California StateUniversity San Marcos (CSUSM),KaiserMedical Center, and future adjacent developments such as the Creek District. The University District
project will employ both Transportation Demand
Management (TDM) and Parking Demand
Management (PDM) strategies.
(Continued on Next Page)
Transportation | Circulation: V‐2 University District | San Marcos V.2 Circulation Concept and Illustrative
The University District street network is intended to foster connectivity for residents and visitors within the project area, as well as to the rest of the City of San Marcos. The District is envisioned to provide an interconnected network of curvilinear streets which are fed through primary project roads.Primary project roads include Discovery Street/East Barham Drive to the south, East Carmel Street to the northeast, and Twin Oaks Valley Road. Grand Avenue is located on the western side of the project area.

V.2.1 Urban Form and CirculationThe master plan of University District emerged in response to existing site conditions such as topography, views, solar orientation, surrounding land uses, and existing vehicular and pedestrian transportation networks. The circulation concept for the project is comprised oftwo main spine streets thattraverse eastto westthrough the project area. The primary factor in establishing the street network was the existing topography. Care was taken to maintain existing topographical features and natural drainage patterns, where possible.

On the west side of Twin Oaks Valley Road, an existing 100‐foot (approximately) knoll will be preserved and enhanced as a public park. The main network of streets on the west side curve around this landform and radiate outwards towards the creek. Proposed drainage patterns mimic the existing flow of water. The network of streets on the west side also has been shaped to preserve and enhance existing views of the mountains and the creek. A spine street gently arcs around the knoll and serves as the District’s main commercial/residential boulevard on the west side of the project.

A second spineThis spine street (North City Drive) extends from across Twin Oaks Valley Road to the east side. and This road becomes the main spine on the east side and thelocation forthe commercial core. Topography on the east side is relatively flat with a very slight slope towards the creek, serving more commercial uses. East of Twin Oaks Valley University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐3 Road, the street grid is decidedly more rectilinear. These two spine roads areis theprimary circulation routes through the project area.The intersection of these two spine roads at Twin Oaks Valley Road becomes a majornode within the project. Secondary roads throughout the project radiate out from these main spine roads.

The spine streets were is designed to provide clearlinks to key points throughoutthe City.

The proposed Westlake Drive Bridge and Twin Oaks Valley Road connect UniversityDistrict to the area north of State Route 78 and the San Marcos Civic Center. DiscoveryStreet connects to the Grand Avenue Bridge and Creek District. Twin Oaks Valley Road connects to State Route 78, and the San Marcos Civic Center and areas north, and to the CSUSM campus, and residential neighborhoods to the south. Barham Drive connects to residential neighborhoods and Sprinter Rail Line to the east. Campus Way provides a direct link from the heart of CSUSM directly into the main street commercial core. The existing Industrial Street connection, linking Barham Drive and Carmel Way, is retained.

The circulation network created by these streets also highlights the open space amenities throughout the project. A continuous system of dedicated bicycle paths, pedestrian‐ oriented streets, sidewalks, and recreational trails link to the many plazas and parks dispersed throughout the project, as well as to the San Marcos Creek Trail.

See Figures V.A: Required Streets Diagram, V.B: Pedestrian and Bicyclist Linkages Diagram, and V.C: Pedestrian and Vehicular Gateways Diagram.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐4 University District | San Marcos Figure V.A: Required Streets Diagram
The street alignments shown above for the UDSP area located west of Twin Oaks Valley Road are based on land use intensities identified in the Westside Circulation Analysis, University District prepared by Urban Systems Associates, Inc. dated January 5, 2022. Any changes to the intensities identified in the analysis will warrant an additional Circulation Analysis to ensure the above street alignments for the west side will operate at an acceptable level of service.

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐5 Figure V.A: Required Streets Diagram
The street alignments shown above for the UDSP area located west of Twin Oaks Valley Road are based on land use intensities identified in the Westside Circulation Analysis, University District prepared by Urban Systems Associates, Inc. dated January 5, 2022. Any changes to the intensities identified in the analysis will warrant an additional Circulation Analysis to ensure the above street alignments for the west side will operate at an acceptable level of service.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐6 University District | San Marcos Figure V.B: Pedestrian Linkages Diagram
University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐7 Figure V.B: Pedestrian and Bicyclist Linkages Diagram
Transportation | Circulation: V‐8 University District | San Marcos Figure V.C: Pedestrian and Vehicular Gateways Diagram
University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐9 Figure V.C: Pedestrian and Vehicular Gateways Diagram
Transportation | Circulation: V‐10 University District | San Marcos V.2.2 Parking and Transportation Demand ManagementParking and TransportationDemand Management(PTDM)refers to a comprehensive set of strategies for controlling parking, reducing traffic congestion and Vehicle Miles Traveled (VMT), as well as providing alternative modes of travel and access. These measures may include, but are not limited to “Park Once” strategies and parking benefit districts, establishment of an intra‐city shuttle service, creation and/or improvement or of interconnecting bicycle and pedestrian paths, provision of public transit passes, andinstituting and/or encouraging a ridesharing and/or app‐based car‐sharing program.A comprehensive PTDM program can help to improve efficiency on existing roadways and transportation system networks, and provide opportunities for implementing innovativeng transportation measures within redeveloping or newly developing areas.

The PTDM to be created and approved by the City of San Marcos for University District will include a menu of possible management strategies to be implemented within the District,“Park Once” strategies, City formation of a Parking Benefit District, and an intra‐ city shuttle service.

V.2.3 “Park Once” StrategyFundamental to the creation of a thriving, compact mixed‐use district is the creation of a “Park Once” environment, which encourages visitors to developments like UniversityDistrict to literally park their vehicle once upon arrival and then walk (or use some other form of public transit, trolley system, or bicycle) to access various parts of the project during the remainder of their visit. The typical suburban pattern of isolated, single‐use buildings, each surrounded by parking lots, requires two vehicular movements and a parking space to be dedicated for each visit to a shop, or office, or civic institution. To accomplish three errands in this type of environment requires six movements in three parking spaces for three tasks.

With virtually all parking held in private hands, spaces are not efficiently shared between uses, and each building's private lots are therefore typically sized to handle a worst case University District | San Marcos
Transportation | Circulation: V‐11
parking load. If a proposed transit‐oriented district attempts to provide typical suburban quantities of parking, with little or no sharing, the result will be a system that is costly and inefficient, and a land use pattern that is anything but transit‐oriented.

The design of University District lends itself to the “Park Once” strategy because it allows operation ofthe parking supply as a single shared pool where spaces are efficiently shared between uses with differing parking demands during peak hours, days, and seasons.

As development proposals are submitted for review, the City of San Marcos will employ a variety of parking and transportation demand management strategies to ensure that parking and travel mode opportunities are sufficient to meet demand. Specific to implementing a “Park Once” strategy, the City of San Marcos may choose to form a parking benefit district to manage parking similar to a shared utility, such as streets and other public facilities, with “available‐to‐the‐public” parking provided in strategically‐ placed lots and garages.The following sections describe potential locations within the University District project area that are most suited for parking structures and/or garages that support the “Park Once” strategy (based on the Conceptual Land Use Plan provided in Chapter III). Actual locations will be determined at the time of Site Development Plan review and approval.Eastern BoundaryA parking structure in this location would abut the existing Sprinter Rail Line wall andelevated tracks (as a neighboring use), eliminating the need to shield one side of thestructure, and support the Mixed‐Use Commercial/Retail Core. Further, a parkingstructure in this location would buffer other west side uses from the tracks. This locationoffers ideal parking fortransitriders in proximity to the Cal State San Marcos Sprinter RailLine Station. In addition, the peak transit ridership parking needs are different from theanticipated parking needs within the commercial area, providing multiple uses for eachparking space, as well as an additional source of parking revenue.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐12 University District | San Marcos Western Edge of Commercial/Retail Core
Parking in this location offers the ability to support both the Mixed‐Use Commercial/Retail Core, as well as the eastern side of the Mixed‐Use Residential Area, allowing the potential for sharing of parking between retail, office, residential and hotel uses. This proposed location will enable visitors entering from Twin Oaks Valley Road to be quickly diverted from the main street into the parking structure without generating significant traffic along the main pedestrian‐oriented main corridor.

West Side Mixed‐Use Commercial/Retail Area
Parking in this location anticipates a structure with driveway access from both Twin Oaks Valley Road, as well as Discovery Street. The concentrated mix of uses proposed in this area will allow for substantial shared‐parking opportunities during the course of a typical day.West Side Freeway‐Oriented Office Area
Parking in this location, to the south of the primary office uses, would encourage shared‐parking by the planned office users with neighboring residential, retail, and hotel uses tothe south and west.Far West Side Location Parking in this location would serve the Discovery Street office parking area, as well as neighboring retail and residential uses.

Student Housing
The provision for student housing within walking distance of the campus directly reducesTrip Generation, as all parking for these student residents is provided on campus, directlyeliminating trips to and from CSUSM.

University District | San Marcos
Transportation | Circulation: V‐13
V.2.4 Sprinter Line and Bus Transit ServicesAlthough automobiles may serve as the primary mode of transportation to the University District project, a major transportation component of the project is the Sprinter Rail Line.

North County Transit District (NCTD) Sprinter Rail Line is a light rail system that runs approximately 22 miles along State Route 78 from, between Oceanside and Escondido.

Passengers use the Sprinter Rail Line to travel from the coast to inland areas, and vice versa. Stations 12 (San Marcos Civic Center) and 13 (Cal State San Marcos) are located within walking distance to University District.In 2008/2009, Sprinter Rail Line trains served Stations 12, 13, and other nearby Stations with approximately 65 trains per weekday and 50 trains each weekend day, connecting the University District project site with major regional employment, retail and recreation centers along the State Route 78 corridor. Ridership counts at the Cal State San Marcos Station average approximately 420 riders daily, with nearly one‐quarter of the Sprinter Rail Line passes being sold to University students.As of 2008, total average weekday ridership for the Sprinter Rail Line is approximately 8,300 passengers. It is projected that average daily ridership will increase by nearly 40 percent in 2009. Weekend ridership averages about 4,500 passengers on Saturdays and 3,500 passengers on Sundays. Given its projected ridership counts, this public transit system has strong potential to attract large volumes of visitors to University District who are already traveling through the State Route 78 corridor cities.Separately, NCTD operates two bus lines through the University District project site, which include Route 341/442 and Route 347.

See Figure V.D: Sprinter Line Stations and Route for the existing light rail line route and stations between the Cities of Escondido and Oceanside.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐14 University District | San Marcos FIGURE V.D: Sprinter Line Stations and Route
University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐15 V.3 Intra‐City Shuttle
As part of the Creek District Specific Plan process, the City of San Marcos developed and approved a plan for high‐frequency shuttle service to connect the San Marcos CreekDistrict, University Office and Medical Park, Civic Center, CSUSM, and multiple other destinations including the University District. An important part of the Transportation Demand Management (TDM) Plan for University District will be for this high‐frequencyshuttle service to serve the project. Implementation for this shuttle service is dependentupon the City securing adequate funding for it. The City is developing aconsideringvarious funding planoptions for this shuttle, such as the formation of a CommunityFacilities District (CFD).

The proposed shuttle routes, which are conceptual only, consist of the three (3) phases as shown in Figures V.E: TDM Route (Phase 1), V.F: TDM Route (Phase 2), and V.G: TDM Route (Phase 3). Actual shuttle route alignments are subject to change.

Phase 1 would be an employer shuttle taking workers from the University Office and Medical Park to the CSUSM Sprinter station during peak hours. Phase 2 would beexpanded as an intra‐city shuttle with two (2) routes that include sites such as UniversityDistrict, Palomar Station, and CSUSM. Phase 3 would be a slight variation to include theCreek District, as it is anticipated to be the final development constructed within thedowntown core of San Marcos.The proposed routes serve employment centers and commuter rail stations. In the firstphase,the shuttle is designed to carry employees only during peak commute hours oftheday (approximately 6:00–9:00 am and 4:00–7:00 pm). With the possible expansion of theshuttle into an intra‐city system in the second phase, the schedule would change to coverthe entire weekday beginning at 6 am in orderto allow morning connections forresidentsliving along the route and for people to get to their employers. The weekday service isanticipated to run until 11:30 pm in order to catch the entire commuter market as well asallow shoppers and retail employees a way to get home.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐16 University District | San Marcos On Saturdays and Sundays, the service span would reflect the store hours since majornon‐retail employers like the City will be closed. On Saturdays the service would begin ataround 7:00 am and end at around 11:30 pm once again allowing shoppers a way homeonce stores close for the evening. A shorter service span is suggested for Sundays sincestores often open later and close earlier. Sunday hours are anticipated to be from around8:00 am to 10:30 pm. Service span hours are based on assumptions of retail store, dining,an entertainment operating hours and employee shift hours.To make the shuttle an attractive option for possible patrons, the shuttle must befrequent. While Phase 1 is simply timed to Sprinter train arrivals and departures, Phases2 and 3 have been designed to operate on headway‐based service without schedules,with vehicles arriving at least every 15 minutes. For Phases 2 and 3, it has beenrecommended that the shuttle run on 10‐minute headways during the peak and 15‐minute headways at non‐peak times. With 10‐minute headways, the average patron isanticipated to be waiting only five (5) minutes for a vehicle to arrive in the area where theroutes overlap.Phase 1 RoutingAs noted above, Phase 1 routing would simply take employees and visitors from theUniversity Office and Medical Park to the CSUSM station during peak commute hours(6:00–9:00 am and 4:00–7:00 pm) along East Barham Drive.The route would be approximately 1.5 miles long. At an average speed of 15 mph (due tono interim stops), the route would take approximately five (5) minutes from end to end,with a 15‐minute layover at the Sprinter station to pick up and drop off passengers foreast‐  and westbound trains. At this frequency, only one (1) 30‐passenger vehicle isnecessary.See Figure V.E: TDM Route (Phase 1) for route details.

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐17 On Saturdays and Sundays, the service span would reflect the store hours since major non‐retail employers like the City will be closed. On Saturdays the service would begin ataround 7:00 am and end at around 11:30 pm once again allowing shoppers a way homeonce stores close for the evening. A shorter service span is suggested for Sundays sincestores often open later and close earlier. Sunday hours are anticipated to be from around8:00 am to 10:30 pm. Service span hours are based on assumptions of retail store, dining,an entertainment operating hours and employee shift hours.To make the shuttle an attractive option for possible patrons, the shuttle must befrequent. While Phase 1 is simply timed to Sprinter train arrivals and departures, Phases2 and 3 have been designed to operate on headway‐based service without schedules,with vehicles arriving at least every 15 minutes. For Phases 2 and 3, it has beenrecommended that the shuttle run on 10‐minute headways during the peak and 15‐minute headways at non‐peak times. With 10‐minute headways, the average patron isanticipated to be waiting only five (5) minutes for a vehicle to arrive in the area where theroutes overlap.Phase 1 RoutingAs noted above, Phase 1 routing would simply take employees and visitors from theUniversity Office and Medical Park to the CSUSM station during peak commute hours(6:00–9:00 am and 4:00–7:00 pm) along East Barham Drive.The route would be approximately 1.5 miles long. At an average speed of 15 mph (due tono interim stops), the route would take approximately five (5) minutes from end to end,with a 15‐minute layover at the Sprinter station to pick up and drop off passengers foreast‐  and westbound trains. At this frequency, only one (1) 30‐passenger vehicle isnecessary.See Figure V.E: TDM Route (Phase 1) for route details.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐18 University District | San Marcos FIGURE V.E: TDM Route (Phase 1)
University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐19 Phase 2 RoutingPhase 2 routing of the shuttle plan consists of two (2) partially overlapping routes (A andB), which both terminate at the bus station across Mission Road from the PalomarSprinter station. These two (2) routes essentially cover all of the major downtowndevelopments except for the Creek District, which is assumed to not yet be constructed.Route A travels down from Palomar College by Restaurant Row, cutting south on GrandAvenue to the University Office and Medical Park and then heading east through theUniversity District to CSUSM. Route B runs towards Civic Center via Mission and KnollRoads, cuts south on Twin Oaks Valley Road and proceeds east through the UniversityDistrict to the University Office and Medical Park.Route A is approximately 4.5 miles long and route B is almost 3.6 miles long. At anaverage speed of 11.5 mph, route A and route B would take approximately 23 and 18minutes to complete, respectively.See Figure V.F: TDM Route (Phase 2) for route details.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐20 University District | San Marcos FIGURE V.F: TDM Route (Phase 2)
University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐21 Phase 3 RoutingThe Phase 3 route would alterthe Phase 2 route by expanding shuttle service to the newlyconstructed Creek District.RouteA would be diverted off of San Marcos Boulevard to pass directly through the CreekDistrict en‐route to the Creekside Marketplace. Route B would be extended to terminatein the Creek District rather than at the University Office and Medical Park.Route A’s length would remain unchanged from Phase 2 while Route B would beextended almost one (1) mile, making the total route length approximately 4.6 miles. Atan average speed of 11.5 mph, Route B would take about 23 minutes, the same time asroute A.See Figure V.G: TDM Route (Phase 3) for route details.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐22 University District | San Marcos FIGURE V.G: TDM Route (Phase 3)
University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐23 V.4 Transportation Conditions and MitigationsRoadway System Improvements A Circulation Plan has been created to identify the improvements necessary to mitigatetraffic and parking impacts that will occur as a result of the estimated land use build‐outassociated with the University District Specific Plan Amendment (UDSPA). An updatedTraffic Impact AssessmentLocal Transportation Analysis, dated May 19, 2022, wasprepared by Urban Systems Associates forthe University District Specific Plan AddendumEIR., and includes recommended mitigation measures that are incorporated in the textand plans of this Chapter. The focus of the traffic impact assessmentlocal transportationanalysis is a determination of whether the SPA 2021 Specific Plan Amendment willintroduce additional traffic impacts that were not identified in the original UDSP EIR Traffic Impact Analysis prepared in 2009 and the update prepared as part of the 2014 Specific Plan Amendment. Theis traffic impact assessmentlocal transportation analysisincludes a review of various traffic‐related factors that have a primary influence on the potential for the revised project to generate traffic impacts. The key traffic‐related factors include:
 Land use changes and associated traffic generation; Changes to project‐related trip assignment at build‐out on study area roadways and at study area intersections;
 Removal of the SR‐78 flyover; Changes to project‐related traffic impacts; Changes to required mitigation measures; Changes to on‐site traffic circulation needs; and Changes to mitigation phasing requirements.

Due to a reduction in the amount of development proposed as part of this Specific Plan as well as reductions in previously approved and built projects, the updated local Transportation | Circulation: V‐24 University District | San Marcos transportation analysis determined that the project does not result in a significantdeterioration of traffic operations at any of the study intersections. No mitigationmeasures are required. The following intersection improvement is included as aprojectfeature. All other necessary project‐related roadway improvements and/orright‐of‐way dedications have already occurred.  Discovery Street at Craven Road. Construction of an eastbound right turn lane and the addition of overlap traffic signal phasing.

The improvements connecting Discovery Street from Craven Road to Twin Oaks ValleyRoad were under construction at the time of the preparation of the traffic analysis for the2021 Specific Plan Amendment. The Local Transportation Analysis (LTA) utilizedconservative assumptions regarding the manner in which the public will adjust drivingpatterns at the Discovery Street/Craven Road intersection in response to the throughconnection provided by the Discovery Street improvements. As a result, the projectdesign feature includes a future addition of a separate right turn pocket for east boundtraffic at the intersection of Discovery Street and Craven Road. Given the uniquecircumstances, there are two alternatives for this design feature.Alternative 1 ‐ Traffic Monitoring. Traffic monitoring may be conducted to assess theassumption of this UDSPA that a separate right turn lane will be a required projectfeature. The initial traffic monitoring should be conducted following the completion ofthe Discovery Street extension connecting Bent Avenue with Twin Oaks Valley Road andthe stabilization of area traffic patterns once the extension is open to traffic. This initialtraffic monitoring effort will establish a new baseline in the traffic patterns at theintersection, providing an improved foundation for accurately assigning future 2035 and2050 traffic growth.To allow this stabilization of traffic patterns to occur, the AM and PM peak traffic countswill be obtained at the Discovery Street/Craven Road intersection at least two monthsbut no more than six months after the opening of the Discovery Street extension, or asdetermined by the City’s Development Services Director.

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐25 The study shall be conducted when Cal State University San Marcos is in regular session and notduring a summer or holiday period. The study shall be conducted by a California licensed TrafficEngineer and shall include documentation of the post extension project right turn traffic volumedestined to Craven Road. The study shall analyze traffic operations for options with and withoutthe right turn lane; for the option including the right turn lane, the analysis will assess both withand without overlap signal phasing for the east‐to‐south and north‐to‐west turning movements.The study shall include an analysis of three scenarios including Existing Conditions, 2035 WithProject, and 2050 With Project. Previously developed traffic forecasts will be adjusted asappropriate to reflect the traffic patterns documented in the peak period traffic counts with theDiscovery Street extension completed. A memo report with appropriate exhibits and thepreparing Traffic Engineer's professional opinion as to the required improvements at theDiscovery Street and Craven Road intersection shall be provided to the City for review andacceptance. The City Development Services Director or their representative shall make thedetermination if the right turn lane is to be installed by the Project. The Project shall constructthe project feature prior to issuance of occupancy of the building permits that would trigger aLOS E or F impact at the intersection.Ifthe monitoring study traffic data does not conclusively show thatthere will not be a future needfor the right turn lane, the Project shall provide additional monitoring prior to the ultimate build‐out of the University District Specific Plan. At times as determined at the discretion of theDevelopment Services Director, the Project shall monitor the operations of the intersection in anincremental manner as the west side development parcels are submitted for final City buildingpermit approval and occupancy permits are requested. If the incremental monitoring effortdetermines that the dedicated right turn lane is required to ensure adequate intersectionoperation, the Project shall construct the project feature prior to issuance of occupancy of thebuilding permits that would trigger a LOS E or F impact at the intersection.If the incremental monitoring does not indicate the construction of a dedicated right turn lane,the Project shall provide a final monitoring effort just prior to full build‐out of the west side of theUniversity District Specific Plan to conclude whether the dedicated right turn lane improvementwill be warranted to support adequate intersection operation. If the study shows that the post‐ Transportation | Circulation: V‐26 University District | San Marcos development traffic patterns do not warrant a right turn lane, then the Development ServicesDirector may make a finding that the intersection is not impacted in the ultimate condition, andthatthe projectfeature to address the forecasted impact atthe intersection is no longer required.If the study shows that the turn lane is needed, then the University District shall design andconstruct the improvement.Alternative 2 – Construct Eastbound Right Turn Lane. If the Developer opts to construct theeastbound right turn lane prior to the commencement of the monitoring of the intersection, orduring the monitoring of the intersection, then monitoring requirements will no longer berequired upon the complete construction of the right‐turn lane.

Figure V.H provides a conceptual layout illustrating the planned configuration for this intersection.

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐27 FIGURE V.H: Planned Craven Road & Discovery Street Intersection Improvement Transportation | Circulation: V‐28 University District | San Marcos The initial traffic analysis was prepared for the University District Specific Plan inaccordance with SANTEC/ITE Traffic Study Guidelines, County of San Diego CongestionManagement Plan (CMP) guidelines and CaltransGuidelines for Preparing Traffic project.The SANDAG Traffic Generators (April 2002) trip generation rates were utilized inaccordance with SANTEC/ITE Traffic Study Guidelines.The project was analyzed with 2030 being the Horizon Year (final year) in which trafficgenerated would be at its greatest level, and traffic impacts may be the most adverse. Inaddition, interim analyses were also provided during for a five‐year and 10‐year projecthorizon. A summary of the Traffic Analysis is provided below; please refer to the EIR forfull analysis and discussion of traffic impacts and mitigation.MethodologyThe traffic study analyzed the followings study scenarios:
 Existing Conditions Horizon Year 2030 Conditions with Project (Specific Plan Land Uses) Horizon Year 2030 Conditions without Project Horizon Year 2030 Conditions with General Plan Land Uses Horizon Year 2030 Conditions with Project (w/ TDM‐based Trip Generation Reductions)
 Interim Year 2015 (5‐year horizon) Conditions without Project Interim Year 2015 (5‐year horizon) Conditions with Project Interim Year 2020 (10‐year horizon) Conditions without Project Interim Year 2020 (10‐year horizon) Conditions with Project Analysis of all intersections and roadway segments in the project study area is based onthe SANTEC/ITE traffic study guidelines, and is consistent with the City of San Marcosrequirements. As required, the 2000 Highway Capacity Manual (HCM) operationmethodology for Signalized and Un‐signalized Intersections was used to determine theoperating Levels of Service (LOS) of the study intersections. The TraffixTM softwarepackage was used to evaluate the study intersections using the HCM methodology. The University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐29 HCM methodology describes the operation of an intersection using a range of levels of service (LOS) from LOS “A” (free‐flow conditions) to LOS “F” (severely congestedconditions), based on corresponding delay per vehicle thresholds for signalized and un‐signalized intersections. The City of San Marcos considers Level of Service (LOS) “D” orbetter to be acceptable intersection operating conditions during peak traffic periods.Study AreaA total of 42 existing intersections and 48 existing roadway segments were identified forinclusion in this traffic study (see Figure V.H: Study Area Intersections). Based on therequirements of the SANTEC/ITE traffic study guidelines, the study area consists of thefollowing 48 existing and future intersections:
 Mission Road / Knoll Road Mission Road / Pico Avenue Las Posas Road / State Route 78 Westbound Ramps Las Posas Road / Grand Avenue Via Vera Cruz / Grand Avenue Via Vera Cruz / Linda Vista Drive Bent Avenue / Grand Avenue Knoll Road / Los Vallecitos Boulevard San Marcos Boulevard / Rancho Santa Fe Road San Marcos Boulevard / Discovery Street San Marcos Boulevard / Las Posas Road San Marcos Boulevard / Via Vera Cruz San Marcos Boulevard / Bent Avenue San Marcos Boulevard / Grand Avenue San Marcos Boulevard / State Route 78 Eastbound Ramps San Marcos Boulevard / State Route 78 Westbound Ramps‐Knoll Road San Marcos Boulevard / Westlake Drive San Marcos Boulevard / Pico Avenue San Marcos Boulevard / Twin Oaks Valley Road San Marcos Boulevard / Rancheros Drive Transportation | Circulation: V‐30 University District | San Marcos  San Marcos Boulevard‐Vineyard Road / Mission Road Discovery Street / La Sombra Drive Discovery Street / Via Vera Cruz Discovery Street / Bent Avenue‐Craven Road (only Bent in future) Discovery Street / Craven Road (future intersection) Discovery Street / Grand Avenue (future intersection) Discovery Street / Rush Drive (future intersection) Discovery Street‐Barham Drive / Twin Oaks Valley Road Barham Drive / Campus Way Barham Drive / La Moree Road Barham Drive / Hill Street Barham Drive / State Route 78 Eastbound Off‐Ramp Barham Drive / Woodland Parkway Woodland Parkway / Rancheros Drive Rancheros Drive / State Route 78 Westbound Ramps Twin Oaks Valley Road / Borden Road Twin Oaks Valley Road / Richmar Avenue Twin Oaks Valley Road / State Route 78 Westbound Ramps Twin Oaks Valley Road / State Route 78 Eastbound Ramps Twin Oaks Valley Road / Carmel Street Twin Oaks Valley Road / Campus Marketplace Driveway Twin Oaks Valley Road / Craven Road Craven Road / Rush Drive Twin Oaks Valley Road / (North) Village Drive Twin Oaks Valley Road / (South) Village Drive Twin Oaks Valley Road / Street “C” (Project Intersection) Discovery Street / Street “A” (Project Intersection) Barham Drive / Street “E” (Project Intersection) The City of San Marcos considers Level of Service (LOS) “D” or better to be acceptableintersection operating conditions during peak traffic periods. The following existingintersections are operating below this standard during peak hours:

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐31  San Marcos Boulevard / Rancho Santa Fe Road San Marcos Boulevard / Bent Avenue San Marcos Boulevard / Westlake Drive Discovery Street / Via Vera Cruz Barham Drive / Campus Way Barham Drive / Hill Street Twin Oaks Valley Road / Borden Road Twin Oaks Valley Road / Carmel Street In addition, the following roadway segments were identified as operating below LOS “D”based on daily volume capacities:
 San Marcos Boulevard, from Rancho Santa Fe Road to Discovery Street San Marcos Boulevard, from Discovery Street to Las Posas Road San Marcos Boulevard, from Las Posas Road to Via Vera Cruz San Marcos Boulevard, from Via Vera Cruz to Bent Avenue Discovery Street, from Rush Drive to Twin Oaks Valley Road Barham Drive, from State Route 78 Eastbound Off‐Ramp to Woodland Parkway Twin Oaks Valley Road, from Borden Road to Richmar Avenue Woodland Parkway, from Rancheros Drive to Barham Drive Transportation | Circulation: V‐32 University District | San Marcos FIGURE V.H: Study Area Intersections
University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐33 V.4.1 Horizon Year 2030 (Project Build Out)Analysis of Horizon Year 2030 conditions was conducted using the SANDAG Series 11North San Diego County Sub‐Area traffic model, which was modified to include the landuses and roadway network associated with the proposed University District SpecificPlan project. A Select Zone Assignment model run was conducted by SANDAG for Year2030 conditions that included the proposed land uses for the University District SpecificPlan project, the proposed bridge crossing over State Route 78 between the San MarcosBoulevard and Twin Oaks Valley Road freeway interchanges, and an internal streetnetwork throughout the project site. All build‐outroadway improvements in the projectstudy area are included in the analysis of Horizon Year 2030 Conditions.Specific Plan Amendment Project DescriptionAt full build‐out the proposed UDSPA project will consist of the following uses:
 3,400 Mixed‐Use Multi‐Family Dwelling Units 700,000 square‐feet Mixed‐Use Community Commercial 652,000 square‐feet Mixed‐Use Office 300,000 square‐feet Mixed‐Use Medical Office 450 Hotel Rooms 5,000 square‐foot Community Center 850‐student Elementary School (pending School District decision) The UDSPA project will continue to include construction of a new bridge crossing overthe SR‐78 freeway to provide direct access to the site from San Marcos Boulevardbetween SR‐78 and Twin Oaks Valley Road. The proposed bridge crossing will begenerally aligned with Westlake Drive, and a new signalized four‐way intersection will beconstructed at San Marcos Boulevard / Westlake Drive. An internal street network will be Transportation | Circulation: V‐34 University District | San Marcos built throughout the project site, with access intersections provided on Discovery Street,Barham Drive, and Twin Oaks Valley Road. The project will also provide a thirdwestbound lane on Barham Drive along the project frontage between Twin Oaks ValleyRoad and the eastern boundary of the project site.Specific Plan Amendment Project Trip Generation The trip generation estimated for the original UDSP is summarized in Table V.A.

Table V.B presents the UDSPA project trip generation at project build‐out. As shown inthis table, aAt project build‐out, the proposed 2021 UDSPA projectamendment isforecast to generate approximately 92,88058,517 trips per day, with approximately5,9704,691 trips occurring during the a.m. peak hour, and 9,5117,728 trips occurringduring the p.m. peak hour. In comparison, the original 2009 UDSP project was estimatedto generate approximately 114,697 trips per day, with approximately 6,970 trips occurring during the a.m. peak hour, and 11,749 trips occurring during the p.m. peak hour. The 2014 amendment was forecast to generate approximately 92,880 trips per day, withapproximately 5,970 trips occurring during the a.m. peak hour and 9,511 trips occurringduring the p.m. peak hour. The 2021 UDSPA reduces the total trip generation byapproximately 49% compared to the original 2009 Specific Plan and by approximately37% compared to the 2014 Specific Plan. The trip generation considered under theoriginal 2009 FEIR, 2014 Addendum, and 2022 Addendum is summarized in Table V.A,below.

Table V.A Trip Generation Comparison
Total ADT AM Peak ADT PM Peak ADT
2009 FEIR 114,697 6,970 11,7492014Addendum
92,880 5,970 9,511
2022Addendum
58,517 4,691 (2,877 in/1,814 out) 7,728 (3,297 in/4,449 out) University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐35 The Local TransportationAnalysis prepared byUrban SystemsAssociates (dated May19, 2022) utilized more conservative assumptions that are slightly different from the2021 Specific Plan amendment land uses. This is because the modeling wasconducted earlier to determine if removal of the SR‐78 bridge was feasible. The landuse assumptions for the Specific Plan amendment were subsequently refined. TableV.B summarizes the Specific Plan land uses and traffic generation expected fromthose land uses. Totaltraffic generation forthe Local TransportationAnalysis (58,517)exceeds that ofthe Specific Plan land uses (53,350) by 5,167 average daily trips (ADT).This means the transportation analysis assumed approximately 8% more trips thanthe 2021 Specific Plan amendment proposed. Therefore, the local transportationanalysis analyzed a worst‐case scenario. The trip generation comparison shows theUDSPA will reduce the UDSP daily and p.m. peak hour trips by 19% and the a.m. peakhour trips by 14%.

Table V.B Specific Plan Traffic Generation
Land Use Intensity Unit Rate ADTResidential 3,400 DU 6 20,400Hotel 250 Rooms 10 2,500General Office 300 KSF 20 6,000CorporateHeadquarters 620 KSF 7 4,340Medical Office 200 KSF 24 4,800Retail 345 KSF 40 13,800Civic 5 KSF 30 150ElementarySchool 850 Students 1.6 1,360 PROJECT TRIPS 53,350
Transportation | Circulation: V‐36 University District | San Marcos Table V.A: Original UDSP Project Trip Generation at Project Build‐OutLand Use Intensity Unit Daily Trips AM Trips AMIn AMOut PMTrips PMIn PMOutMixed Use Multi‐FamilyResidential 3,400 DU 20,400 1,632 326 1,306 1,836 1,285 551
Mixed UseCommunityCommercial
1,000 KSF 80,000 3,200 1,920 1,280 8,000 4,000 4,000
Mixed Use Office 750 KSF 12,750 1,658 1,492 166 1,785 357 1,428Mixed UseMedical Office 300 KSF 15,000 900 720 180 1,650 495 1,155Hotel 450 Rooms 4,500 270 162 108 360 216 144CommunityCenter 30 KSF 686 49 30 19 49 14 35ElementarySchool 850 Students 1,360 435 261 174 122 49 73 Sub Total 134,696 8,143 4,911 3,232 13,803 6,416 7,386
10% Mixed Use Reduction(1) ‐13,265 ‐766 ‐462 ‐304 ‐1,363 ‐635 ‐728 5% Transit Reduction ‐6,735 ‐407 ‐246 ‐162 ‐690 ‐321 ‐369 NET PROJECT TRIPS 114,697 6,970 4,203 2,767 11,749 5,460 6,289 Note: (1) SANDAG allows a 10% trip rate reduction for mixed‐use developments where residential and commercial are combined.(2) SANDAG does not have a trip rate available for a Community Center; therefore, the ITE trip generation rate for Community Center was used instead. Source: Instituteof Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation, 7th Edition, 2003.

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐37 Table V.B: Proposed UDSPA Project Trip Generation at Project Build‐OutLand Use Intensity Unit Daily Trips AM Trips AMIn AMOut PMTrips PMIn PMOutMixed Use Multi‐FamilyResidential 3,400 DU 20,400 1,632 326 1,306 1,836 1,285 551
Mixed UseCommunityCommercial
700 KSF 56,000 2,240 1,344 896 5,600 2,800 2,800
Mixed Use Office 652 KSF 11,084 1,441 1,297 144 1,552 310 1,241Mixed UseMedical Office 300 KSF 15,000 900 720 180 1,650 495 1,155Hotel 450 Rooms 4,500 270 162 108 360 216 144CommunityCenter 30 KSF 686 49 30 19 49 14 35ElementarySchool 850 Students 1,360 435 261 174 122 49 73 Sub Total 109,030 6,967 4,140 2,827 11,169 5,170 6,000
10% Mixed Use Reduction(1) ‐10,698 ‐648 ‐385 ‐263 ‐1,100 ‐511 ‐589 5% Transit Reduction ‐5,452 ‐348 ‐207 ‐141 ‐558 ‐258 ‐300 NET PROJECT TRIPS 92,880 5,970 3,548 2,422 9,511 4,401 5,110 Note: (1) SANDAG allows a 10% trip rate reduction for mixed‐use developments where residential and commercial are combined.(2) SANDAG does not have a trip rate available for a Community Center; therefore, the ITE trip generation rate for Community Center was used instead. Source: Instituteof Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation, 7th Edition, 2003.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐38 University District | San Marcos Specific Plan Amendment Project Traffic Impact AssessmentA comparison of project traffic generation for the daily and a.m. and p.m. peak hour,demonstrate that in all cases the UDSPA will result in fewer project trips on roadwaysegments and at intersections throughout the study area. As such, there is no possibilityfor the UDSPA project to introduce new off‐site traffic impacts that were not identifiedin the original UDSP EIR Traffic Impact Analysis.Specific Plan Amendment Project Buildout (Year 2030) Impacts and MitigationAlthough the UDSPA project will have a lower level of traffic impact due to the lower tripgeneration, the same list of off‐site mitigation measures has been maintained that wereidentified in the original EIR Traffic Impact Analysis.The following 11 intersections were previously identified as being significantly impactedby the project under Horizon Year 2030 conditions:
 Mission Road / Knoll Road San Marcos Blvd. / Rancho Santa Fe Road San Marcos Blvd. / Las Posas Road San Marcos Blvd. / Via Vera Cruz San Marcos Blvd. / Bent Avenue San Marcos Blvd. / Twin Oaks Valley Road Discovery Street / La Sombra Drive Barham Drive / La Moree Road Barham Drive / Woodland Parkway Twin Oaks Valley Road / Borden Road Twin Oaks Valley Road / SR‐78 Eastbound Ramps The following five roadway segments were identified as being significantly impacted bythe project under Horizon Year 2030 conditions:
 Discovery Street, from San Marcos Blvd. to La Sombra Drive Discovery Street, from La Sombra Drive to Via Vera Cruz University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐39  Bent Avenue, from San Marcos Blvd. to Discovery Street Westlake Drive, North of San Marcos Blvd. Twin Oaks Valley Road, from Richmar Avenue to San Marcos Blvd.

Mitigation measures have been identified for all of the above‐listed intersections androadway segments. The recommended mitigation measures for each significantlyimpacted intersection and roadway segment under Horizon Year 2030 conditions aredescribed in detail below:Specific Plan Amendment Project Buildout (Year 2030) Recommended MitigationRecommended Intersection ImprovementsMission Road / Knoll Road  Northbound: Restripe approach to provide one left‐turn lane, one shared left‐ turn/through/right‐turn lane, and one right‐turn lane.

San Marcos Boulevard / Rancho Santa Fe Road
 Westbound: Provide a third left‐turn lane.

Note: The recommended improvements at San Marcos Boulevard / Rancho Santa FeRoad would mitigate the significant impact by reducing the average intersection delay tolower than the delay without the project. Improving intersection operations to anacceptable level of service would require additional widening at the intersectionapproaches to increase capacity, which may not be feasible due to developmentconstraints.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐40 University District | San Marcos San Marcos Boulevard / Las Posas Road
 Northbound: Restripe approach to provide one left‐turn lane, one shared left‐ turn/through lane, and one shared through/right‐turn lane.  Southbound: Provide a second right‐turn lane. Modify signal to provide right‐ turn overlap phase. Prohibit u‐turns during the corresponding eastbound left‐turn phase.  Convert signal phasing to split phasing for the northbound and southbound approaches.

San Marcos Boulevard / Via Vera Cruz
 Southbound: Reduce existing dual left‐turn lanes to a single left‐turn lane; restripe approach to provide one left‐turn lane, one through lane, and one sharedthrough/right‐turn lane.  Eastbound: Provide a dedicated right‐turn lane.

San Marcos Boulevard / Bent Avenue
 Convert signal phasing to split phasing for the northbound and southbound approaches.
 Northbound: Restripe approach to provide one left‐turn lane, one shared left‐ turn/through lane, and one right‐turn lane.
 Southbound: Restripe approach to provide one left‐turn lane, one shared left‐ turn/through lane, and one right‐turn lane.
 Westbound: Provide a second left‐turn lane.

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐41 San Marcos Boulevard / Twin Oaks Valley Road
 Northbound: Modify signal to provide right‐turn overlap phase. Prohibit u‐turns during the corresponding westbound left‐turn phase.
 Southbound: Provide a dedicated right‐turn lane. Westbound: Provide a third left‐turn lane.

Discovery Street / La Sombra Drive
 Install traffic signal and provide the following lane geometries: Northbound: Provide one shared through/right‐turn lane (same as existing conditions).
 Southbound: Restripe approach to provide one left‐turn lane and one shared left‐ turn/through lane.
 Westbound: Restripe approach to provide one left‐turn lane and one right‐turn lane. Provide a right‐turn overlap phase.
 Provide split phasing for the northbound and southbound approaches.

Barham Drive / La Moree Road (West)
 Northbound: Modify signal to provide right‐turn overlap phase. Prohibit u‐turns during the corresponding westbound left‐turn phase.
 Southbound: Restripe approach to provide one left‐turn lane and one shared through/right‐turn lane.

Barham Drive / Woodland Parkway
 Westbound: Modify signal to provide right‐turn overlap phase. Prohibit u‐turns during the corresponding southbound left‐turn phase.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐42 University District | San Marcos Twin Oaks Valley Road / Borden Road
 Eastbound: Modify signal to provide right‐turn overlap phase. Prohibit u‐turns during the corresponding northbound left‐turn phase.

Twin Oaks Valley Road / SR‐78 Eastbound Ramps
 Eastbound (Off‐Ramp Approach): Restripe approach to provide one left‐turn lane, one shared left‐turn/through/right‐turn lane, and one right‐turn lane. (Notethat this improvement has already been implemented by the City of San Marcos) Recommended Roadway Segment ImprovementsDiscovery Street, from San Marcos Boulevard to La Sombra Drive  Improve roadway segment to four‐lane Secondary Arterial standards.

Discovery Street, from La Sombra Drive to Via Vera Cruz  Improve roadway segment to four‐lane Secondary Arterial standards.

Note: The current City Circulation Element now has different designations for 4‐laneroadways and the future widening of Discovery Street should be consistent with thecurrent Circulation Element design standards.Bent Avenue, from San Marcos Boulevard to Main Street (Creekside District)  Improve roadway segment to four‐lane roadway standards.

Note: The City Circulation Element classifies Bent Avenue as a two‐lane roadwaybetween San Marcos Boulevard and Discovery Street. The addition of traffic from theCreekside District Specific Plan project and other larger‐scale projects results in dailyroadway segment operations worsening to LOS F by Year 2030. The forecast Year 2030ADT volume of 11,900 on Bent Avenue between San Marcos Boulevard and DiscoveryStreetis an average of daily volumes along shorter segments within the CreeksideDistrict University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐43 project, with the highest daily volume between San Marcos Boulevard and Main Street, and the lowest daily volume between Creekside Drive and Discovery Street. It isrecommended that Bent Avenue from San Marcos Boulevard to Main Street be improvedto four‐lane roadway standards.Bent Avenue, from Main Street (Creekside District) to Discovery Street  Upgrade roadway segment to a two‐lane roadway with continuous two‐way left‐ turn lane (TWLTL).

Note: The existing daily capacity of Bent Avenue between San Marcos Boulevard andDiscovery Street is 8,000 ADT is based on its current pavement width. Although BentAvenue south of Main Street can remain with two travel lanes to operate at LOS D orbetter, it is recommended that Bent Avenue from Main Street to Discovery Street beimproved to a two‐lane roadway with a continuous two‐way left‐turn lane (TWLTL).Westlake Drive, North of San Marcos Boulevard  Improve Westlake Drive from Dusty Lane to San Marcos Boulevard to a two‐lane roadway with a two‐way left‐turn lane.

Note: This improvement can most likely be accommodated without physical widening;however, on‐street parking would need to be prohibited to restripe the roadway asrecommended.Twin Oaks Valley Road, from Richmar Avenue to San Marcos Boulevard  Improve intersection of Twin Oaks Valley Road / San Marcos Boulevard to provide peak hour operations at LOS D or better. The recommended improvements atTwin Oaks Valley Road / San Marcos Boulevard will also serve to mitigate thesignificant impact on this segment of Twin Oaks Valley Road.

Note: This 4‐lane segment is totally access‐controlled between the two intersections ateither end and it is the operations of these two intersections during the peak hours that Transportation | Circulation: V‐44 University District | San Marcos would most influence operations on this roadway segment. A close look at the peak hourdirectional volumes on this segment of Twin Oaks Valley Road showed that during thepeak hours, a maximum of 1,600 vehicles would travel between Richmar Avenue and SanMarcos Boulevard, or approximately 800 vehicles per lane. This is equivalent to thedirectional volumes per lane on most segments of San Marcos Boulevard, which areforecast to have daily operations at LOS D or better.Table V.C and Table V.D summarize the recommended Horizon Year 2030 mitigationmeasures for the impacted intersection and roadway segment locations, respectively,as described above.

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐45 Table V.C: Summary of 2030 Mitigation Measures (Intersections)Intersection 2030 NP 2030 WP Recommended Mitigation MeasureMission Rd./Knoll Rd. X NB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 shared left‐turn / through / right‐turn lane, and 1 right‐turn lane.San Marcos Blvd./ RanchoSanta Fe Rd. X X WB: Provide a third left‐turn lane.San Marcos Blvd./LasPosas Rd. X X NB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 shared left‐turn / through lane, and 1shared through / right‐turn lane. SB: Provide a second right‐turn lane, and modify signal toprovide a right‐turn overlap phase.Convert NB and SB signal phasing to split phasing.

San Marcos Blvd./Via VeraCruz X X SB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 through lane, 1 shared through / right‐ turn lane. EB: Provide a dedicated right‐turn lane.San Marcos Blvd./BentAve. X X Convert NB and SB signal phasing to split phasing. NB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 shared left‐turn / through lane, and 1 right‐turn lane. SB: Restripe approach toprovide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 shared left‐turn / through lane, and 1 right‐turn lane. WB: Providea second left‐turn lane.

San Marcos Blvd./TwinOaks Valley Rd. X X NB: Modify signal to provide a right‐turn overlap phase. SB: Provide a dedicated right‐turn lane. WB: Provide a third left‐turn lane.Discovery St./La SombraDr. X X Install traffic signal. Provide split phasing at NB and SB approaches. NB: No changes toexisting lane geometry. SB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane and 1 shared left‐turn / through lane. WB: Restripe approach to provide a dedicated left‐turn lane, andmodify signal to provide a right‐turn overlap phase.

Barham Dr./La Moree Rd. X X NB: Modify signal to provide a right‐turn overlap phase. SB: Provide 1 left‐turn lane and 1 shared through/right‐turn lane.Barham Dr./Woodland Pkwy. X WB: Modify signal to provide a right‐turn overlap phase.Twin Oaks Valley Rd. /Borden Rd. X EB: Modify signal to provide a right‐turn overlap phase.Twin Oaks Valley Rd. / SR‐78EB Ramps X X EB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 shared left‐turn / through / right‐turn lane, and 1 right‐turn lane. (Note: this improvement has already been implemented) Note: 2030 NP = Year 2030 Without Project; 2030 WP = Year 2030 With Project (Specific Plan Land Uses) Transportation | Circulation: V‐46 University District | San Marcos Table V.D: Summary of 2030 Mitigation Measures (Roadway Segments)Roadway Segment 2030 NP 2030 WP Recommended Mitigation MeasureDiscovery St., from San MarcosBlvd. to La Sombra Dr. X X Improve to four‐lane roadway.Discovery St., from La Sombra Dr.to Via Vera Cruz X X Improve to four‐lane roadway.BentAve.

From San MarcosBlvd. to Main St. X X Improve to four‐lane roadway.From Main St. toDiscovery St. X X Improve to two‐lane roadway with two‐way left‐turn lane.

Westlake Dr., North of SanMarcos Blvd. Bent Ave. X Improve to two‐lane roadway with two‐way left‐turn lane.Twin Oaks Valley Rd., fromRichmar Ave. to San Marcos Blvd. X X Improve intersection of Twin Valley Rd. / San Marcos Blvd. to provide LOS D orbetter peak hour operations (see Table 5 for recommended improvements atthis intersection).

Note: 2030 NP = Year 2030 Without Project; 2030 WP = Year 2030 With Project (Specific Plan Land Uses) University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐47 V.4.2 Intersection and Roadway Mitigation Phasing RequirementsThe primary purpose of this analysis is to evaluate the phasing requirements of themitigation measures identified in the 2030 scenario with the project as well as theproposed phasing needs of new planned roadways such as theDiscovery Street extensionfrom Craven Road to Twin Oaks Valley Road and the new Westlake Drive bridge crossing.To update the phasing analysis of mitigation measure improvements, several factorswere considered including:
 Current traffic volumes at the intersections that are impacted by the project. Estimated traffic associated with City of San Marcos approved or pending projects.
 The City’s current Capital Improvement Program (CIP) transportation projects and the anticipated timing of those projects.
 Findings of the original mitigation phasing analysis that was performed for interim 5 and 10‐year forecast periods (e.g. 2015 and 2020)  Estimated traffic associated with the UDSPA
The phasing analysis also included a review of the updated 2030 traffic forecast from theSANDAG Series 11 North County Traffic Model. This model includes the most up to dateinformation relative to the City’s General Plan land use and circulation element. Forreference purposes, the current transportation projects included in the City’s CIP aresummarized in Table V.E.The results of the mitigation phasing analysis for mitigation measures at study areaintersections are summarized in Table V.F. The analysis has determined the maximumlevel of project trip generation that can occur before each mitigation measure must beconstructed. In all cases, the project trip generation threshold applies to the number oftrips generated during the more critical p.m. peak hour. The threshold is considered to Transportation | Circulation: V‐48 University District | San Marcos be reached if ether the inbound or outbound threshold is achieved during the p.m. peakhour.Also noted, is whether there is a CIP transportation project that is related to themitigation measure and the currently programmed timing for the transportation project.In some cases, the UDSPA mitigation measure would be a component of the plannedtransportation project and coordination would be required. In these cases, the scheduleof the CIP project would dictate the timing of the mitigation measure implementation.In other cases, the completion of the CIP transportation project would influence travelpatterns in a manner that would accelerate the need for the mitigation measure. In thesecases, the schedule of the CIP project would also dictate the need to implement themitigation measure and this may be in advance of reaching the project trip generationthreshold identified. While the timing of the related CIP Transportation project could bein advance of reaching the project trip generation threshold identified herein, the projectwould need to participate on a “fair share” basis to the cost of the mitigation measure atthe time of the CIP project construction.The results of the mitigation phasing analysis for mitigation measures on study arearoadway segments are summarized in Table V.G. It should be noted that the extensionof Discovery Street from Rush Street to Bent Street occurs at the first trip generationthreshold level (760 total, 350 inbound, 410 outbound p.m. peak hour project trips) andthis improvement is related to the CIP transportation construction project identified forDiscovery Street between 2017 and 2019. The updated analysis indicates that Discoveryshould be constructed as a four‐lane divided roadway from Bent to Rush Street and as asix‐lane divided roadway from Rush Street to Discovery. The extension of Grand Avenueto Discovery could be delayed until the project meets the second trip generationthreshold level (1,760 total, 795 inbound, 915 outbound p.m. peak hour project trips).

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐49 Table V.E: City of San Marcos Capital Improvement Program Transportation ProjectsID#‐Road Name From To Improvement Start Year of
Construction
Year Open to
Traffic
SM1‐‐South Santa Fe Ave Bosstick Blvd Smilax Rd Realign & Signalize Intersection 2017 2018SM2‐‐Woodland Pkwy La Moree Rd Rancheros Blvd Interchange Improvements w/ Barham Widening
2017 2019
SM3‐‐Discovery St Via Vera Cruz Rd Bent Ave/Craven
Rd
Widen Roadway 2017 2019
SM4‐‐Via Vera Cruz Rd San Marcos Blvd Discovery St Street Improvements 2017 2019SM5‐‐Discovery St Craven Rd Twin Oaks Valley Rd
Street Improvements 2017 2019
SM6‐‐Barham Dr Twin Oaks Valley
Rd
La Moree Rd Widen Roadway 2018 2019
SM7‐‐Creekside Dr Via Vera Cruz Rd Grand Ave Street Improvements 2018 2019SM8‐‐Borden Rd Mulberry Rd Vineyard Rd Street Reconstruction 2018 2019SM9‐‐Borden Rd Wulff St Redhill Ln Street Widening 2018 2019SM10‐‐E. La Moree Rd Williamsburg Dev. Sandy Ln Street Widening 2018 2019SM11‐‐Twin Oaks Valley Rd Buena Creek Rd Sycamore Dr Street Widening 2019 2020SM12‐‐Twin Oaks Valley Rd La Cienega Rd Cassou Rd Street Improvements 2019 2020SM13‐‐Twin Oaks Valley Rd Cassou Rd Buena Creek Rd Street Improvements 2019 2020SM14‐‐Richland Rd Borden Rd Rock Springs Rd Street Improvements 2020 2021SM15‐‐Rancho Santa FeSM16‐‐Interchange & SR78 & SR78 Interchange Improvements 2020 2021
SM17‐‐Rancho Santa Fe Rd South Santa Fe Rd Grand Ave Street Improvements 2020 2021SM18‐‐Richmar Ave Twin Oaks Valley Rd
Woodward St Street Improvements 2020 2021
SM19‐‐San Marcos Blvd Knoll Rd Pico Ave Street Widening 2020 2021SM20‐‐Rancho Santa Fe Rd Grand Ave San Marcos Blvd Street Widening 2020 2021SM21‐‐Borden Rd Via Barquero Palomar College Entrance
Street Widening 2020 2021
SM22‐‐Mulberry Dr Woodward St Olive St Street Widening 2020 2021SM23‐‐San Marcos Blvd Discovery Street Bent Ave Street Improvements 2025 2027 Transportation | Circulation: V‐50 University District | San Marcos Table V.F: Summary of Mitigation Measure Phasing Requirements – Intersection ImprovementsIntersection Project Trip
Generation
Threshold
Required
Coordination
w/ CIP Project
Construction
Period Recommended Mitigation Measure
Twin Oaks ValleyRd. / SR‐78 EBRamps
760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 350
Outbound: 410
EB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 shared left‐turn / through /right‐turn lane, and 1 right‐turn lane.(Note: This improvement has already been implemented) San Marcos Blvd./ Via Vera Cruz
760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 350
Outbound: 410
SM4
(Est. 2017 –
2019)
SB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 through lane, 1 sharedthrough / right‐turn lane.EB: Provide a dedicated right‐turn lane.

San Marcos Blvd./ Bent Ave.
760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 350
Outbound: 410
SM3 & SM5
(Est. 2017 –
2019)
Convert NB and SB signal phasing to split phasing.NB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 shared left‐turn / throughlane, and 1 right‐turn lane.SB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 shared left‐turn / throughlane, and 1right‐turn lane.WB: Provide a second left‐turn lane.

San Marcos Blvd./ Las Posas Rd.
760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 350
Outbound: 410
Convert NB and SB signal phasing to split phasing.NB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 shared left‐turn / throughlane, and 1shared through / right‐turn lane.SB: Provide a second right‐turn lane, and modify signal to provide a right‐turnoverlap phase.

Barham Dr. / LaMoree Rd.
760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 350
Outbound: 410
SM6
(Est. 2018 –
2019)
NB: Modify signal to provide a right‐turn overlap phase.SB: Provide 1 left‐turn lane and 1 shared through/right‐turn lane.

Discovery St. /La Sombra Dr.
1,760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 795
Outbound: 915
SM3 & SM5
(Est. 2017 –
2019)
Install traffic signal. Provide split phasing at NB and SB approaches.NB: No changes to existing lane geometry.SB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane and 1 shared left‐turn /through lane.WB: Restripe approach to provide a dedicated left‐turn lane, and modifysignal to provide a right‐turn overlap phase.

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐51 Table V.F: Summary of Mitigation Measure Phasing Requirements – Intersection ImprovementsIntersection Project Trip
Generation
Threshold
Required
Coordination
w/ CIP Project
Construction
Period Recommended Mitigation Measure
Barham Dr. /Woodland Pkwy.
1,760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 795
Outbound: 915
SM2
(Est. 2017 –
2019)
WB: Modify signal to provide a right‐turn overlap phase.

Twin Oaks ValleyRd. / Borden Rd.
1,760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 795
Outbound: 915
SM8 & SM9
(Est. 2018 –
2019)
EB: Modify signal to provide a right‐turn overlap phase.

San Marcos Blvd. /Grand Ave.
1,760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 795
Outbound: 915
SM5
(Est. 2017 –
2019)
NB: Convert signal phasing to protected left‐turns. Restripe approach toprovide two left‐turn lanes, one through lane, and one right‐turn lane.SB: Convert signal phasing to protected left‐turns. Restripe approach toprovide two left‐turn lanes, one through lane, and one shared through/right‐turn lane.EB: Reduce existing dual left‐turn lane to a single left‐turn lane. Restripeapproach to provide three through lanes and one shared through/right‐turnlane.(Note: Some of these improvements have already been implemented) San Marcos Blvd. /Twin Oaks ValleyRd.
1,760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 795
Outbound: 915
SM19
(Est. 2020 –
2021)
NB: Modify signal to provide a right‐turn overlap phase.SB: Provide a dedicated right‐turn lane.WB: Provide a third left‐turn lane.

San Marcos Blvd. /Rancho Santa FeRd
1,760 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 795
Outbound: 915
SM20
(Est. 2020 –
2021)
WB: Provide a third left‐turn lane.

Mission Rd. /Knoll Rd.
2,855 PM Peak Hr.

Inbound: 795
Outbound: 915
NB: Restripe approach to provide 1 left‐turn lane, 1 shared left‐turn / through /right‐turn lane, and 1 right‐turn lane.

Note: Mitigation measure is required prior to project trip threshold being exceeded or completion of related CIP project, whichever occurs first.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐52 University District | San Marcos Table V.G: Summary of Mitigation Measure Phasing Requirements – Roadway ImprovementsRoadway Segment Project Trip
Generation
Threshold
Required
Coordination
w/ CIP Project
Construction
Period Recommended Mitigation Measure
Bent Ave. from SanMarcos Blvd. to MainSt.
760 PM Peak Hr.Inbound: 350Outbound: 410
SM5
(Est. 2017 ‐
2019)
Improve to four‐lane roadway
Bent Ave. from MainSt. to Discovery St.
760 PM Peak Hr.Inbound: 350Outbound: 410
SM5
(Est. 2017 ‐
2019)
Improve to two‐lane roadway with two‐way left‐turn lane.

Discovery St., fromSan Marcos Blvd. toLa Sombra Dr.
1,760 PM Peak Hr.Inbound: 795Outbound: 915
SM3 & SM5
(Est. 2017 ‐
2019)
Improve to four‐lane roadway
Discovery St., fromLa Sombra Dr. to ViaVera Cruz
1,760 PM Peak Hr.Inbound: 795Outbound: 915
SM3 & SM5
(Est. 2017 ‐
2019)
Improve to four‐lane roadway
Twin Oaks ValleyRd., from RichmarAve. to San MarcosBlvd. 1,760 PM Peak Hr.Inbound: 795Outbound: 915
Improve intersection of Twin Valley Rd. / San Marcos Blvd. to provideLOS D or better peak hour operations (see Table 5 for recommendedimprovements at this intersection).

Westlake Dr. Bridgefrom San MarcosBlvd. to ProjectStreet D on WestSide of Project 2,855 PM Peak Hr.Inbound: 795Outbound: 915
Construct minimum two‐lane bridge. Monitor directional peak hourvolume and widen to four lanes if single direction volume reaches 800vehicles per hour prior to project build‐out.

Westlake Dr., Northof San Marcos Blvd.Bent Ave.
2,855 PM Peak Hr.Inbound: 795Outbound: 915
Improve to two‐lane roadway with two‐way left‐turn lane.

Note: Mitigation measure is required prior to project trip threshold being exceeded or completion of related CIP project, whichever occurs first.

University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐53 Freeway AnalysisA freeway analysis of the project was conducted in accordance with Cal TransRequirements, using criteria from the 2000 Highway Capacity Manual and the 2000Highway Design Manual. Cal Trans has a target level of service at project transitionsbetween LOS “C” and LOS “D” for peak hour traffic volumes. In addition, Cal Transrequires freeway ramp interchanges to be evaluated using the Intersection Lane Volumes(ILV) methodology for evaluating intersection performance. To be classified as a stableintersection, the intersection must operate at 1,500 vehicles per hour or less. Althoughthe UDSPA will generate fewer trips and fewer project trips will use the freeway, thereduction in project trips is not anticipated to significantly change the findings of theinitial traffic study analysis.Ramp IntersectionsBased on the analysis, the following ramp intersections are forecast to operate atdeficient levels of service under the Horizon Year 2030 Scenario:
 Las Posas Road / State Route 78 Westbound Ramps San Marcos Boulevard / State Route 78 Westbound Ramps — Knoll Road Twin Oaks Valley Road / State Route 78 Eastbound Ramps Barham Drive / State Route 78 Eastbound Ramps Freeway Mainline SegmentsIn addition, the following freeway mainline segments are forecast to operate at LOS “F”under the Horizon Year 2030 Scenario. An “ON” in the description below denotes wheremotorists would merge onto the freeway, and an “OFF” denotes where motoristswould exit:
 State Route 78 Eastbound,from Las Posas Road ONto San Marcos Blvd OFF (pm) State Route 78 Westbound, from Twin Oaks Valley Road ON to San Marcos Boulevard OFF (am)
Transportation | Circulation: V‐54 University District | San Marcos  State Route 78 Eastbound, from San Marcos Boulevard ON to Twin Oaks Valley Road OFF (pm)
 State Route 78 Eastbound, from Twin Oaks Valley Road ONto Barham Drive OFF (pm)
 State Route 78 Westbound, from Rancheros Road ON to Twin Oaks Valley Road OFF (pm)
 State Route 78 Westbound, from Nordahl Road ON to Rancheros Road OFF (am) State Route 78 Eastbound, from Barham Drive ON to Nordahl Road OFF (pm) Freeway Ramp Junction / Merge AnalysisIt is also estimated that the following freeway ramp junction points will also operate atLOS “F” under the 2030 Horizon Year Scenario:
 Las Posas Road Eastbound On‐Ramp (PM) San Marcos Boulevard Eastbound On‐Ramp (PM) Twin Oaks Valley Road Westbound On‐Ramp #1 (AM) Twin Oaks Valley Road Westbound On‐Ramp #2 (AM) Twin Oaks Valley Road Westbound Off‐Ramp (AM) Twin Oaks Valley Road Eastbound On‐Ramp (PM) Barham Drive Eastbound Off‐Ramp (PM) San Marcos Boulevard Eastbound Off‐Ramp (PM) Barham Drive Eastbound On‐Ramp (PM) Given that the project will add traffic and affect levels of service for the freeway rampintersections, mainline segments, and junctions discussed above, the impacts of theproposed University District Specific Plan project are considered significant andmitigation measures are required.While the addition of oneHOV lane in each direction as included in the SANDAGRegionalTransportation Plan (RTP) would mitigate the impacts associated with 2030 forecasttraffic with the proposed University District project, the HOV project is not currently inthe “reasonably funded” highway program. The City of San Marcos has initiated University District | San Marcos Transportation | Circulation: V‐55 discussions with Caltrans and SANDAG that are aimed at identifying interim State Route78 corridor projects and various potential corridor study alternatives that could beparticipated in on a fair share basis. These discussions are currently underway but are notadvanced enough at this time to reference the specific projects or studies in detail. Oncethe City’s participation options have been identified by Caltrans, the appropriateparticipation level for the University District can be assessed, and potential mitigationmeasures can be discussed.Transportation Demand Management Plan and Recommended Parking and TDMMonitoring PlanA Transportation Demand Management (TDM) study prepared in late 2008 indicatesthat, with an aggressive TDM program in place, the trip generation for the proposedUniversity District Specific Plan project is potentially reduced by over 50 percent for theHorizon Year 2030 with project conditions. Based on the initial traffic analysis report, areduction in project trips of this magnitude could eliminate the need for some of themitigation measures that are projected to be needed in the later phases of the projectThe intent of the Monitoring Plan is to prescribe a means in which the City of San Marcoscan monitor the effectiveness of its overall parking supply requirements and demand asindividual projects within the University District Specific Plan Amendment area are beingconstructed. The Monitoring Plan would also consider the effectiveness of variousParking and Transportation Demand Management (PTDM) programs. If certainmeasures are proving to be unproductive following the City’s review of AnnualTransportation Reports, then adjustments can be made.

Transportation | Circulation: V‐56 University District | San Marcos This page intentionally left blank
“Without an architecture of our own, we have no soul of our own civilization.” ‐ Frank Lloyd Wright
VI. FORM‐BASED CODE
VI.1 Introduction
The purpose of this Form‐Based Code is to provide a set of developmentregulations and procedures for propertyowners or developers to implement the envisioned future for the University District project. Specifically, it is intended to:
 Facilitate development of walkable urban
neighborhoods.
 Require compact, pedestrian‐oriented, and
mixed‐use development patterns.
 Provide a range of housing opportunities to
accommodate diverse ages and incomes.
 Develop a range of public spaces, including
parks, linear trails and plazas.
 Respect the topographic features of the site. Incorporate sustainable site, building and landscape design features to minimizeconsumption of natural resources, water and energy.
 Provide compatible uses to support California
State University at San Marcos.
 Establish clear design standards while allowing
flexibility in future land uses to account for
adjustments in market conditions.
(Continued on next page)
Form‐Based Code: VI‐2 University District | San Marcos
(Continued from Previous Page)
ApplicabilityThis Form‐Based Code applies to all future development/redevelopment projects within the University District and represents the community’s intentions regarding urban form and design. As intended, this code regulates massing of the proposed development through heightrestrictions, setbacks, building form and orientation, as well as mix ofland uses.This Specific Plan establishes development patterns that are very different than the existing patterns of development within the University District. Currently, the District consists of a variety of small and large lots that form very large and disconnected block patterns. Existing developed properties contain a mix of building types and uses. In order for development to occur in compliance with this Specific Plan, major changes are required. Existing properties may be consolidated, demolished, subdivided, and graded(as needed) to create new blocks and development sites. Certain properties may not be developable without a coordinated effort between neighboring property owners. The City of San Marcos may assist in the process of consolidating properties or forming development partnerships to create new blocks and development sites.

SeverabilityThe provisions of this Form‐Based Code are declared to be severable and if any section, sentence, clause or phrase of this Form‐Based Code shall for any reason be held to be invalid or unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining sections, sentences, clauses, and phrases of this Form‐Based Code but they shall remain in effect, it being the legislative intent that this Form‐Based Code shall stand notwithstanding the invalidity of any part.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐3
InterpretationInterpretation of the standards within this Form‐Based Code shall be the responsibility of the San Marcos Development Services Staff. All uses not specifically listed or defined within the Form‐Based Code are subject to approval and/or interpretation by the Planning Director.

The images within this Form‐Based Code are meant to illustrate planning and urban design concepts; images are intended for illustrative purposes only.

User’s GuideThe following steps should be used to assist users of this Form‐Based Code:
 Step 1: Review Section VI.2 to determine compliance with the regulating plans for the University District. Regulating plans include street types, buildings and public spaces, and building heights.
 Step 2: Review Section VI.3 to gain an understanding of the block standards that shall be used to create new blocks within the University District.  Step 3: Review Section VI.4 to gain an understanding of the allowed street types and streetscape standards for pavement, streetlights, and street furniture within the University District. The allowed locations of each street type are provided on Figure VI.A: Street Type Regulating Plan.
 Step 4: Review Section VI.5 to gain an understanding ofthe allowed public spaces within the University District and standards for what shall and may be provided within each public space. The allowed locations of the public spaces are provided on Figure VI.B: Building and Public Space Regulating Plan.  Step 5: Review Section VI.6 to gain an understanding of the allowed building types within the University District and development standards for each building Form‐Based Code: VI‐4 University District | San Marcos
type. The allowed locations of the building types are provided on Figure VI.B:

Building and Public Space Regulating Plan.
 Step 6: Review Section VI.7 to determine the design standards for the frontages and projections for buildings within the University District.  Step 7: Review Section VI.8 to gain an understanding of the architectural design standards and guidelines for buildings within the University District, including materials, colors, roofs, and podium parking structure facades.  Step 8: Review Section VI.9 to gain an understanding of the landscaping standards for public and private properties within the University District.  Step 9: Review Section VI.10 to gain an understanding of the types of business identification signs that are allowed within the University District, as well as standards for each sign type.
 Step 10: Review Section VI.11 to gain an understanding of the terms, acronyms, and definitions of such used throughout this Form‐Based Code.  Step 11: Contact the City of San Marcos Planning Department to discuss specific questions, potential projects, or opportunities for public/private partnerships:

City of San Marcos
1 Civic Center Drive
San Marcos, CA 92069
Phone: 760/744‐1050www.ci.san‐marcos.ca.us
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐5
VI.2 Regulating Plans
IntentA regulating plan is a plan or map that designates how building form standards, street design standards, and public space standards are applied to properties within a planning area boundary. The intent of a Regulating Plan is to provide an urban design and regulatory framework to ensure that the vision for the planning area is implemented.

Regulating PlansThis Form‐Based Code contains the following three Regulating Plans:
 Figure VI.A: Street Type Regulating Plan: The Street Type Regulating Plan shows the planned street and block network and the locations of various street types within the District. Standards for each street type are provided in Section VI.4 (Street Standards).
 Figure VI.B: Building and Public Space Regulating Plan: The Building and Public Space Regulating Plan shows the general locations of public spaces and development sites for the various building types that are allowed within the District. Development standards for each public space are provided in Section VI.5 (Public Space Standards). Development standards for each building type are provided in Section VI.6 (Building Type Standards).
 Figure VI.C: Height Regulating Plan: The Height Regulating Plan shows the minimum and maximum number of floors that are allowed on the development sites within the project.

Conceptual Grading PlanTo create the street and block network as illustrated within the Regulating Plans, properties will need to be consolidated, demolished, subdivided, and graded (as needed) Form‐Based Code: VI‐6 University District | San Marcos
to create new blocks that are defined by both existing and new street right‐of‐ways. The Regulating Plans for the University District have been developed based on a conceptual grading plan (see Figure VI.D: Conceptual Grading Plan). As individual projects are presented to the City of San Marcos, more precise grading plans for the project area(s) will be created to further define the grading which is intended to meet the goals of thisSpecific Plan to create a walkable, urban community and to maintain functional connectivity. All design criteria shall be worked out through the Site Development Plan review process. Buildings shall adhere to the regulations in Chapter VI, the Form Based Code, and are encouraged to utilize a terraced design approach and/or other measures to avoid “table top” style development. The intent of this Specific Plan is to ensure functional connectivity between the building and sidewalk/paseo/street, as well as between the sidewalk/paseo/street and the rest of the project.

Grading along the northwesterly project frontage shall not impact the proposed San Marcos Creek restoration area and conservation easement.

ModificationsThe exact locations, layouts, and elevations of the streets, blocks, public spaces, and development sites (as illustrated by the Regulating Plans and Conceptual Grading Plan) are illustrative in nature. Actual design and layouts will be determined at the time of Site Development Plan review and approval and/or the subdivision processand are subject tochange and refinement through the subdivision process based on actual fieldmeasurements and other unforeseen constraints. Provided that the block standards ofSection VI.3 of this Form‐Based Code are met, minor adjustments to streets, blocks, public spaces, and zones may result without amendment to the Specific Plan. However, the final street locations, layouts, and elevations should generally comply with the Regulating Plans and Conceptual Grading Plan.

See Chapter IX – Implementation and Administration for the process of obtaining approval for deviations from the Regulating Plan and Conceptual Grading Plan.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐7
Figure VI.A Street Type Regulating Plan
Form‐Based Code: VI‐8 University District | San Marcos
Figure VI.A Street Type Regulating Plan
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐9
Figure VI.B Building and Public Space Regulating Plan
Form‐Based Code: VI‐10 University District | San Marcos Figure VI.B Building and Public Space Regulating Plan
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐11 Figure VI.C Building Height Regulating Plan
Form‐Based Code: VI‐12 University District | San Marcos Figure VI.C Building Height Regulating Plan
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐13 Figure VI.D Conceptual Grading Plan (West of Twin Oaks Valley Road) Form‐Based Code: VI‐14 University District | San Marcos Figure VI.D1 Conceptual Grading Plan (West of Twin Oaks Valley Road) University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐15 Figure VI.D Conceptual Grading Plan (East of Twin Oaks Valley Road Form‐Based Code: VI‐16 University District | San Marcos Figure VI.D2 Conceptual Grading Plan (East of Twin Oaks Valley Road) University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐17 VI.3 Block Standards
IntentThe University District is envisioned to be developed with an interconnected network of streets. The street network is intended to:
 Promote walking and alternative modes of transportation within the District by creating a pattern of relatively small blocks that are defined by pedestrian‐ friendly streets.
 Provide convenient access to California State University at San Marcos (CSUSM), the adjacent Sprinter Line Station, and adjacent neighborhoods.  Provide access and connections to the parks, open spaces, and civic uses within the District.

Block StandardsAs described in the Modifications sub‐section of Section VI.2 (Regulating Plans), the Planning Director may approve deviations from the street and block network (as illustrated on the Regulating Plans) if the street network complies with the block standards provided in this section. All modifications shall comply with the following standards:
 Except as otherwise provided, block perimeters shall not exceed 1,600 linearfeet.

Block perimeter shall be measured by adding the length of all external property lines that are located adjacent to a street or pedestrian paseo. On the east side of Twin Oaks Valley Road, the block perimeters may be increased to 2,400 linear feet to allow for the construction of a public parking structure that is lined with mixed‐use buildings.
 All new streets that intersect with Twin Oaks Valley Road, Barham Drive, and Discovery Street shall have centerline offsets of at least 200 feet between existing and planned intersections.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐18 University District | San Marcos  Any single block face longer than 550 linear feet must include access to a publicly dedicated sidewalk or pedestrian passage that connects to the opposite block face. The sidewalk or pedestrian passage shall be at least 8 feet wide and may go under or through buildings. This standard does not apply to blocks that contain a mixed‐use building with an above ground public parking structure.  If the University District is subdivided in phases by different property owners/developers, each subdivision shall be graded and designed with street stubs to adjoining areas within the District to accommodate future street connectivity. All new streets must be publicly dedicated. Private streets may be permitted with a Site Development Permit Plan (SDP). Gated streets may be permitted on private streets with a Site Development Permit Plan (SDP).  Dead‐end streets are not permitted except where physical conditions, such as State Route 78, open space areas, or unique topographic features, provide no practical connection alternatives. If a street terminates near an open space area, a visual corridor between the street and the open space area shall be required.

The visual corridor shall be at least 50 feet wide.

The blocks described below are exempt from the above‐referenced block standards:
 Any block that includes adjacent properties that are not located within the University District project boundary.
 Any block that is adjacent to the Sprinter Line. Any block that is located adjacent to the open space along State Route 78 and San Marcos Creek (including the East Creek Park, the West Creek Park, and the Creek Trail).
 Blocks that would be occupied by the public school site, the Knoll Park, and the Wetland Trail and Open Space.
 Any block that is to be developed with a mixed‐use building type with a public parking structure.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐19 VI.4 Street Type Standards
This section addresses the comprehensive design of all public streets within theUniversity District. It includes design standards for the allowed street types, sidewalk and crosswalk pavement, streetlights, and streetfurniture. Additional landscaping standards for streets are provided in Section VI.9 (Landscaping Standards).

IntentThe University District is envisioned to be developed with streets that facilitate the movement of people through a variety of modes of transportation, including walking bicycling, transit, and automobiles. Certain streets will be designed as attractive public spaces that are enhanced with wide tree‐lined sidewalks and attractive streetscape furniture. Certain streets will also be designed with Low‐ImpactDevelopment(LID) storm water quality (SWQ) facilities to address storm water management. Refer to Figure IV.J1and IV.J2 for conceptual plan SWQ strategies for public rights‐of‐way. LIDs SWQmeasures that will be used within street rights‐of‐ways include, but are not limited to:
 Underground Storm Water Storage CisternsChambers: Cisterns Chambers are closed below ground storage vessels that are located beneath the sidewalk or street. Cisterns Chambers capture run‐off and/or overflow from streets, roofs, impervious surfaces, and other LID SWQ features.
 Tree‐Grate Flow‐Through Planters: Tree grate flow‐through planters are planted bio‐retention swale areas located between the sidewalk and the curb and gutter.

Tree grate flow through planters capture storm water run‐off from streets, roofs,impervious surfaces, and other LID SWQ features.  Flow‐Through Planters: Flow‐Through Planters are planted bio‐swales located within medians or along the edges of streets. The plant root systems within the flow through planters filter run‐off before it percolates into the ground.  Other measures acceptable to the City in order to meet the intent of LID SWQ design.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐20 University District | San Marcos Streets are envisioned to include consistent landscaping and landscape patterns to identify streets and create a sense of place. Streets along public spaces (such as a park or plaza), at a major intersection, or other unique feature may deviate from the palette forthat street to signify the feature; however, use of similar species, landscape patterns, and amenities is envisioned. Specific palettes for each street shall be prepared prior to approval of engineering plans. The Planning Division Director may approve alternative landscape plans with a Site Development PermitPlan.

Allowed Street TypesAvariety of streettypes are allowed within theUniversityDistrict. Figure VI.A: Street Type Regulating Plan shows the locations for the various street types. Design standards for each street type are provided on the following pages.

For each street type, there are standards that address:
 Design Speed Right‐of‐Way Width Curb‐to‐Curb Width Parking Lane Width Bike Lane (The use of either bike lanes or sharrows shall be at the discretion of the City Engineer and appropriate regulatory guidelines)  Travel Lane Width Drainage Type Width of Sidewalks Other Unique Features Tree Species and Spacing University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐21 Street Type A‐1, A‐1c, A‐1d (Standard Street Type)For Street E between Main Street (North City Drive) and Barham Drive, see Street Type A‐1a and Street Type A‐1b.

Standards: A‐1 A‐1c A‐1dDesign Speed: 25 mph 25 mph 25 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 80’ 60’ 60’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 50’ 40’ 40’Parking Lane Width: 8’ n/a 8’Bike Lane: Sharrow Buffered Bike Sharrow( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and appropriate regulatory guidelines)Travel Lane Width: 12’ 12’ 12’
Drainage Type: Center Median / Curb and GutterWidth of Sidewalks: 15’ 10’ 10’Other UniqueFeatures:

Not Applicable
Tree Speciesand Spacing:

Cassia leptophylla Spaced at 30’
Maximum on Center. May be modifiedthrough Site Development Permit Plan or by Director’s Permit
Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;
See Figure IVI.JK: LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.;See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram TYPE A1c – OVERPASS CONNECTOR

PARKING
8’ PARKING 8’
TYPE A1d
Form‐Based Code: VI‐22 University District | San Marcos Street Type A‐1a Street E (South of Roundabout)This cross‐section applies to Street E south of the roundabout at the intersection of Main Street (North City Drive), as shown below:

Standards:Design Speed: 25 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 92’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 56’Parking Lane Width: N/ABike Lane: Sharrow ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and
appropriate regulatoryguidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 16’ Sharrow LaneDrainage Type: Center Median/Curb and Gutter
Width of Sidewalks: 15’ minimumTree Species and
Spacing:

Cassia leptophylla Spaced at30’ Maximum on Center.May be modified throughSite Director’s Permit, orConditional Use Permit review.

Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;
See Figure IVI.JE: LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.;See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐23 Street Type A‐1b Street E (North of Barham Drive)This cross‐section applies to Street E north of Barham Drive and south of Street Type A‐1a, as shown below:

Standards:Design Speed: 25 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 104’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 74’Parking Lane Width: Varies 0’ – 8’Bike Lane: Sharrow ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and
appropriate regulatoryguidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 11’Drainage Type: Center Median/Curb and Gutter
Width of Sidewalks: 15’Other Unique Features: Not ApplicableTree Species and Spacing:

Cassia leptophylla Spaced at30’ Maximum on Center.May be modified throughSite Development PermitPlan, Director’s
Permit, or Conditional Use
Permit review.

Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;
See Figure IVI.JE: LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.;See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram Form‐Based Code: VI‐24 University District | San Marcos Street Type A‐2 (Transition Street Type)
Standards:Design Speed: 25 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 88’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 58’Parking Lane Width: 8’Bike Lane: Sharrow ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer andappropriate regulatoryguidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 12’Drainage Type: Center MedianWidth of Sidewalks: 15’Tree Species and Spacing:

Cassia leptophylla Spaced at
30’ Maximum on Center. May
be modified through Site
Development Permit Plan or
by Director’s Permit
Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;
See Figure IVI.JE: LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.;
See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐25 Street Type A‐3, A‐3a, A‐3b (Street Type at Collector)
Standards: A‐3 A‐3a A‐3bDesign Speed: 25 mph 25 mph 25 mphRight‐of‐WayWidth:
121’ 140’ 112’
Curb‐to‐Curb
Width:
91’ 110’ 82’
Parking LaneWidth:

Not Applicable
Bike Lane: Sharrow Buffered Buffered
( Per the discretion of the CityEngineer and appropriate regulatory guidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 10’ 12’ 12’
Drainage Type: Center MedianWidth of Sidewalks: 15’ 15’ 15’Tree Species and Spacing:

Quercus agrifolia and Cassia
leptophylla Spaced at 30’
Maximum on Center. May be
modified through Site
Development Permit Plan or by
Director’s Permit
Notes:Type A3a & A3b Alternative designs to be used per Figure VI.A: Street Type Regulating Plan;The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;
See Figure IVI.JE: LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.;
See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram
TYPE A3a – ALTERNATIVE DESIGN
TYPE A3b – ALTERNATIVE DESIGN
Form‐Based Code: VI‐26 University District | San Marcos Street Type B (Residential Avenue)
Standards: B B AlternativeDesign Speed: 25 mph 25 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 90’, 100’ 100’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 60’, 70’ 70’Parking Lane Width: 8’ 8’Bike Lane: Sharrow Buffered ( Per the discretion of the City
Engineer and appropriate
regulatory guidelines)
Travel Lane: 12’ 12’
Drainage Type: Center Median / BioswaleWidth of Sidewalks: 15’ 15’Tree Species and Spacing:

Species Vary:Platanus racemosa and Populus
fremontii Spaced
at 25’ Maximum on Center;Alnus rhombifolia Spaced at 20’ Maximum on Center. May be
modified through Site
Development Permit Plan or by
Director’s Permit
Notes:Type B Alternative design may be used instead of Type B per the discretion of the City Engineer and appropriate regulatory guidelines.The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;
See Figure IVI.JE: LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.;
See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram TYPE B – ALTERNATIVE DESIGN University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐27 Street Type C‐1a Campus Way (South of Roundabout)This cross section applies to Campus Way south of the roundabout at the intersection of Main Street (North City Drive) and Campus Way, as shown below:

Standards:Design Speed: 25 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 130.5’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 90.5’Parking Lane Width: 20.5’Bike Lane: Sharrow ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and
appropriate regulatoryguidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 16’ Sharrow LaneDrainage Type: Center Median / Bio‐Swale / Curb and Gutter
Width of Sidewalks: 20’ minimumTree Species and
Spacing:

Accent Tree: Syagrusromanzoffianum Spaced at 15’Maximum on Center;Street Tree: Callistemon viminalisSpaced at 30’ Maximum onCenter. May be modified throughSite Development PlanPermit, Director’s Permit, or ConditionalUse Permit review.

Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram Form‐Based Code: VI‐28 University District | San Marcos Street Type C‐1b Campus Way (South of Street Type C‐1a)This cross section applies to Campus Way south of Street Type C‐1a and north of Barham Drive, as shown below:

Standards:Design Speed: 25 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 130.5’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 70’ variesParking Lane Width: N/ABike Lane: Sharrow ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and
appropriate regulatoryguidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 12’Drainage Type: Center Median / Bio‐Swale / Curb and Gutter
Width of Sidewalks: 20’ minimumTree Species and
Spacing:

Accent Tree: Syagrusromanzoffianum Spaced at 15’Maximum on Center;Street Tree: Callistemon viminalisSpaced at 30’ Maximum onCenter. May be modified throughSite Development PlanPermit, Director’s Permit, or ConditionalUse Permit review.

Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐29 Street Type E‐1 (Industrial Street)
Standards:Design Speed: 25 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 60’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 40’Parking Lane Width: 8’Bike Lane Width: Sharrow ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and
appropriate regulatoryguidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 12’Drainage Type: Curb and GutterWidth of Sidewalks: 10’Tree Species and Spacing:

Arbutus ‘Marina’ and Rhuslancea
Spaced at 25’ Maximum onCenter. May be modified
through Site Development Plan
Permit or by Director’s Permit
Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;See Figure IVI.JE: LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.; See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram
Form‐Based Code: VI‐30 University District | San Marcos Street Type G (Residential Street)
Standards:Design Speed: 25 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 70’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 52’Parking Lane Width: 8’Bike Lane Width: Sharrow ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and
appropriate regulatoryguidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 12’Drainage Type: Flow‐Through PlanterWidth of Sidewalks: 6’, 7’Tree Species and Spacing:

Platanus racemosa and Rhus
lancea Spaced at 25’Maximum on Center. May be
modified through Site
Development Plan Permit or
by Director’s Permit
Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;
See Figure IVI.JE: LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.;
See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐31 Street Type J (Redel Road)
Standards:Design Speed: 25 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 48’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 32’Parking Lane Width: 8’Bike Lane Width: Sharrow ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and
appropriate regulatoryguidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 12’Drainage Type: Curb and GutterWidth of Sidewalks: 6’, 10’Tree Species and Spacing:

Arbutus ‘Marina’, Rhus lancea,and Phoenix doctylifera
Spaced at 25’ Maximum onCenter. May be modifiedthrough Site Development Plan Permit or by Director’sPermit
Form‐Based Code: VI‐32 University District | San Marcos Street Type K‐1 (Discovery Street)
Standards:Design Speed: 45 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 104’ to 118’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 100’Parking Lane Width: Not ApplicableBike Lane Width: 8’ (Buffered Bike Lane)Travel Lane Width: 12’Drainage Type: Curb and GutterWidth of Sidewalks: 15’ and 10’Tree Species and Spacing:

Median: Pinus Pinea Spaced at
50’ Maximum on Center;Street Tree: Lagerstroemia‘Muskogee’ Spaced at 25’Maximum on Center. May be modified through Site
Development Plan Permit or by
Director’s Permit
Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access; See Figure IVI.JE:

LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.; See Figure VI.EF: Street TreeDiagram NORTH
NORTH
SOUTH
SOUTH
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐33 Street Type K‐2 (Barham Drive)For Barham Drive between Street E and Campus Way,see Street Type K‐2a. Standards:

Design Speed: 45 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 128’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 100’Parking Lane Width: Not ApplicableBike Lane Width: 5’ ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and appropriateregulatory guidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 11’Drainage Type: Curb and GutterWidth of Sidewalks: 15’ and 13’Tree Species and Spacing:

Median: Pinus Pinea Spaced at
50’ Maximum on Center;Street Tree: Lagerstroemia‘Muskogee’ Spaced at 25’ Maximum on Center. May bemodified through Site
Development Plan Permit or by
Director’s Permit
Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access; See Figure IVI.JE:

LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.; See Figure VI.EF: Street TreeDiagram A 3’ bike buffer, for a total of
131’ of ROW, may be required.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐34 University District | San Marcos Street Type K‐2a Barham Drive (Between Street E and Campus Way)This cross section applies to Barham Drive between Street E and Campus Way, as shown below:

Standards:Design Speed: 45 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 149’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 115’Parking Lane Width: Not ApplicableBike Lane Width: 5’ ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and appropriateregulatory guidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 11’ (10’ left‐turn lane and 12’
project access lane)
Drainage Type: Curb and GutterWidth of Sidewalks: 21’ (north) and 13’ (south)Tree Species and Spacing:

Median: Pinus Pinea Spaced at
50’ Maximum on Center;Street Tree: Lagerstroemia‘Muskogee’ Spaced at 25’ Maximum on Center. May bemodified through Site
Development PlanPermit,
Director’s Permit, or ConditionalUse Permit review.

Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access;See Figure IVI.JE: LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.; See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐35 Street Type L (Twin Oaks Valley Road)
Standards:Design Speed: 45 mphRight‐of‐Way Width: 157160’Curb‐to‐Curb Width: 125’Parking Lane Width: Not ApplicableBike Lane Width: 5’ and 6’ ( Per the discretion of the City Engineer and
appropriate regulatoryguidelines)
Travel Lane Width: 11’, 12’Drainage Type: Curb and GutterWidth of Sidewalks: 16’, 19’Tree Species and Spacing:

Median: Pinus Pinea Spaced at
50’ Maximum on Center;Street Tree: CassialeptophyllaSpaced at 35’Maximum on Center. May bemodified through Site Development Plan Permit or by
Director’s Permit
Notes:The spacing of street trees may be modified where curb‐ cuts are required for driveway access; See Figure IVI.JE:

LID SWQ in Public R.O.W.;See Figure VI.EF: Street Tree Diagram Form‐Based Code: VI‐36 University District | San Marcos Figure VI.E LID in Public R.O.W Option. (West)
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐37 Figure VI.E LID in Public R.O.W. (East)
Form‐Based Code: VI‐38 University District | San Marcos Figure VI.F Street Tree Diagram
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐39 Figure VI.EF Street Tree Diagram
Form‐Based Code: VI‐40 University District | San Marcos Sidewalk and Crosswalk PavementSidewalk and crosswalk pavement shall be designed in compliance with the following standards:
 All sidewalk and crosswalk pavement materials and patterns shall comply with Title 24 and the Americans with Disabilities Act.
 Paving materials shall be simple, functional, and long‐lasting. Except where designated as enhanced paving, sidewalks in the public right‐of‐ way shall be made of a single standard concrete mix so as to provide a uniform appearance throughout.
 Enhanced or accent paving shall be used to accentuate crosswalks, street corners, and significant pedestrian nodes. Materials may include concrete or stone unit pavers, porous, and/or integrally colored concrete with a contrasting finish, such as exposed aggregate.
 Crosswalk paving shall be enhanced to distinguish it from the surrounding road.

It shall be of a material that will not present difficulties to people with decreased mobility and shall meet the safety criteria established by the City of San Marcos and any other regulating authority.
 A simple, uniform score joint pattern that is coordinated with the location of tree grates, light poles, building entries and other design elements shall be established for the entirety of the District to provide a cohesive appearance.  Sidewalk and crosswalk pavement shall not be stamped to resemble another material, such as stone or brick.
 Paving shall not have beveled edges or other features that can cause excessive bouncing for carts, strollers, and wheelchairs.
 Due to maintenance and durability issues, surface colored concrete shall not be used.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐41 StreetlightsProposed street, sidewalk, path and trail lighting shall provide safe levels per City of San Marcos standards, and shall be configured so as not to create a new source of substantial sky‐glow, light trespass or glare that would adversely affect nighttime views in San Marcos Creek and its environs.

In addition to City ordinances, lighting and luminaries shall comply with all State of California and County light pollution and energy consumption regulations and standards, including but notlimited to CEQA, Title 24, and San Diego County Light Pollution Code (LPC, also known as the Dark Sky Ordinance).Safe levels of lighting shall be provided using energy efficient lamp technologies such as metal halide, induction lamps, high pressure sodium, LED, or other light sources as approved by the City of San Marcos, along with luminaries designed with shades and cut‐offs to eliminate off‐site lighting and nighttime sky pollution. Lighting should be directed from edges of view corridors onto paving surfaces, rather than placing fixtures or visible sources of light in the view.

Further, energy‐saving control systems should be used, including photovoltaic‐sensors to turn lights off when adequate daylight is available.

Street‐lights shall comply with the following standards:
 A single style of street light fixture or a family of fixture styles shall be chosen for all streets within the University District. The selection of the street lights shall be made in consultation with the Planning Director.
 Street light fixtures shall be made of metal with a powder coat finish. The color shall be determined in consultation with the Planning Director.
 Street lighting shall be scaled to the pedestrian, shall be provided on both sides of all streets and shall be no taller 14 feet (taller cobra head lights are allowed at intersections to meet the Public Works lighting standards).
 Street and median lighting along Barham Drive, Discovery Street, and Twin Oaks Valley Road shall complement the existing lighting fixtures found within the public right‐of‐way.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐42 University District | San Marcos  Street light fixtures shall be located within three (3) feet of the face of the curb. Spacing of street light fixtures shall comply with City of San Marcos standards. Lighting fixtures for street lights should be approved low‐light sources. Upward pointing or upward reflected lightfrom outdoorlighting is not permitted. Lighting levels shall be adequate for safety, especially in areas of pedestrian crosswalks and parking, while minimizing light spillage and point of glare. Where necessary, luminaries shall have shades to shield residential areas from street lights.
 Where possible, pedestrian‐scaled light poles should be combined with building and site features such as walls/fences, shade structures,traffic signal and/or other vehicular‐oriented signage poles to minimize sidewalk clutter.  Solar‐powered and energy‐efficient streetlights should be utilized where feasible, and incorporate time‐clocks and energy management systems that automatically adjust for daily and seasonal sunrise/sunset times or simply limit lighting to specific hours of the day.

Street FurnitureStreet furniture includes benches, trash/recycle receptacles, tree grates, tree guards, bollards, bike racks, drinking fountains, and bus shelters. Street furnishings are to be provided throughout the district to enhance the functionality of the streetscape and promote the use of public spaces for informal and neighborly gathering. Streets shall be designed to provide for street furniture, in accordance with the following standards:
 A single family of street furnishing styles shall be chosen for all public streets in the District. The selection of the street furniture shall be made in consultation with the Planning Director. Street furniture should be of a style that complements rather than competes with the architecture of the adjacent development.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐43  Street furnishings should be clustered in both areas of sun and shade to present and inviting streetscape image and encourage a wide range of seasonal use.  Streetfurnishings fixtures shall be made of materials that have long life spans and are able to withstand constant use and exposure to the elements. Higher grade materials are recommended to reduce long‐term maintenance and replacement costs.
 Street furniture shall be placed to maintain a clear pedestrian path. Trash and recycle receptacles shall be provided near high traffic areas such as parks, plazas, transit stops and retail developments. Trash and recycle receptacles shall be provided on all streets at intervals no greater than 800 feet.  Benches shall be placed within 6 feet of the face of curb. Seating shall be designed in a way that discourages inappropriate use by skateboarders and stunt bikers.
 Bicycle racks should be provided near community nodes such as schools, libraries, retail developments and transit stops. Bicycle racks shall be located within public view.

Underground Parking FacilitiesUnderground parking structures are allowed beneath streets and public spaces provided that their location and design allow for the required street trees, landscaping features, and storm water/LIDSWQ facilities. Access to utility lines shall also be considered during the design process.Interim Parking FacilitiesSurface parking lots may be allowed on an interim basis during build‐out of a project, provided a permanent parking solution conforming to the requirements of this Specific Plan, and a timeframe for implementing such permanent parking solution, are identified Form‐Based Code: VI‐44 University District | San Marcos in the project development plan application. All interim parking lots shall be landscaped and/or otherwise screened from streets and other public view sheds.

Above Ground Parking Structure ConnectionsBridges that connect parking structures on adjacent blocks are allowed with the approval of the Planning Director. The bridges shall be no wider than 60’ and shall be no lower than the third floor of the building.

Above ground parking structure connection bridges shall only be allowed to span over the following street types:
 Street Types K‐1, K‐2, and L
Parking Structure Special Urban Design StandardsTo better accommodate more urban development, the following standards apply to parking structures within the University District:
 Standard stall dimensions for retail and restaurant parking shall be a minimum of

8.5 feet wide by 18 feet long.
 Standard stall dimensions for residential parking shall be a minimum of 8 feet wide by 18 feet long.
 Compact stall dimensions for commercial parking shall be a minimum of 8 feet wide by 18 feet long. A maximum of 20 percent of the parking spaces may utilize these compact parking stall dimensions; the remainder shall comply with the standard stall dimensions of 8.5 feet wide by 18 feet long.  Drive aisles shall be a minimum of 24 feet wide for 90 degree (perpendicular) parking and a minimum of 26 feet wide along end aisles to allow for an efficient turning radius in both directions. Perpendicular parking is the most efficient and is preferred over angled or parallel parking.
 Ramps of 15% or greater require City Engineer approvalshall have a maximum slope of 6 percent.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐45 VI.5 Public Park and Gathering Space Standards
This section addresses the design of all public spaces (including spaces on private property that are open to the general public) within the University District. Additional landscaping standards for private spaces are provided in Section VI.9 of this Chapter.

IntentTheUniversityDistrictis envisioned to be developed with a variety of public spaces. These spaces range in approximate size from 0.25‐acre mini‐parks to a 16‐acre neighborhood park. These spaces are intended to:
 Provide easily accessible recreation areas and to provide visual breaks in the built environment.
 Provide links to pedestrian and bike trails and function as nodes and rest areas along the greater San Marcos trail system.
 Create gathering spaces for residents and visitors that are inviting, enhance the overall character of the District, and serve a variety of users with passive and active recreational options.
 Promote walking and bicycling within the District by including a series of pathways that connect to the various neighborhoods, areas, trails, parks and plazas that make up the District.
 Preserve prominent natural features that are valuable assets and tie the District to its unique context.
 Connect the District’s urban open spaces to the larger community by providing clear and convenient connections to Cal State San Marcos and other neighboring developments and public spaces.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐46 University District | San Marcos  Maximize opportunities for low impact development (LID) and storm water quality measures to manage storm water run‐off.
 Comply with City of San Marcos design guidelines for Park and Recreation amenities.

General Public Space StandardsStandards for the public spaces in the University District are provided on the following pages. The locations of these public spaces, provided on Figure VI.B: Building and Public Space Regulating Plan, are conceptual only and represent approximate sizes, configurations, as well as range of recreational uses and amenities.Please reference Chapter IV – Open Space | Conservation for additional descriptions of the various public parks and open spaces conceptualized within the University District project.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐47 East Urban Plazas
The East Urban Plazas shall include the following elements:
 Space for outdoor cafés and seating areas Site furnishings including fixed and moveable seating, trash receptacles, bike racks, and pedestrian scaled lighting
 Apedestrian paseo connection to the blocks and developments north ofthe plaza Canopy shade and accent trees at a maximum of forty (40) feet on center, excluding in areas of driveway curb cuts and utility vaults  Storm water management features such as permeable paving, bio‐retention and self‐retaining areas, sized at a minimum to accommodate run‐off from plaza hardscape areas
 Distinctive, enhanced plaza paving, consistent with the surrounding commercial and residential development
 Community event space for performances, festivals, and multi‐use gathering space
The following elements may also be provided within the East Urban Plazas:
 Public art elements Interactive water feature Shade structures, kiosks or arcades
 Food carts and mobile
vendors
 Informational kiosks Area for farmer’s markets
The final plan for the East Urban Plazas shall be approved through Site Development Plan review and approvala site development permit.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐48 University District | San Marcos Figure VI.FG East Urban Plazas Enlarged Plan
Open Plaza/Event space
Shaded gathering/ Market spaceIconic canopy tree groves Enhanced paving incorporating permeable surfaces
Café dining and seating areas
Bioretention areasPaseo connection
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐49 East and West PaseosPaseos are linear, pedestrian‐only circulation zones that provide opportunities for small scale urban plazas and gathering spaces. Paseos shall be a minimum of forty (40) feet wide. Paseo hardscape and plaza areas shall be configured to allow access for fire trucks where applicable.The following elements are required within each paseo:
 Storm water management features such as permeable paving and bio‐retention and self‐retaining areas, sized at a minimum to accommodate run‐off from paseo hardscape areas
 Canopy accent trees and enhanced feature planting Enhanced pavement that distinguishes the paseo from adjacent public sidewalks Site furnishings including seating, trash receptacles, bike racks, and pedestrian scaled lighting
The following elements may also be provided within paseos:
 Public art elements Interactive or reclaimed water features Moveable or café seating areas Informational kiosks Coffee cart and mobile vendors Small scale activities such as game tables, climbing structures, bocce courts, etc.

Actual Design of the East and West Paseos shall be determined through SiteDevelopment Plan review and approval.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐50 University District | San Marcos Figure VI.GH Typical East Paseo Conceptual Plan Figure VI.HI Typical West Paseo Conceptual Plan Pedestrian link toNorth City DriveEnhanced pavingCanopy accent trees Bioretention / self‐retaining areas withnative plantings Enhanced pavingAdjacent gathering
spacesPedestrian link toTwin Oaks Plaza West
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐51 East GreenThe East Green is a primarily softscape recreational space and due to its location as arelative low point within the district, could potentially function as a stormwaterinfiltration site.The following elements are required within the East Green:
 Storm water management features including vegetated self‐retaining or bio‐ retention area, designed to accommodate recreational activity during non‐stormevents  Pervious paving at all paths , plazas and play areas Shade structure and pervious surface plaza Open field play area Site furnishings including seating, trash receptacles, bike racks, and pedestrian scaled lighting
 Mini‐plazas at pedestrian paseo linkages
The following elements may also be provided within the East Green:
 Small‐scale, soft surface recreational features such as a climbing wall, interactive water feature, bocce or lawn‐bowling
 Fenced dog run Small playground or tot‐lot
Barbecue grills, picnic tables and ash receptacles.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐52 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VI.IJ East Green Conceptual Plan
Planted buffer/ bioswaleShade structure and permeable pavementseating areaLawn bowling or other soft‐surface recreational activityMulti‐purpose green/ self‐retaining area Mini plazas at pedestrian paseosPedestrian links to North City Drive University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐53 Twin Oaks Plaza (East)
Twin Oaks Plaza (East), with Twin Oaks Plaza West, forms the symbolic south gateway to the District.The following elements are required within Twin Oaks Plaza (East):
 Major accent trees, coordinated with the design of the plaza to the west, that form a focal point for the gateway and compliments the existing plantings on the south side of the intersection
 Storm water management features such as self‐retaining areas, pervious paving, rain gardens or flow through planters
 Enhanced paving at the pedestrian crosswalk and mini plazas that is coordinated with the design of the plaza to the west and compliments the existing enhanced paving in the intersection
 Site furnishings including seating, trash receptacles, bike racks, and pedestrian scaled lighting
 Wayfinding graphics and signage
The following elements may also be provided within Twin Oaks Plaza (East):
 Public art element Water feature Café seating area Enhanced/ accent lighting effect Information or small retail kiosks Actual design for Twin Oaks Plaza East shall be determined through Site DevelopmentPlan review and approval.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐54 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VI.IK Twin Oaks Plaza (East) Conceptual Plan**Pending approval through the SDP process Pedestrian bridge landingPublicly accessible stairs
Café seating and small kiosks
Water feature/ monument signage / public art element
Enhanced paving, coordinated with Twin Oaks Plaza West
Focal point planting
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐55 Twin Oaks West (Plazas and Paseos)
These urban plazas and paseos are located north and west of the Twin Oaks Valley Road andDiscovery Street/Barham Drive intersection. The primary purpose ofthese plazas andpaseos is to provide strong pedestrian connectivity across Twin Oaks Valley Road and to mixed‐use development on either side ofthe street. In concert with Twin Oaks Valley East Plaza, these plazas and paseos form the southern gateway to the District and serve to anchor the bridge across Twin Oaks Valley Road. Landscaping, monument signage, artwork, water features, or architecturally significant building elements would distinguish these plazas and paseos, including at the northwest corner of the Twin Oaks Valley Road and Discovery Street/Barham Road intersection.The following elements may be provided within Twin Oaks West Plazas and Paseos:
 Major accent trees, coordinated with the design of the plaza to the east, that form a focal point for the gateway and are consistent with the existing plantings on the south side of the intersection
 Storm water management features such as self‐retaining areas, pervious paving, and flow through planters
 Enhanced plaza paving that compliments the existing enhanced paving in the intersection
 Enhanced paving at pedestrian crosswalks Site furnishings including seating, trash receptacles, bike racks, and pedestrian scaled lighting
 Wayfinding graphics and signage Community event space, farmer’s markets or festivals Amphitheater for performances and informal gathering Public art element Water feature Café seating area Actual design for Twin Oaks Plaza West shall be determined through Site DevelopmentPlan review and approval Form‐Based Code: VI‐56 University District | San Marcos Knoll Park and Neighborhood GreensThe Knoll Park and Neighborhood Greens are located centrally within the District, KnollPark and Neighborhood Green incorporates a variety of trails and active uses into the existing and distinctive granitic topographic feature.

The following elements are required within the Knoll Park and Neighborhood Greens:
 Stabilized decomposed granite or other soft surface multi‐use trail with maximum 1:20 slope
 Picnic seating and BBQ areas Rest areas with seating along trail at a maximum distance of 1,200 feet Observation point Minimum 0.75 acre open field or sport court play area at base of knoll Minimum 0.75 acre open play field area at top of knoll Full‐size basketball court Two tennis courts which can also accommodate pickle ball Two tot lots (one for ages 2 to 5 years and one for 5 to 12 years) Restroom Skateboard park Multi‐purpose field (minimum of 180 feet by 320 feet) Downhill mountain bike path on the knoll University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐57 The following elements may be included within the Knoll Park andNeighborhoodGreens:
 Recreational elements that make use of the rugged terrain, including Disc golf course, climbing wall, waterfall, adventure playground, or bouldering trail  Interpretive exhibits and signage about regional ecology and the environment Botanical Garden featuring specimen examples of native plant communities User Orientation Kiosk Form‐Based Code: VI‐58 University District | San Marcos Figure VI.L Knoll Park Conceptual Plan
FIGURE VI.JL Knoll Park Conceptual Plan
Tot‐lotPlaygroundBall court10’ wide decomposed granite multi‐use trail Planted bioswale with native vegetation
Picnic and BBQ areas
Open playfield at top of knollObservation point / overlook areaExisting boulders to remain for bouldering trail or adventure playgroundSecondary soft surface trailPedestrian bridge over Discovery Street University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐59 Creek Trail / West Creek Park
The West Creek Park and trail serve as the transition from the San Marcos Creek riparian corridor to the development, and should blend these areas together through the use of native plantings.

The following elements are required within the Creek Trail and West Creek Park:
 10’ wide multi‐use trail with stabilized decomposed granite or other pervious, soft surface meeting city of San Marcos Park and Recreation design guidelines  Storm water management features including greenswards graded to function as self‐retaining areas, bio‐retention areas in vegetated buffer between public and private areas
 Open field play area Site furnishings, including benches spaced at a maximum of 600 feet, trash receptacles and bike racks at gateways and nodes
 Low‐level pedestrian scaled lighting at high‐use areas Picnic area/ barbecue facilities The following elements may also be provided within the Creek Side Trail and Open Space:
 Fenced dog run Fitness stations or other compact recreational equipment including play equipment, adventure trails, etc.
 Overlooks, bridges and/or boardwalks to promote a more interactive experience in the riparian corridor
 Interpretive exhibits and signage about regional ecology and environment Community garden plots or Botanical Garden Form‐Based Code: VI‐60 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VI.KM Creek Trail / West Creek Park Conceptual Plan 10’ wide decomposed granite path
Shaded seating area
Open play areaFenced dog‐runPicnic area with accent canopy trees University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐61 Creek Trail / East Creek Park
The Creek Trail and East Creek Park serve as the transition from the San Marcos Creek riparian corridor to the development, and should blend these areas together through the use of native plantings.

The following elements are required within the Creek Trail and East Creek Park:
 Ten (10) foot wide multi‐use trail with stabilized decomposed granite or other pervious, soft surface meeting city of San Marcos Park and Recreation design guidelines
 Storm water management features including greenswards graded to function as self‐retaining areas, bio‐retention areas in vegetated buffer between public and private areas
 Open field play area Site furnishings, including benches spaced at a maximum of six hundred (600) feet, trash receptacles and bike racks at gateways and nodes  Low‐level pedestrian scaled lighting at high‐use areas Picnic area/ barbecue facilities The following elements may also be provided within the Creek Side Trail and Open Space:
 Fenced dog run (where one‐third of the area is for small dogs and two‐thirds is for large dogs)
 Fitness stations or other compact recreational equipment including play equipment, adventure trails, etc.
 Overlooks, bridges and/or boardwalks to promote a more interactive experience in the riparian corridor
 Interpretive exhibits and signage about regional ecology and environment Community garden plots or Botanical Garden Form‐Based Code: VI‐62 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VI.LN Creek Trail Conceptual Plan
Seating and picnic areasPlayground or tot‐lot
Vegetated buffer10’ wide decomposed granite path
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐63 Wetland Trail / Open Space
A boardwalk trail is proposed adjacent to the open space area located at the far west end of the District, contiguous to north side of Discovery Street and west of Grand Avenue. The Wetland Trail and Open Space will serve as a major connection for the district to neighboring development through trail and natural space connections.

The following elements are required within the Wetland Trail and Open Space:
 Ten (10) foot wide elevated boardwalk to promote a visual experience within the riparian corridor with no disruption to the native vegetation  Fully accessible connections to existing and proposed city wide urban trails at Discovery Street and Grand Avenue
 Interpretive exhibits and signage about regional ecology and environment Lookout platforms with seating Form‐Based Code: VI‐64 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VI.MO Wetland Trail / Open Space Conceptual Plan San Marcos Creek
Existing riparian /wetland areaSeating area withinterpretative signage10’ wide elevatedboardwalk contiguousto Discovery Streetwith observation look out decks with seating
and interpretative
signage
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐65 VI.6 Building Type Standards
IntentThe University District is envisioned to be developed with a variety of building types. These building types are intended to:
 Define the street edges as attractive public spaces. Create a positive relationship between internal building uses and activities along streets and public space.
 Provide opportunities for mix of compatible commercial, residential, and civic uses.

Building StandardsWithin the University District, a variety of building types are envisioned and allowed. These building types include:
 Mixed‐Use Building A Mixed‐Use Building B Commercial Building Freeway Commercial Building A Freeway Commercial Building B  University Flats Office Flats Townhomes/Flats Creek Side Townhomes/Flats Adaptive Reuse Buildings Civic Buildings Development standards for these building types are provided on the following pages. For each building type, there are standards that address lot size and building placement, vehicle access and parking, building height and mass, frontages, building uses, and parking requirements.Additional design and landscaping standards that apply to all building types are provided in the following sections of this Form‐Based Code:
 VI.7 (Frontages and Projections) VI.8 (Architectural Standards and Guidelines)
 VI.9 (General Landscaping
Standards)
 VI.10 (Business Sign Standards)
Form‐Based Code: VI‐66 University District | San Marcos Development Standards for Mixed‐Use Building ADescriptionMixed‐Use BuildingA: a multi‐story building that contains a mix of commercial and residential uses. Along the frontfaçade,the ground floor generally contains storefronts for retail, dining, and entertainment uses. Upper floors generally contain residential units or office uses.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐67 Mixed‐Use Building A: Lot Size and Building PlacementBlock Subdivisions and Lot Size The entire development site may be developed as one project or subdivided int0 smaller properties.

A Lot Width 20’ minimumB Lot Depth 60’ minimumBuilding Setbacks from Property Lines (PL) All Property
Lines
A setback is not required.

C Exception For the majority of the façade, An a minimum 8’ setback is required from external sideproperty lines along Street Type L. Exceptionsto this minimum setback are permitted forlimited portions of the building in order tocreate architectural interest.

Build‐to‐Line (BTL)D Build‐to‐
Line
Building facades shall be placed along the front
and external side property lines or requiredbuilding setback (per above exception).

E Exception
A Facades shall be placed within 8’ to 12’ of the
property line along Street Type L and K2a.

F Exception
B At block corners, the front facade may deviate
from the BTL to address block shape or createarchitectural variation.within an area that isnot greater than 16’ by 16’ square.* Exception
C The BTL may be set back to allow for
breezeways, outdoor lobbies, forecourts, andretail entries to prevent doorways fromencroaching into the public right‐of‐way.

G Frontage
Buildout
100% of the site’s total street frontage (as
measured by the total length of front and
external side property lines) shall be occupied
by one or more building facades or forecourts,
plazas, and/or similar features that encouragepedestrian activity.. ** Exception
A The frontage build out requirement may be
reduced alongside property lines at internal
side streets (excluding those fronting TwinOaks Valley road) by 60’ to allow for drivewaysand parking lots. Parking lots must be screenedfrom public views.

Exception
B For properties at the corner of Street Type L
and A3, the frontage buildout requirement may
be reduced by an additional 12’ along the front
property line to accommodate the setback
from Street Type L.
60’ max. reduction
in buildout
frontage
requirement
Rear Property Line
Front Property Line
External Side Property Line
External Side Property Line
Internal Side Property Line
Example Building Footprint
Building Facade
North City Drive
(Street Types A1, A2, or A3)
or Street Type Varies
Street Type Varies
16’
16’
F
Lot Width
Lot Depth
D
A
B
Building Setback
Twin Oaks Valley Road (Street Type L)
D D
C
8’
E
60’ max. reduction
in buildout
frontage
requirement
G
G
Form‐Based Code: VI‐68 University District | San Marcos *Block 3, Extended Learning Building, located at the northwest corner of Campus Way and Barham Drive, may deviate from the BTL to accommodate a pedestrian bridge over Barham Drive, and to provide a retail patio on the ground floor at the southwest corner of the building.**Breezeways and outdoor lobbies are allowed, provided the breezeway doesnot exceed 11% of the length of the building façade.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐69 Mixed‐Use Building A: Lot Size and Building Placement: UniqueStandards for East Urban Plazas BlockBuild‐to‐Line (BTL)A Build‐to‐Line of Mixed‐UseBuildings
Mixed‐use buildings are allowed along all
street frontages. They are required along
Street Type A‐1 along North City Drive, the
west edge of the East Urban Plazas, andalong the north edge of the East Urban Plazas. The facades of these buildings shall
be provided along front and external side
property lines (at a 0’ setback) and along the
west and north edges of the Plaza.

Exception A At block and plaza corners, the front facade may deviate from the BTL to address blockshape or create architectural variationwithinan area that is not greater than 16’ by 16’square.

Frontage Buildout 100% of the total frontage along North City Drive (Street Type A‐1) and the East Urban
Plazas (as measured by the total length of
front property lines along Street Type A‐1
and the total length of the north and west
edges of the Plaza) shall be occupied by one
or more building facades or forecourts,
plazas, and/or similar features thatencourage pedestrian activity.

B Exception The frontage build‐out requirement may be
reduced by 10% to accommodatedriveways, and to create paseos that provideaccess from the East Urban Plazas to therear properties on the block.

External Side Property Line
External Side Property Line
Building Facade
North City Drive
(Street Types A-1, A-2, or A-3)
or Street Type Varies
Street Type Varies
Example Building Footprint
60’ max. reduction
in buildout
frontage
requirement
G
Front Property Line
B
East Urban Plazas
Rear Property Line
A
A
A
Form‐Based Code: VI‐70 University District | San Marcos Mixed‐Use Building A: Vehicle Access and ParkingParking Options Combinations of parking options are allowed, including
underground and above ground parking structures and surface parking lots.

Parking LocationsA Underground
Parking Levels
Underground parking levels are allowed on
the entire site.

B Above Ground
Parking Levels
Above ground parking levels are allowed if
they are screened from public view by
locating them behind mixed‐use buildings.
to the rear of all mixed‐use buildings on theblock or off alleys. If this cannot beachieved, above ground parking levels areallowed if screened from public view bylandscaping and architectural treatments.

C Exception Parking structures do not have to be
screened from public view along the
Sprinter tracks. See Note.

D Surface Parking and
Delivery Zones
Surface parking lots and delivery zones are
allowed if they are located to the rear ofbuildings. If this cannot be achieved, surfaceparking lots and delivery zones are allowedif screened from public view by beinglocated to the rear of the mixed‐usebuildings on the block and setback from allstreets by at least 20’.landscaping and/orarchitectural treatments. Surface parkingcan occur where parking structures are allowed.

Exception Parking lots are allowed along Carmel
Street, Street Type E‐1, provided they are
screened with landscaping, and architectural
treatments, and along the Sprinter tracks.

Driveways
Allowed and
ProhibitedLocations
Driveway connections to the following
street types are prohibited: north side of A‐1(North City Drive portion only), A‐2, C‐1, andL. Driveways may connect to all other streettypes, subject to approval by the CityEngineer. Driveways shall be designed totake pedestrian safety into account. Wherefeasible, sidewalks should continue acrossthe driveway at the same elevation or leveland the driveway apron should not gothrough the sidewalk. Wing‐type drivewaysare encouraged. Shared driveways thatprovide access to multiple properties are also encouraged.

Note: Above ground parking structures are allowed on the eastside of Street Types A‐1a and A‐1b (Street E) north of BarhamDrive and south of North City Drive, provided all parking levels arescreened with an enhanced architectural façade and landscaping.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐71 Surface Parking/
Delivery Zones Sidewalk
PL PL
Underground Parking
Adjacent
Property
Sidewalk
PL PL
Underground Parking
Sidewalk Above Ground Parking
Sidewalk
PL PL
Underground Parking
Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Sprinter Tracks A
A A

B B B D C C C
C
Form‐Based Code: VI‐72 University District | San Marcos Mixed‐Use Building A: FrontagesAll facades that are adjacent to a street or public space shall bedesigned with a specific building frontage. As indicated below, the types of frontages that are allowed vary based on the adjacent street type and the adjacent public space.

Facades along the East Urban Plazas and Street Types A‐1 (alongNorth City Drive), A‐2, A‐3, and C‐1 shall be designed with one or moreof thethe following building frontages:

Storefronts, Residential
Facades along Street Type L shall be designed with one or more of thefollowing building frontages:

Arcade/Gallery, Storefronts
Facades along Street Types E‐1 and J shall be designed with one ormore of the following building frontages:

Storefronts, Live‐Work Fronts, or Office Fronts, or Residential Standards for the above frontages are provided in Section VI.7(Frontage and Projection Standards).

Mixed‐Use Building A: Parking RequirementsResidential Units and MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit
Live Work Units
MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit if the unit is less than
2,000 square feet
2 spaces per unit if the unit is greater thanor equal to 2,000 square feet Non‐Residential Uses
MinimumRequirement
2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of leasable
space
Bicycle Parking
Short Term(Standard bikeracks)
Short term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.Up to 5% of the short term bicycle parkingrequirement may be satisfied byadditional long term bicycle parking.

Long Term(Bike racks locatedwithin a securedroom and/or bikelockers) Long term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.

Allowed Locations
Parking for all uses may be provided on‐site, on‐street adjacentto the site, or within an off‐site shared and/or public parking facility. Bicycle parking may be located within parking structures provided there is signage to direct bicyclists to it.

Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
Refer to Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation for moreinformation on parking requirements related to TDM measures University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐73 Mixed‐Use Building A: Building Height and MassNumber of Floors (excluding parking levels) Minimum See Figure VI.CMaximum See Figure VI.C
Floor‐to‐Floor Heights: Mixed‐Use Building (excluding parking levels)A Ground Floor 15’ minimum and 22’ maximum*Ground FloorB Elevation The elevation of the ground floor shall be located near the elevation of the adjacent
sidewalk (or plaza) so that external steps
and/or ramps are not required to enter thebuilding from the sidewalk.** StepbacksC Allowed and
Prohibited
Stepbacks are allowed on the third floor
andall upper floors above, but are notrequired.

RoofsD Roof Forms and
Slope
A variety of roof forms are allowed to create
diversity and interest.
*Ground floor heights may be increased or reduced where site conditions,such as topographic changes, preclude a consistent ground floor height or forcertain uses that require additional or reduced height, to a minimum of 11’4”for APNs 220‐202‐08‐00 and 220‐202‐09‐00 subject to approval from thePlanning Director Division Manager. Where a reduction in ground floor heightsis being requested, additional architectural features and enhancements mustbe incorporated into the ground flood exterior design to ensure the groundfloor height is in scale and harmony with surrounding development.**An exception is allowed where site conditions, such as slope, require a step to maintain a consistent entry elevation, provided the step is integrated into the building slab or other discrete location.The Extended Learning Building in Block 3 is allowed a step in the building slabnear the southwest corner of Main Street (North City Drive) and Campus Way,and another step in the patio area near the northwest corner of Barham Driveand Campus Way, to accommodate slope differences between the intersecting streets, and to maintain a consistent entry elevation for the retailuses along the west side of Campus Way.

Ground
floor
elevation
A 15’ min and 22’ max
C Allowed Stepback D
B
Form‐Based Code: VI‐74 University District | San Marcos Mixed‐Use Building A: Building UsesUpper FloorsA Permitted by Right
Retail (2nd floor), General Service, Health Service,
Office, Medical Office, Residential, Live‐Work,Lodging, Public Space/Plaza, Museum, Library, orGallery, Residential Care Facility, General.

B Conditionally
PermittedUses*
Retail (above 2nd floor) (d), Dining (d), Outdoor Dining (d), Dining/Entertainment (CM), Entertainment (C),/Recreation (dM), Lodging (m), Assembly (dM),Cultural/Civic Institutions, other than listed above (dM),Alcohol Sales (d), Child Day Care Facility/Day CareCenter (d), Residential Care Facility, Large (C) Ground Floor with frontage along the East Urban Plazas and the followingStreet Types: A‐1 (along North City Drive), A‐2, A‐3, and C‐1a and C‐1b:C Permitted by Right*
Retail, General Service, Dining1, Office, Medical Office,Live‐Work, Health Service, Lodging, Park/Plaza/PublicSpace, Museum, Library, or Gallery, Residential CareFacility, General.

CD
Conditionally
PermittedUses*2
Residential (d), Outdoor Dining (d),Dining/Entertainment (d), Cultural / Civic Institutions,other than listed above (dM), Entertainment (C)/,Recreation (dM), Lodging (m), Alcohol Sales (d),Residential (except along North City Drive)(d) ChildDay Care Facility/Day Care Center (d), Assembly (d),Residential Care Facility, Large (C) Ground Floor with frontage along Street Types E‐1, L, J, and K‐2a:E Permitted by Right
Retail, General Service, Dining, Office, Live‐Work,Residential (except along North City Drive, BarhamDrive on the northwest corner of Barham Drive andCampus Way, Discovery Street, and Twin Oaks ValleyRoad)(d), F Conditionally
PermittedUses*
Outdoor Dining (d), Dining/Entertainment (d),Entertainment/Recreation (M), Lodging (m),Cultural/Civic Institutions (M), Health Service (m),Alcohol Sales (d), Temporary Uses(service oreducational in nature)(d). * Notes:
(d) Use requires Director’s Permit, (C) Use requires a Conditional Use Permit, (m) Use requires Minor Use Permit, (M) Use requires Major UsePermit1: All Retail, General Service, and Dining Uses that occupy more than 10,000 square feet of ground floor space shall require a Director’s Permit.2. Master’s director’s permit DP19‐0021 establishes operational and design criteria for dining/entertainment uses, outdoor dining, andalcohol sales for portions of North City east of Twin Oaks Valley Road.

Definitions for the above uses, including types of businesses that arespecifically prohibited, are provided in Section VI.11 (Definitions). Refer to Chapter IX (Implementation and Administration) for uses not specifically listed.

A B Upper Floor A B Upper Floor A B Upper Floor A B Upper Floor Ground Floor with
frontage along other
street types
C D
Ground Floor with
frontage along Street
Types A-1, A-2, A-3,
C-1a and C-1b
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐75 Development Standards for Mixed‐Use Building BDescriptionMixed‐Use Building B: a multi‐story building that contains a mix of commercial, office, and residential uses. The ground floor generally contains storefronts, offices, orlive‐work units. Upper floors generally contain residential units or office space.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐76 University District | San Marcos Mixed‐Use Building B: Lot Size and Building PlacementBlock Subdivisions and Lot Size The entire development site may be developed as one project or subdivided into smaller properties.

A Lot Width 20’ minimumB Lot Depth 60’ minimumBuilding Setbacks from Property Lines (PL) All Property Lines A setback is not required.

C Exception An minimum 8’ setback is required from
external side property lines along StreetType L, K‐1 and K‐2. For the majority of thefaçade, a minimum 8’ setback is requiredfrom property lines along Street Type L.Exceptions to this minimum setback arepermitted for limited portions of thebuilding in order to create architecturalinterest.

Build‐to‐Line (BTL)D Build‐to‐Line Building facades shall be built within 0’ to 8’ of the front and external side property lines,unless setback further per above exception.

E Exception A Facades shall be built within 8’ to 12’ of the property lines along Street Type L, K‐1 andK‐2.

EF
Exception AB At block corners, the facade may deviate
from the BTL within an area that is notgreater than 16’ by 16’ squareto addressblock shape or to create architecturalvariation.

Exception BC For properties adjacent to Twin Oaks Plaza East and West, facades shall be built alongthe edges of the Plaza(s).

Exception CD The BTL may be set back to allow for
forecourts, breezeways, outdoor lobbies,and retail entries to prevent doorways fromencroaching into the public right‐of‐way.

Frontage Buildout 75% to 100% of the site’s total street frontage (as measured by the total length offront and external side property lines) shallbe occupied by one or more buildingfacades, forecourts, plazas, and/or similarfeatures that encourage pedestrian activity.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐77 Front Property Line
Front Property Line
External Side Property Line
External Side Property Line
Internal Side Property Line
Example Building Footprint
Building Facade
Street Type Varies
Street Type Varies
16’
16’
E
Lot Width
Lot Depth
D
A
Building Setback
Twin Oaks Valley Road (Street Type L) or
Discovery Street/Barham Drive (Street Type K-1/K-2) D C 8’ D D B Street Type Varies
D
D
Form‐Based Code: VI‐78 University District | San Marcos Mixed‐Use Building B: Vehicle Access and ParkingParking Options Combinations of parking options are allowed, including
underground, podium, and above ground parking structures and surface parking lots.

Parking LocationsA Underground
Parking Levels
Underground parking levels are allowed on
the entire site.

B Podium parking
Levels
Podium parking levels are allowed on the
entire site, excluding setbacks.

C Above Ground
Parking Levels
Above ground parking levels are allowed if
they are screened from public view by
locating them behind mixed use buildings.
locating them to the rear of all mixed‐usebuildings on the block If this cannot beachieved, above ground parking levels areallowed if they are screened from publicview by landscaping and architecturaltreatments.

D Exception Parking structures do not have to be
screened from public view along Street
Types
K‐1 and
K‐2 (parking structure
facades are allowed along these streets).

E Surface Parking and
Delivery Zones
Surface parking lots and delivery zones are
allowed if they are located to the rear of the
mixed‐use buildings. on the block and
setback from all streets by at least 20’ If thiscannot be achieved, surface parking lots anddelivery zones are allowed if they arescreened from public view by landscapingand/or architectural treatments. Surfaceparking can occur where parking structures are allowed.

Driveways
Allowed and
ProhibitedLocations
Driveway connections to the following
street types are prohibited: B,
K‐1,
K‐2, and
L. Driveways may connect to all other
street types, subject to approval by the CityEngineer. Driveways shall be designed totake pedestrian safety into account. Wherefeasible, sidewalks should continue acrossthe driveway at the same elevation or leveland the driveway apron should not gothrough the sidewalk. Wing‐type drivewaysare encouraged. Shared driveways thatprovide access to multiple properties on the block are also encouraged.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐79 Surface
Parking
Sidewalk
PL PL
Underground Parking
Sidewalk Above Ground Parking
Sidewalk
PL PL
Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Sidewalk
Street
Type H, I,
K-1 and K2
A A

C C C D D D
D
PL PL
B Podium Parking
E
Form‐Based Code: VI‐80 University District | San Marcos Mixed‐Use Building B: Building Height and MassNumber of Floors (excluding parking levels) Minimum See Figure VI.CMaximum See Figure VI.C
Floor‐to‐Floor Heights (excluding parking levels)A Ground Floor 15’ minimum and 22’ maximum*Ground FloorB Elevation The elevation of the ground floor shall be located within 0”to 48” of the adjacentsidewalk (or plaza). The elevation of theground floor where residential uses arelocated shall be within 18”to 48” above theaverage grade of the adjacent sidewalk orpaseo. If needed, exterior stairs or rampsare allowed to connect the sidewalk to the entrance.

StepbacksC Allowed and
Prohibited
Stepbacks are allowed on all upper floors,
but are not required.

RoofsD Roof Forms and
Slope
A variety of roof forms are allowed to create
diversity and interest.

C
Allowed Stepback
D
D
B
0” - 48”
A 15’ min and 22’ max
* Ground floor heights may be increased or reduced in portions of thebuilding where site conditions, such as topographic changes, preclude aconsistent ground floor height or for certain uses that may requireadditional or reduced height, subject to approval of the PlanningDirector.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐81 Mixed‐Use Building B: FrontagesAll facades that are adjacent to a street or public space shall bedesigned with a specific building frontage. As indicated below, the types of frontages that are allowed vary based on the adjacent street type and the adjacent public space.

Facades along the Twin Oaks Plaza (East) and Twin Oaks Plaza (West)shall be designed with the following building frontage:

Storefronts
Facades along Street Type L and A‐3 shall be designed with one ormore of the following building frontages:

StorefrontsArcade/GalleryLive‐Work FrontsOffice Fronts, Residential Frontages Facades along Street Types A‐1 and A‐2 shall be designed with one ormore of the following building frontages:

StorefrontsLive‐Work FrontsOffice FrontsStoopsResidential Frontages Facades along Street Types K‐1 and K‐2 shall be designed with one ormore of the following building frontages:

StorefrontsLive‐Work FrontsOffice FrontsParking Structure Frontages, Residential Frontages Standards for the above frontages are provided in Section VI.7(Frontage and Projection Standards).

Mixed‐Use Building B: Parking RequirementsResidential Units and MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit
Live‐Work Units
MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit if the unit is less than
2,000 square feet
2 spaces per unit if the unit is greater than
or equal to 2,000 square feet
Non‐Residential Uses
MinimumRequirement
2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of leasable
space
Bicycle Parking
Short Term(Standard bikeracks)
Short term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.Up to 5% of the short term bicycle parkingrequirement may be satisfied byadditional long term bicycle parking.

Long Term(Bike racks locatedwithin a securedroom and/or bikelockers) Long term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.

Allowed Locations
Parking for all uses may be provided on‐site, on‐street adjacentto the site, or within an off‐site shared and/or public parking facility. Bicycle parking may be located within parking structures provided there is signage to direct bicyclists to it.

Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
Refer to Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation for moreinformation on parking requirements related to TDM measures.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐82 University District | San Marcos Mixed‐Use Building B: Building UsesUpper FloorsA Permitted by Right Retail (2nd floor), General Service, Health Service, Office, Medical Office,Residential, Live‐Work, Lodging, PublicSpace/Plaza, Museum, Library, or Gallery,Residential Care Facility, General B Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Retail (above 2nd floor) (m), Dining (dm),
Outdoor Dining (dm),Dining/Entertainment (dM),Entertainment (C,/ Recreation (Md),Lodging (m), Assembly (Md),Cultural/Civic Institutions (Md), AlcoholSales (d), Child Day Care Facility/Day CareCenter (d), Residential Care Facility, Large(C) Ground FloorC Permitted by Right Retail, General Service, Health Service, Dining, Office, Medical Office, Live‐Work,Residential (except along North City Driveeast of Twin Oaks Valley Road, BarhamDrive, Discovery Street, and Twin OaksValley Road)(d), Lodging,Park/Plaza/Public Space, Museum,Library, or Gallery, Residential CareFacility, General.

D Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Outdoor Dining (d), Dining/Entertainment
(d), Entertainment (C),/ Recreation (dM),Lodging (m), Civic/Cultural Institutions (d),Child Care Facility/Day Care Center (d),Assembly (d), Residential Care Facility,Large (C) Alcohol Sales (d), TemporaryUses(service or educational in nature)(d) * Notes:

1. (d) Use requires Director’s Permit, (Cm) Use requires MinorUse Permit, (M) Use requires Major Use PermitConditional UsePermit

2. Master’s director’s permit DP19‐0021 establishes operationaland design criteria for dining/entertainment uses, outdoordining, and alcohol sales for portions of North City east of TwinOaks Valley Road.

Definitions for the above uses, including types of businesses that arespecifically prohibited, are provided in Section VI.11 (Definitions).

Refer to Chapter IX (Implementation and Administration) for uses not specifically listed.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐83

A A A A

B B B B
C D
Upper
Floor
Upper
Floor
Upper
Floor
Upper
Floor
Ground floor
Form‐Based Code: VI‐84 University District | San Marcos Development Standards for Commercial BuildingDescriptionCommercial Building: a one to three‐two story commercial building that may containone or more anchor retail stores and/or smaller storefronts.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐85 Commercial Building: Lot Size and Building PlacementBlock Subdivisions and Lot SizeA Lot Width 50’ minimumB Lot Depth 50’ minimumBuilding Setbacks from Property Lines (PL) All Property Lines
A setback is not required.

C Exception
A For the majority of the façade, Aan 8’
setback is required from external sideproperty lines along Street Type L.

Exceptions to this minimum setback are
permitted for limited portions of thebuilding in order to create architecturalinterest.

Build‐to‐Line (BTL)D Build‐to‐Line Building facades shall be placed along front and external side property lines at a 0’orrequired setback (per exception above).

E Exception
A Facades shall be placed within 8’ to 12’ of
the property line along Street Type L.

FE
Exception AB At block corners, the front facade may
deviate from the BTL to address block shapeor create architectural variationwithin anarea that is not greater than 16’ by 16’square.

Exception BC The BTL may be set back to allow for
breezeways, outdoor lobbies, forecourts,and retail entries to prevent doorways fromencroaching into the public right‐of‐way..

Frontage Buildout At least 75% of the site’s total street frontage along Street Types L (as measured
by the total length of front and external sideproperty lines) shall be occupied by one ormore building facades, forecourts, plazas, and/or similar features that encouragepedestrian activity. Facades along StreetType A‐3 shall have 100% frontage build‐
out, but may be reduced to allow fordriveways.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐86 University District | San Marcos Rear Property Line
Front Property Line
External Side Property Line
Internal Side Property Line
North City Drive
(Street Type A3)
Lot Width
Lot Depth
A
B
D
C
8’
Twin Oaks Valley Road (Street Type L)
Example Building Footprint
Building Setback Building Facade
16’
16’
E
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐87 Commercial Building: Vehicle Access and Parking
Combinations of parking options are allowed, including abovegrade structures, underground structures, and surface parking lots.

Parking LocationsA Underground
Parking Levels
UnderAbove ground parking levels are
allowed on the entire siteif screened frompublic view.

Above GroundParking Levels
Above ground parking levels are allowed if
they are screened from public view bylocating them behind buildings. If thiscannot be achieved, above ground parkinglevels are allowed if they are screened frompublic view by landscaping and architecturaltreatments.prohibited.

B Surface Parking and
Delivery Zones
Surface parking lots and delivery zones are
allowed if they are screened from public
view by locating them behind buildings. If
this cannot be achieved, surface parking lotsand delivery zones are allowed if they arescreened from public view by landscapingand/or architectural treatments beinglocated to the rear of the mixed‐usebuildings on the block and setback from allstreets by at least 20’. Surface parking anddelivery zones are prohibited along StreetTypes L and A‐3.

Driveways
Allowed andProhibitedLocations
Driveway connections to Street Type L are
prohibited.Driveways may connect to allstreet types, subject to approval by the CityEngineer. Driveways shall be designed totake pedestrian safety into account. Wherefeasible, sidewalks should continue acrossthe driveway at the same elevation or leveland the driveway apron should not gothrough the sidewalk. Wing‐type drivewaysare encouraged. Shared driveways that provide access to multiple properties on theblock are also encouraged.

Above Ground ParkingAbove Ground Parking
Surface Parking/
Delivery Zones
Sidewalk
PL PL
Underground Parking
Adjacent
Property
A
C
A
B
B
Form‐Based Code: VI‐88 University District | San Marcos Commercial Building: Building Height and MassNumber of Floors (excluding parking levels)A Minimum 1 (if developed with 1‐story, the facade shall be designed with windows and other
features that reflect the character of a multi‐
story building.)
Maximum 3
Floor‐to‐Floor Heights (excluding parking levels)B Ground Floor 20’ minimum to 30’ maximum*C Overall Height along
The overall height of the building shall be at
least 28’.

Ground FloorD Elevation The elevation of the ground floor shall be located near the elevation of the adjacent
sidewalk so that external steps and/or ramps
are not required to enter the building from
the sidewalk.

Stepbacks
Prohibited Allowed Upper floor stepbacks are
allowedprohibited.

RoofsE Roof Forms and
Slope
A variety of roof forms are allowed to create
diversity and interest.
* Ground floor heights may be increased or reduced in portions of thebuilding where site conditions, such topographic changes, preclude aconsistent ground floor height, or for certain uses that may requireadditional or reduced height, subject to approval of the PlanningDirector.

Ground
floor
elevation
B 20’ min and 30’ max
D
28’ min. C
E
A
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐89 Commercial Building: FrontagesAll facades that are adjacent to a street shall be designed with aspecific building frontage. As indicated below, the types of frontages that are allowed vary based on the adjacent street type and theadjacent public space.

Facades along Street Type L shall be designed with one or more of thefollowing building frontage frontages:

StorefrontsArcade/Gallery
Facades along Street Type A‐3 shall be designed with one or more ofthe following building frontages:

Storefront, Arcade/Gallery
Standards for the above frontages are provided in Section VI.7(Frontage and Projection Standards).

Commercial Building A: Parking RequirementsNon‐Residential Uses MinimumRequirement
2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of leasable
space
Bicycle Parking
Short Term(Standard bikeracks)
Short term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.Up to 5% of the short term bicycle parkingrequirement may be satisfied byadditional long term bicycle parking.

Long Term(Bike racks locatedwithin a securedroom and/or bikelockers) Long term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.

Allowed Locations
Parking for all uses may be provided on‐site, on‐street adjacentto the site, or within an off‐site shared and/or public parking facility. Bicycle parking may be located within parking structures provided there is signage to direct bicyclists to it.

Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
Refer to Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation for moreinformation on parking requirements related to TDM measures Form‐Based Code: VI‐90 University District | San Marcos Commercial Building: Building UsesUpper Floor
Permitted by Right Specialty Retail, Retail, General Service, Health Service, Office, Medical Office,Dining, Public Space/Plaza, Museum,Library, or Gallery ConditionallyPermitted Uses*
Retail (M), Dining (M), General Service(M), Health Service (M), Office (M),Outdoor Dining (dM),Dining/Entertainment (dM),Entertainment (C), /Recreation (dM),Alcohol Sales (d), Child Care Facility/DayCare Center (d) Ground Floor
Permitted by Right Specialty Retail, Retail, General Service, Health Service, Office, Medical Office,Dining, Park/Plaza/Public Space, Museum,Library, or Gallery ConditionallyPermitted Uses*
Retail (M), General Service (M), Dining
(M), Outdoor Dining (dM), Entertainment(C), Recreation (d), Dining/Entertainment(dM), Alcohol Sales (d), Child CareFacility/Day Care Center (d) * Notes:

1. (d) Use requires Director’s Permit(Cm) Use requires Conditional Use PermitMinor Use Permit(M) Use requires Major Use Permit2. Master’s director’s permit DP19‐0021 establishes operationaland design criteria for dining/entertainment uses, outdoordining, and alcohol sales for portions of North City east of TwinOaks Valley Road.

Definitions for the above uses, including types of businesses that arespecifically prohibited, are provided in Section VI.11 (Definitions).

Refer to Chapter IX (Implementation and Administration) for uses not specifically listed.

C
Upper floor
D
Ground floor
A B B
A C D
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐91 Development Standards for Freeway Commercial Building ADescriptionFreeway Commercial Building A: a multi‐story building that is located near Highway 78 along Carmel Street. The building contains commercial and/or office space. Surface parking lots may be located to the rear or sides of the building.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐92 University District | San Marcos Freeway Commercial Building A: Lot Size and Building PlacementBlock Subdivisions and Lot Size The entire development site may be developed as one project orsubdivided into smaller properties.

A Lot Width 46’ minimumB Lot Depth 60’ minimumBuilding Setbacks from Property Lines (PL)C All Property Lines An 8’ setback is required from all property lines.

Build‐to‐Line (BTL)D Build‐to‐Line A facade shall be built within 8’ to 16’ of the front property line except to address blockshape or to create architectural variation.

Exception A The BTL may be set back to allow for
breezeways, outdoor lobbies, or forecourts.

FrontageRequirement
At least 25% site’s total street frontage
along Carmel Street (as measured by the
total length of the front property line) shall
be occupied by one or more building
facades, forecourts, plazas, and/or similar
features that encourage pedestrian activity.Frontage build out requirements may bereduced to allow for driveways.

Front Property Line
Rear Property Line
External Side Property Line
Internal Side Property Line
Internal Side Property Line
Adjacent Property or Street (Street
Type Varies)
Lot Width
Lot Depth
C
A
B
D
C
8’
Adjacent Property
Street Type Varies
Example Building Footprint
Building Setback Building Facade
D C 8’
C
C C 8’
Carmel Street
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐93 Freeway Commercial Building A: Vehicle Access and ParkingParking Options Combinations of parking options are allowed, includingunderground and above ground parking structures and surface parking lots.

A Underground
Parking Levels
Underground parking structures are allowed
on the entire site.

B Podium parking
levels
Podium parking levels are allowed on the
entire site, excluding setbacks, if screened
from public view by being located behind
buildings. If this cannot be achieved, podiumparking levels are allowed if screened frompublic view by enhanced architecturaltreatments and landscaping.

C Above Ground
Parking Levels
Above ground parking levels are allowed.

D Surface Parking
Lots and DeliveryZones
Surface parking lots and delivery zones are
allowed if they are screened from public
view by being located to the rear of the
buildings. and setback from all streets by at
least 8’If this cannot be achieved, surfaceparking lots and delivery zones are allowedif screened from public view by landscapingand/or architectural treatments. Parking isprohibited between the front façade of the building and the sidewalk. Surface parking
can occur where parking structures are
allowed.

Driveways
Allowed andProhibitedLocations
Driveways may connect to all adjacent
street types. Shared driveways that provide
access to adjacent properties are
encouraged.

Surface Parking/
Delivery Zones Sidewalk
PL PL
Adjacent
Property
Sidewalk
PL PL
Underground Parking
Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Sidewalk
A

D C C C
B
Podium Parking
Form‐Based Code: VI‐94 University District | San Marcos Freeway Commercial Building A: Building Height and MassNumber of Floors (excluding parking levels) Minimum See Figure VI.CMaximum See Figure VI.C
Floor‐to‐Floor Heights (excluding parking levels)A Ground Floor 12’ minimum and 22’ maximum*Ground FloorB Elevation The elevation of the ground floor shall be located 0”to 24” above the elevation of the
adjacent sidewalk. If needed, exterior
stairs or ramps are allowed to connect the
sidewalk to the entrance.

StepbacksC Allowed and
Prohibited
Stepbacks are allowed on all upper floors,
but are not required.

RoofsD Roof Forms and
Slope
A variety of roof forms are allowed to create
diversity and interest.
* Ground floor heights may be increased or reduced in portions of thebuilding where site conditions, such topographic changes, preclude aconsistent ground floor height, or for certain uses that may requireadditional or reduced height, subject to approval of the PlanningDirector.

A 12’ min and 22’ max
C
Allowed Stepback
D
D
B
0” - 24”
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐95 Freeway Commercial Building A: FrontagesAll facades that are adjacent to a street shall be designed with aspecific building frontage. As indicated below, the types of frontages that are allowed vary based on the adjacent street type and theadjacent public space.

Facades along all streets (excluding Carmel Street) shall be designedwith one or more of the following building frontages:

StorefrontsOffice Fronts
Facades along Carmel Street shall be designed with one or more ofthe following building frontages:

StorefrontsOffice FrontsParking Structure Frontages
Freeway Commercial Building A: Parking RequirementsNon‐Residential Uses MinimumRequirement
2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of leasable
space
Bicycle Parking
Short Term(Standard bikeracks)
Short term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.Up to 5% of the short term bicycle parkingrequirement may be satisfied byadditional long term bicycle parking.

Long Term(Bike racks locatedwithin a securedroom and/or bikelockers) Long term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.

Allowed Locations
Parking for all uses may be provided on‐site, on‐street adjacent tothe site, or within an off‐site shared and/or public parking facility.

Bicycle parking may be located within parking structures provided there is signage to direct bicyclists to it.

Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
Refer to Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation for moreinformation on parking requirements related to TDM measures Form‐Based Code: VI‐96 University District | San Marcos Freeway Commercial Building A: Building UsesUpper FloorsA Permitted by Right Office, Medical Office, Health Service, Lodging
B Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Lodging (m), Outdoor Dining (d),
Dining/Entertainment (d), Entertainment(C), Recreation (d), Cultural/CivicInstitutions (Md), Alcohol Sales (d),Assembly (d) Ground FloorC Permitted by Right Retail, General Service, Health Service, Dining, Office, Medical Office, Lodging
D Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Lodging (m), Outdoor Dining (d),
Dining/Entertainment (d), Entertainment(C),/ Recreation (Md), Cultural/CivicInstitutions (Md), Assembly (Md), AlcoholSales (d) * Notes:

1. (d) Use requires Director’s Permit(Cm) Use requires Minor Use Permit(M) Use requires Major Use PermitConditional Use Permit2. Master’s director’s permit DP19‐0021 establishes operationaland design criteria for dining/entertainment uses, outdoordining, and alcohol sales for portions of North City east of TwinOaks Valley Road.

Definitions for the above uses, including types of businesses that arespecifically prohibited, are provided in Section VI.11 (Definitions).

Refer to Chapter IX (Implementation and Administration) for uses not specifically listed.

Ground Floor
Upper Floor

B B B B
C D
Upper Floor Upper Floor
A Upper Floor A A A
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐97 Development Standards for Freeway Commercial Building BDescriptionFreeway Commercial Building B: a multi‐story building that is located adjacent to the open space area along State Route 78 west of Twin Oaks Valley Road. The building contains commercial and/or office space. Surface parking lots may be located to the rear or sides of the building.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐98 University District | San Marcos Freeway Commercial Building B: Lot Size and Building PlacementBlock Subdivisions and Lot Size The entire development site may be developed as one project orsubdivided into smaller properties.

A Lot Width 100’ minimumB Lot Depth 200’ minimumBuilding Setbacks from Property Lines (PL)C Front and Side PL An 8’ setback is required from front and side (internal and external) property lines.

D Rear PL A 24’ setback is required from rear property
lines.

Build‐to‐Line (BTL)E Build‐to‐Line A facade shall be built within 8’ to 16’ of the front property line except to address blockshape or to create architectural variation.

Exception The BTL may be set back to allow for
breezeways, outdoor lobbies, forecourts,and similar elements.

Frontage Buildout At least 40% site’s total street frontage along Street Type A‐2 or A‐3 (as measured
by the total length of front property lines)
shall be occupied by one or more building
facades. Forecourts, plazas, and/or similar
features that create interest along thebuilding façade shall be counted towardsthe street frontage requirement. Thefrontage build out requirement may bereduced to allow for driveways.

Rear Property Line
Front Property Line
External/Internal Side Property Line
Internal Side Property Line
(Street Type A-2 or A-3
Lot Width
Lot Depth
A
B
E
C
8’
Adjacent Property
Adjacent Property
Open Space along State Route 78
Example Building Footprint
Building Setback Building Facade D 24’
C C 8’
8’
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐99 Freeway Commercial Building B: Vehicle Access and ParkingParking Options Combinations of parking options are allowed, including above grade structures, underground structures, and surface parking lots.

A Underground
Parking Levels
Underground parking levels are allowed on
the entire site.

B Podium Parking
Levels
Podium parking levels are allowed are
beneath the building footprint.

C Above Ground
Parking Levels
Above ground parking levels are allowed if
they are screened from public view from
Street Type A‐2 or A‐3 by locating them to
the rear of buildings. the commercial
buildingIf this cannot be achieved, aboveground parking levels are allowed wherescreened from public view by landscapingand architectural treatments. Parkingstructure frontages may be visible from State Route 78.

D Surface Parking
Lots and DeliveryZones
Surface parking lots and delivery zones are
allowed if they are screened from publicview by setback at least 20 feet from thefront property line and are located to theside or rear of the buildinglandscapingand/or architectural treatments. Surfaceparking lots and delivery zones are prohibited between the building and Street
Type A‐2 or A‐3. Surface parking can occur
where parking structures are allowed.

Driveways
Allowed and
ProhibitedLocations
Driveway connections to Street Type L are
prohibited. Driveways may connect to
Street Type A‐2 or A‐3. Shared driveways
that provide access to adjacent properties
are encouraged.

Sidewalk
PL PL
Open
Space D
Surface
Parking/
Delivery
Zones
Sidewalk
PL PL
Open
Space D
Surface Parking/
Delivery Zones D
B Podium Parking
A Underground Parking
Sidewalk
PL PL
Open
Space
Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking C C C
Form‐Based Code: VI‐100 University District | San Marcos Freeway Commercial Building B: Building Height and MassNumber of Floors Minimum See Figure VI.CMaximum See Figure VI.C
Floor‐to‐Floor HeightsA Ground Floor 12’ minimum 22’ maximum*Ground FloorB Elevation The elevation of the ground floor shall be located 0”to 24” above the elevation of the
adjacent sidewalk. Exterior or interior stairs
or ramps are allowed to connect the
sidewalk to the entrance.

StepbacksC Allowed and
Prohibited
Stepbacks are allowed on all upper floors,
but are not required.

RoofsD Roof Forms and
Slope
A variety of roof forms are allowed to create
diversity and interest.
* Ground floor heights may be increased or reduced in portions of thebuilding where site conditions, such topographic changes, preclude aconsistent ground floor height, or for certain uses that may requireadditional or reduced height, subject to approval of the PlanningDirector.

A 12’ min and 22’ max
C
Allowed Stepback
D
D
B
0” - 24” Sidewalk
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐101 Freeway Commercial Building B: FrontagesAll facades that are adjacent to a street or public space shall bedesigned with a specific building frontage. As indicated below, the types of frontages that are allowed vary based on the adjacent street type and the adjacent public space.

All building facades shall be designed with one or more of thefollowing building frontages:

Office FrontsStorefronts
Standards for the above frontages are provided in Section VI.7(Frontage and Projection Standards).

Freeway Commercial Building B: Parking RequirementsNon‐Residential Uses MinimumRequirement
2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of leasable
space
Bicycle Parking
Short Term(Standard bikeracks)
Short term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.Up to 5% of the short term bicycle parkingrequirement may be satisfied byadditional long term bicycle parking.

Long Term(Bike racks locatedwithin a securedroom and/or bikelockers) Long term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.

Allowed Locations
Parking for all uses may be provided on‐site, on‐street adjacentto the site, or within an off‐site shared and/or public parking facility. Bicycle parking may be located within parking structures provided there is signage to direct bicyclists to it.

Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
Refer to Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation for moreinformation on parking requirements related to TDM measures Form‐Based Code: VI‐102 University District | San Marcos Freeway Commercial Building B: Building UsesUpper FloorsA Permitted by Right Office, Medical Office, General Service, Health Service, Lodging
B Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Lodging (m), Outdoor Dining (d),
Dining/Entertainment (d), Entertainment(C), Recreation (d), Cultural/CivicInstitutions (Md), Alcohol Sales (d),Assembly (d) Ground FloorC Permitted by Right Retail, General Service, Health Service, Dining, Office, Medical Office, Lodging
D Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Lodging (m), Outdoor Dining (d),
Dining/Entertainment (d), Entertainment(C),/ Recreation (Md), Cultural/CivicInstitutions (Md), Assembly (Md), AlcoholSales (d) * Notes:
(d) Use requires Director’s Permit(Cm) Use requires Minor Use Permit(M) Use requires Major Use PermitConditional Use Permit Definitions for the above uses, including types of businesses that arespecifically prohibited, are provided in Section VI.11 (Definitions).

Refer to Chapter IX (Implementation and Administration) for uses not specifically listed.

B C Ground Floor
Upper Floor

B B B B
Upper Floor Upper Floor
A Upper Floor A A A
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐103 Development Standards for University FlatsDescriptionUniversity Flats: Residential units within a multi‐story building that includes forecourts and a central courtyard. The residential units may be apartments, condominiums, or student housing. Retail, live‐work, or office space may be provided on the ground floor of the building.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐104 University District | San Marcos University Flats: Lot Size and Building PlacementBlock Subdivisions and Lot SizeThe entire development site may be developed as one project orsubdivided into smaller properties.A Lot Width 50’ minimumB Lot Depth 100’ minimumBuilding Setbacks from Property Lines (PL)C Front PL An 8’ setback is required from front property lines along Street Type
K‐2.

Side and Rear PL
A setback is not required.

Build‐to‐Line (BTL)D Build‐to‐Line Building facades shall be placed within 8’ to 16’ of front property lines and 0’ to 168’ ofexternal side property lines except toaddress block shape or to createarchitectural variation.

E Exception
A At block and paseo corners, the front façade
may deviate from the BTL to create
architecturally unique corner conditions.

F Exception
B The front facade may deviate from the BTL
to create forecourts, breezeways, oroutdoor lobbies.

Exception
C Along Street Type
C‐1, the facade shall be
built along the property line at a 0’ setback.

Frontage Buildout At least 680% of the site’s total street and public space frontage (as measured by the
total length of front and external side
property lines) shall be occupied by one of
more building facades. Forecourts, plazas,
and/or similar features that create interestalong the building façade shall be countedtowards the street frontage requirement.

G Forecourts and
Courtyards
Common open space mayshall be provided
in the form of forecourts and central
courtyards. The total amount of commonopen space shall equal at least 15% of thesite area.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐105 University Flats: Vehicle Access and ParkingParking Options Combinations of parking options are allowed, includingunderground and podium parking structures and surface parking lots.

A Underground
Parking Levels
Underground parking levels are allowed on
the entire site.

A Podium Parking
Levels
Podium parking levels are allowed beneath
the building and courtyard.

B Above Ground
Parking Levels
Above ground parking levels are allowed if
they are screened from public view by
locating them to the rear of buildings. If this
cannot be achieved, above ground parkinglevels are allowed where screened frompublic view by landscaping and architecturaltreatments. on the block.

C Surface Parking Surface parking lots are allowed if they are screened from public view by locating them
to the rear of the buildings. If this cannot be
achieved, surface parking lots are allowed ifthey are screened from public view bylandscaping and/or architectural treatments.and setback from all streets and paseos byat least 20’. Surface parking can occur whereparking structures are allowed.

Driveways
Allowed andProhibitedLocations
Driveway connections to the following
street types are prohibited: C and K‐2.Driveways may connect to all other streettypes subject to approval by the CityEngineer. Shared driveways that provideaccess to multiple properties on the block are encouraged.

Rear Property Line
Front Property Line
External Side Property Line
Building Setback Building Facade
Barham Drive
(Street Type K-2)
Lot Width
Adjacent Property
External Side Property Line A
Example Building Footprint
Forecourts Central Courtyard
C
Lot Depth
B
D
G
F F
D
D
8’
D
Street Types A-1, C-1, E-1, J
East Paseo
16’
E
G
Form‐Based Code: VI‐106 University District | San Marcos University Flats: Building Heights and MassNumber of Floors Minimum See Figure VI.CMaximum See Figure VI.C
Floor‐to‐Floor Heights (excluding parking levels)A Ground Floor 15’ minimum and 22’ maximum for commercial use or if along Street Type C‐1.

For non‐commercial use, the floor‐to‐floorheight of the ground floor shall be 12’ minimum. and 22’ maximum.

Ground FloorB Elevation The elevation of the ground floor where residential uses are located shall be within
018”to 48” above the average grade of the
adjacent sidewalk or paseo.

C Exception A If the building is designed with commercial space or live‐work units on the ground floor,
the elevation of the ground floor shall be
located near the elevation of the sidewalk so
that external steps and/or ramps are not
required to enter the building from the
sidewalk.

StepbacksD Allowed and
Prohibited
Stepbacks are allowed on all upper floors,
but are not required.

RoofsE Roof Forms and
Slope
A variety of roof forms are allowed to create
diversity and interest.
* Ground floor heights may be increased or reduced in portions of thebuilding where site conditions, such topographic changes, preclude aconsistent ground floor height, or for certain uses that may requireadditional or reduced height, subject to approval of the PlanningDirector.

Sidewalk
PL PL
Underground Parking
Adjacent
Property
A A Podium Parking
Courtyard
Sidewalk
PL PL
Underground Parking
Adjacent
Property
A A Podium Parking
Surface
Parking
C
Sidewalk
PL PL
Underground Parking
Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking Above Ground Parking A
B B B
Adjacent
Property
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐107 University Flats: FrontagesAll facades that are adjacent to a street or public space shall bedesigned with a specific building frontage. As indicated below, the types of frontages that are allowed vary based on the adjacent street type and the adjacent public space.

Facades along Street Type C‐1 shall be designed with the followingbuilding frontage:

Storefronts
Facades along Street Type K‐1 shall be designed with one or more ofthe following building frontage:

Residential FrontageStoop FrontageLive‐Work FrontsOffice Fronts Facades along the East Paseos and Street Types A‐1, E‐1, and J shall bedesigned with one or more of the following building frontages:

Residential FrontageStoop FrontageStorefrontsLive‐Work FrontsOffice Fronts Standards for the above frontages are provided in Section VI.7(Frontages and Projections). 15’ min to 22’ max for commercial use
or along Street Type C-1.
12’ min to 22’ max for non-commercial
use along other street types
B
E
Parking Level
D
18”-48” Sidewalk
C
D Stepback
Sidewalk
A
Parking Level
E
Form‐Based Code: VI‐108 University District | San Marcos University Flats: Parking RequirementsResidential Units and MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit
Live Work Units
MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit if the unit is less than
2,000 square feet
2 spaces per unit if the unit is greater thanor equal to 2,000 square feet Student Housing
MinimumRequirement
Parking for students is not required within
the University District. Students living
within student housing may park their
cars at the University.

Non‐Residential Uses
MinimumRequirement
2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of leasable
space
Bicycle Parking
Short Term(Standard bikeracks)
Short term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.Up to 5% of the short term bicycle parkingrequirement may be satisfied byadditional long term bicycle parking.

Long Term(Bike racks locatedwithin a securedroom and/or bikelockers) Long term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.

Allowed Locations
Parking for all uses may be provided on‐site, on‐street adjacentto the site, or within an off‐site shared and/or public parking facility. Bicycle parking may be located within parking structures provided there is signage to direct bicyclists to it.

Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
Refer to Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation for moreinformation on parking requirements related to TDM measures University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐109 University Flats: Building UsesUpper FloorsA Permitted by Right Student Housing, Residential Exception Where a public pedestrian bridge lands at
an upper floor of the building, retail,
general service, and dining uses would be
allowed on that upper floor.

B Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Residential (M), Office (Md), Lodging
(Md), Alcohol Sales (d)
Ground Floor (with frontage along Street Type C‐1, including thebuilding corners at the intersection of Street Types C and K‐2)C Permitted by Right Retail, General Service, Dining, Student Housing, Residential
D Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Outdoor Dining (d), Dining/Entertainment
(d), Entertainment (C),/ Recreation (Md),Lodging (Md), Alcohol Sales (d) Ground floor with frontage along other streets and paseosE Permitted by Right Retail, General Service, Dining, Office, Live‐Work, Student Housing, Residential
F Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Outdoor Dining (d), Dining/Entertainment
(d), Entertainment (C),/ Recreation (Md),Lodging (Md), Cultural/Civic Institutions(Md), Residential (M), Alcohol Sales (d) * Notes:

1. (d) Use requires Director’s Permit(Cm) Use requires Minor Use Permit(M) Use requires Major Use PermitConditional Use Permit2. Master’s director’s permit DP19‐0021 establishes operationaland design criteria for dining/entertainment uses, outdoordining, and alcohol sales for portions of North City east of TwinOaks Valley Road.

Definitions for the above uses, including types of businesses that arespecifically prohibited, are provided in Section VI.11 (Definitions).

Refer to Chapter IX (Implementation and Administration) for uses not specifically listed.

Sidewalk
Parking Level

A B A B A B A B A B
Upper Floor Upper Floor Upper Floor Upper Floor Upper Floor Ground floor with
frontage along
Street Type C-1
Ground floor with
frontage along
other streets and
Paseos
C D
E F
Public pedestrian
bridge (if provided)
Form‐Based Code: VI‐110 University District | San Marcos Development Standards for Office FlatsDescriptionOffice Flats: A series of multi‐story buildings that generally contain office uses, but may also contain retail space on the ground floor of the building.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐111 Office Flats: Lot Size and Building PlacementBlock Subdivisions and Lot SizeThe entire development site may be developed as one project orsubdivided into smaller projects.A Lot Width 40’ minimumB Lot Depth 60’ minimumBuilding Setbacks from Property Lines (PL) All Property Lines A setback is not required.

C Exception An 8’ setback is required from Street Type
K‐1 and K‐2.

Build‐to‐Line (BTL)D Build‐to‐Line Facades shall be built within 0’ to 8’ of the front and external side property lines.

E Exception A At block corners, the front facade may
deviate from the BTL to create
architecturally unique corner conditions
F Exception B Facades shall be built within 8’ to 24’ of front and external side property lines along Street
Type K‐1 and K‐2.

Exception C The BTL may be set back to allow for
forecourts.

Frontage Buildout At least 75% of the site’s street frontage along Street Types B and A‐1 (as measured
by the total length of front and external side
property lines) shall be occupied by one or
more building facades.

Front Property Line
Front Property Line
Example Building Footprint
Building Facade
Street Type B
Internal Side Property Line
Street Type K-1 and K-2
C
Building Setback
Street Type A-1
External Side PL
Rear Property Line
Front Property Line External Side PL
16’
min
A
60’ i B
8’
D
D
D
F
D
F E
Form‐Based Code: VI‐112 University District | San Marcos Office Flats: Vehicle Access and ParkingParking Options Combinations of parking options are allowed, includingunderground and podium parking structures and surface parking lots.

A Underground
Parking Levels
Underground parking levels are allowed on
the entire site.

B Podium Parking
Levels
Podium parking levels are allowed beneath
the building footprints.

C Above Ground
Parking Levels
Above ground parking levels are allowed if
they are screened from public view by
locating them to the rear of all buildings on
the block.

D Surface Parking and
Delivery Zones
Surface parking lots and Delivery Zones are
allowed if they are located behind the
buildings on the site. Surface parking lots
are allowed along Grand Avenue and the
West Creek Park, but are prohibited along
other streets. Surface parking can occur
where parking structures are allowed.

E Tuck Under Parking Tuck‐under parking facilities are allowed if they are screened from public view by
locating them to the rear of the buildings.

Access to tuck‐under parking is only allowed
along the rear facade.

Driveways
Allowed andProhibitedLocations
Driveways may connect to Street Types A‐1
and Grand Avenue. Driveway connections to
Street Type B, K‐1 and K‐2 are prohibited.

Shared driveways that provide access to
multiple properties on the block are
encouraged.

D
Surface Parking
Tuck-Under
Parking
Tuck-Under
Parking
PL PL
E E
D
Surface Parking
PL PL
Podium Parking
B
Underground
Parking
A
PL PL
A Underground Parking
C Above Ground Parking C Above Ground Parking
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐113 Office Flats: Building Heights and MassNumber of Floors Minimum See Figure VI.CMaximum See Figure VI.C
Floor‐to‐Floor Heights (excluding parking levels)A Ground Floor If the building is designed with retail space or live‐work units on the ground floor, the
floor‐to‐floor height of the ground floor
shall be 12’ to 22’.*
Ground FloorB Elevation The elevation of the ground floor shall be within 0”to 48” above the grade of the
adjacent sidewalk.

C Exception The elevation of the ground floor where
residential uses are located shall be within
18”to 48” above the average grade of the
adjacent sidewalk or paseo.

StepbacksD Allowed and
Prohibited
Stepbacks are allowed on all floors, but are
not required.

RoofsE Roof Forms and
Slope
A variety of roof forms are allowed to create
diversity and interest.
* Ground floor heights may be increased or reduced in portions of thebuilding where site conditions, such topographic changes, preclude aconsistent ground floor height, or for certain uses that may requireadditional or reduced height, subject to approval of the PlanningDirector.

B
Sidewalk
12’ to 22’ A
Parking Level
Commercial
space or
Live-Work
Units
C
E
Parking Level
D
18”-48” Sidewalk
D
E
Form‐Based Code: VI‐114 University District | San Marcos Office Flats: FrontagesAll facades that are adjacent to a street or public space shall bedesigned with a specific building frontage. As indicated below, a variety of frontages are allowed.

Facades along street types B, K‐1 and K‐2 shall be designed with one ormore of the following building frontage:

StorefrontsOffice frontsLive‐work fronts
Facades along Street Type A‐1 shall be designed with one or more ofthe following building frontage:

StorefrontsLive‐work frontsStoopsResidential Fronts
Standards for the above frontages are provided in Section VI.7(Frontages and Projections).

Office Flats: Parking RequirementsLive Work Units
MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit if the unit is less than
2,000 square feet
2 spaces per unit if the unit is greater than
or equal to 2,000 square feet
Non‐Residential Uses
MinimumRequirement
2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of leasable
space
Bicycle Parking
Short Term(Standard bikeracks)
Short term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.Up to 5% of the short term bicycle parkingrequirement may be satisfied byadditional long term bicycle parking.

Long Term(Bike racks locatedwithin a securedroom and/or bikelockers) Long term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parking spaces.

Allowed Locations
Parking for all uses may be provided on‐site, on‐street adjacentto the site, or within an off‐site shared and/or public parking facility. Bicycle parking may be located within parking structures provided there is signage to direct bicyclists to it.

Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
Refer to Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation for moreinformation on parking requirements related to TDM measures University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐115 Office Flats: Building UsesUpper Floors with Frontage along Street Types B, K‐1 and K‐2A Permitted by Right Office, Medical Office, Live Work, General Service, Health Service
B Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Not applicable
Ground Floor with frontage along Street Types B, K‐1 and K‐2C Permitted by Right Retail, General Service, Health Service Dining, Office, Medical Office, Live‐Work
D Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Outdoor Dining (d), Dining/Entertainment
(d), Entertainment (C),/ Recreation (Md),Lodging (dm), Cultural/Civic Institutions(dM), Alcohol Sales (d) Upper Floors with Frontage along Street Type A‐1E Permitted by Right Residential, Office, Medical Office, Live Work, General Service, Health Service
F Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Lodging (dm), Cultural/Civic Institutions
(dM)
Ground Floor with frontage along Street Type A‐1G Permitted by Right Residential, Retail, General Service, Health Service, Dining, Office, MedicalOffice, Live‐Work H Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Outdoor Dining (d), Dining/Entertainment
(d), Entertainment (C),/ Recreation (Md),Lodging (md), Cultural/Civic Institutions(Md), Alcohol Sales (d) * Notes:
(d) Use requires Director’s Permit(m) Use requires Minor Use Permit(CM) Use requires MajorConditional Use Permit Definitions for the above uses, including types of businesses that arespecifically prohibited, are provided in Section VI.11 (Definitions).

Refer to Chapter IX (Implementation and Administration) for uses not specifically listed.

Parking Level
Sidewalk
Sidewalk
Parking Level
A Upper Floor A Upper Floor A
Upper Floor
C Ground Floor
Street Types B,
K-1 and K-2
Street Type
A-1

B B B B D
E E G
F F H
Upper Floor Upper Floor Ground Floor
A
Form‐Based Code: VI‐116 University District | San Marcos Development Standards for Townhomes/FlatsDescription:Townhomes are multi‐story residential units that are placed side‐by‐side and share side property lines with adjacent units.

Flats are residential units that are stacked vertically to create a multi‐story building. Both townhomes and flats may be combined within one development. Building heights for townhouses and flats generally range from two to five stories.

Along Street Type B (Residential Avenue), the ground floor of flats may contain commercial space and/or live‐work units.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐117 Townhomes/Flats: Lot Size and Building PlacementBlock Subdivisions and Lot Size The entire block may be developed as one project or subdivided intosmaller properties. If subdivided, a shared driveway system is required to provide access to the parking facilities of each property on the block.

The shared driveway system shall be designed to achieve the applicable Vehicle Access and Parking standards on the following page.

A Lot Width 16’ minimumB Lot Depth 60’ minimumBuilding Setbacks from Property Lines (PL)C Front and ExternalSide PL
5’
D Exception
A
A setback from the property line along Street Type
B is
not required.

Internal Sideand Rear PL
A setback is not required.

Build‐to‐Line (BTL)E Build‐to‐
Line
Building facades shall be placed within 5’ to 12’ of front property lines (and external side property lines for corner lots).

F Exception
A Building facades shall be placed within 0’ to 5’ of the property line along Street Type B.

Exception
B The BTL may be set back to allow for forecourts.

Exception
C Where topography does not allow for BTLs within ranges noted above, the applicant shall work through the Site
Plan Review process to decide upon the most
appropriate design measures. Such measures should
both maximize the site’s functional connectivity to the rest of the project while mitigating excessive
topographic elevation changes and grading cost
constraints. Any deviations from the above BTL
requirements are subject to a Director’s Permit.

FrontageBuildout
90% to 100% of the site’s total street frontage (the total length of front and external side property lines) shall be occupied by one or more building facades.

Exception
A The frontage buildout requirement may be reduced by
an additional 24’ where driveway access is provided. Not applicable on Twin Oaks Valley Road or Barham Drive.

Exception
B Pursuant to Exception
C for the Build‐to‐Line, any
deviations from the above frontage requirements are
subject to a Director’s Permit.

Street Type A-1
Bldg. Setback Bldg. Facade Ex. Bldg. Footprint
Front Property Line
Front Property Line
Front Property Line
A
Street Type G (uphill Side of block)
Street Type G (downhill side of block)
External Side
Property Line
External Side
Property Line
C
Rear Property Line B
C C
C
E
B
16’ min.
60’ min.
5’ 5’
5’
5’
E
E
E
Street Type B
Internal Side Property Line
Front Property Line
External Side
Property Line
External Side
Property Line
D
F
F
Form‐Based Code: VI‐118 University District | San Marcos Townhomes/Flats: Vehicle Access and ParkingParking Options Combinations of parking options are allowed, including underground,podium, surface, and tuck‐under parking. Shared parking facilities arealso allowed to provide parking for multiple properties on the block.

Parking LocationsA Underground
Parking Levels
Underground parking levels are allowed on
the entire site.

B Podium Parking
Levels
Podium parking levels are allowed within all
areas of the site, excluding setbacks.

C Above Ground
Parking Levels
Above ground parking levels are allowed if
they are screened from public view by
locating them to the rear of the
townhomes/flats on the block.

D Surface and Tuck‐
Under Parking
Surface parking lots and tuck‐under parking
facilities are allowed if they are screenedfrom public view by locating them to the rear of the townhomes/flats on the block.

Access to tuck‐under parking is only allowed
along the rear facade.

Driveways
Allowed andProhibitedLocations
Driveways are only allowed to connect to
Street Type B. If the block is subdivided
into multiple lots, a shared driveway system
shall be created to provide access to the
parking facilities for each lot. Driveway
access point should be limited to 5 per block
to reduce the number of curb‐cuts and
pedestrian/vehicle conflicts along the street.

A A
Underground Parking Underground Parking
Podium Parking
B Podium Parking
B
C Above Ground Parking C Above Ground Parking
D
Surface Parking
Tuck-Under
Parking
Tuck-Under
Parking
Sidewalk
Sidewalk
Sidewalk
Sidewalk Sidewalk Sidewalk Sidewalk
Sidewalk
PL
PL PL

PL PL PL PL PL
D D
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐119 Townhomes/Flats: Building Heights and MassNumber of Floors Minimum See Figure VI.CMaximum See Figure VI.C
Floor‐to‐Floor Heights (excluding parking levels)A Ground Floor Along Street Type B, the ground floor of flats may contain commercial space and/or live‐work
units. If the building is designed with commercial
space or live‐work units on the ground floor, the
floor‐to‐floor height of the ground floor shall be
12’ to 22’.

Ground FloorB Elevation The elevation of the ground floor where residential uses are located shall be within 18”to
48” above the average grade of the adjacent
sidewalk or paseo.

C Exception A If the building is designed with commercial space or live‐work units on the ground floor, the
elevation of the ground floor shall be located
within 0”to 48” of the adjacent sidewalk.

Exception B Where topography does not allow for ground
floor elevations within the ranges noted above,
the applicant shall work through the Site Plan
Review process to decide upon the most
appropriate design measures. Such measures
should both maximize the site’s functional
connectivity to the rest of the project while
mitigating excessive topographic elevation
changes and grading cost constraints. Any
deviations from the above ground floor elevation
requirements are subject to a Director’s Permit.

StepbacksD Allowed and
Prohibited
Stepbacks are allowed on all floors, but are not
required.

RoofsE Roof Forms
and Slope
A variety of roof forms are allowed to create
diversity and interest.

C
Sidewalk
12’ to 22’ A
Parking Level
Commercial
space or
Live-Work
Units
D
E
Street
Type B
B
D
Podium Parking Level
E D
E
B
Form‐Based Code: VI‐120 University District | San Marcos Townhomes/Flats: FrontagesAll facades that are adjacent to a street or public space shall be designedwith a specific building frontage. As indicated below, a variety of frontages are allowed.

Facades along Street Type B shall be designed with one or more of thefollowing building frontages:

StorefrontsOffice frontsLive‐work frontsResidential frontagesStoops Facades along all other street types shall be designed with one or more ofthe following building frontages:

Residential frontagesStoops
Standards for the above frontages are provided in Section VI.7 (Frontagesand Projections).Townhomes/Flats: Open Space Requirements At least 100 square feet of useable open space shall be providedfor each unit. Useable open space includes stoops, balconies, roof‐top gardens, courtyards, patio yards, playgrounds, andrear yards. Also required in this area is 65 square feet per unit of private common usable space (common outdoor recreation or passive greenspace, tot lots, indoor fitness centers, etc.) and a total of 2.0 acres of public common open space west of Twin Oaks Valley Road.

Townhomes/Flats: Parking RequirementsResidential Units
MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit
Live Work Units
MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit if the unit is less than
2,000 square feet
2 spaces per unit if the unit is greater thanor equal to 2,000 square feet Non‐Residential Uses
MinimumRequirement
2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of leasable
space
Bicycle Parking
Short Term(Standard bikeracks)
Short term bicycle parking shall be provided ata rate of at least 10% of the total providedautomotive parking spaces. Up to 5% of theshort term bicycle parking requirement maybe satisfied by additional long term bicycleparking.

Long Term(Bike rackslocated within asecured roomand/or bikelockers) Long term bicycle parking shall be provided ata rate of at least 10% of the total providedautomotive parking spaces.

Allowed Locations
Parking for all uses may be provided on‐site, on‐street adjacentto the site, or within an off‐site shared and/or public parking facility. Bicycle parking may be located within parking structures provided there is signage to direct bicyclists to it.

Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
Refer to Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation for moreinformation on parking requirements related to TDM measures University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐121 Townhomes/Flats: Building UsesUpper FloorsA Permitted by Right ResidentialB Conditionally Permitted Uses*
Not applicable
Ground Floor (with frontages along Street Type B)C Permitted by Right Retail, General Service, Dining, Office, Residential, Live‐Work
D Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Outdoor Dining (d), Dining/Entertainment
(d), Cultural/Civic Institutions (dM), AlcoholSales (d) Ground Floor (with frontage along all other street types)E Permitted by Right ResidentialF Conditionally Permitted Uses*
Not applicable
* Notes:
(d) Use requires Director’s Permit(m) Use requires Minor Use Permit(CM) Use requires MajorConditional Use Permit Definitions for the above uses, including types of businesses that arespecifically prohibited, are provided in Section VI.11 (Definitions).

Refer to Chapter IX (Implementation and Administration) for uses not specifically listed.

Sidewalk
Parking Level

A B A B A B A B
Upper Floor Upper Floor Upper Floor Upper Floor
C D
Ground floor with
frontage along
Street Type B
Ground floor with
frontage along
other street types
E F
Form‐Based Code: VI‐122 University District | San Marcos Development Standards for Creek Side Townhomes/FlatsDescriptionTownhomes are multi‐story residential units that are placed side‐by‐side and share side property lines with adjacent units.

Flats are residential units that are stacked vertically to create a multi‐story building. Both townhomes and flats may be combined within one development. Building heights for townhouses and flats generally range from two to five stories.

Along Street Type B (Residential Avenue) and D‐1 (One‐Way Parkway), the ground floor of flats may contain commercial space and/or live‐work units.

These Townhomes and Flats are located adjacent to the Creek Trail. Public access from the street to the Creek Trail is required.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐123 Creek Side Townhomes/Flats: Lot Size and Building PlacementBlock Subdivisions and Lot Size The entire development site may be developed as one project orsubdivided into smaller properties. If subdivided, a shared driveway system is required to provide access to the parking facilities of each property on the block.

Lot Width 16’ minimumLot Depth 60’ minimum
Building Setbacks from Property Lines (PL)
Front andSide(External andInternal Side)
PL
No setbacks are required
A Rear PL 15’Build‐to‐Line (BTL) for Buildings with frontage along Street Types A‐ 1 and B
B Build‐to‐Line Building facades shall be placed within 0’ to 8’ of the property line along Street Type B.

Exception A Where topography does not allow for BTLs within ranges noted above, the applicant shall work
through the Site Plan Review process to decide
upon the most appropriate design measures. Such
measures should both maximize the site’s functional
connectivity to the rest of the project while
mitigating excessive topographic elevation changes
and grading cost constraints. Any deviations fromthe above BTL requirements are subject to a Director’s Permit.

Frontage
Buildout
90% to 100% of the site’s total street frontage (the
total length of front and external side property lines) shall be occupied by one or more building facades.

C Exception A The frontage buildout requirement may be reduced by an additional 60’ where driveway and pedestrian
access to the Creek Trail are provided.

B Exception B The BTL may be set back to allow for forecourts.

Exception C Pursuant to BTL Exception A, any deviations from above frontage requirements are subject to
Director’s Permit.

Build to Line (BTL) for Buildings other BuildingsD Build‐to‐Line There is no specific BTL for other buildings on the site. Buildings shall front landscaped open spaces
that connect the street to the Creek Trail.

Driveway StandardsC Driveways shall be designed to have a street‐like character. Where feasible, they shall be aligned with street intersections, and accommodate two‐way traffic. Both sides of the driveway shall have 5' wide parkways and 5' wide sidewalks. Driveways shall be paved with a material color and finish consistent with the adjoining street.

Street Type A-1 or B
Front Property Line
A
Rear Property Line
Creek Trail
Landscaped Open Space
24’
B
C
C
D
D
Bldg. Setback Bldg. Facade Ex. Bldg. Footprint
15’
Form‐Based Code: VI‐124 University District | San Marcos Creek Side Townhomes/Flats: Vehicle Access and ParkingParking Options Combinations of parking options are allowed, includingunderground, podium, surface, and tuck‐under parking.

Shared parking facilities are also allowed to provide parking for multiple properties on the block.

Parking LocationsA Underground
Parking Levels
Underground parking levels are allowed on
the entire site.

B Podium
Parking Levels
Podium parking levels are allowed within all
areas of the site, excluding setbacks.

C Surface and
Tuck‐Under
Parking
Surface parking lots and tuck‐under parking
facilities are allowed if they are screened from
public view by locating them to the rear of
the townhomes/flats on the block.

Access to tuck‐under parking is only allowed
along the rear facade.

DrivewaysD Allowed and
ProhibitedLocations
Driveways are only allowed to connect to
Street Types A‐1 and B. Along Street Type B,the driveways shall connect to a street intersection. If the block is subdivided into
multiple lots, a shared driveway system shall
be created to provide access to the parking
facilities for the each lot. Driveway access
point should be limited to 5 per block to
reduce the number of curb‐cuts and
pedestrian/vehicle conflicts along the street.

A A
Underground Parking Underground Parking
Podium Parking
B Podium Parking
B
D
Surface Parking
Tuck-Under
Parking
Tuck-Under
Parking
Sidewalk
Sidewalk
Sidewalk Sidewalk Sidewalk
Sidewalk
PL
PL PL

PL PL PL
D D
University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐125 Creek Side Townhomes/Flats: Building Heights and MassNumber of Floors Minimum See Figure VI.CMaximum See Figure VI.C
Floor‐to‐Floor Heights (excluding parking levels)A Ground Floor Along Street Types A‐1 and B, the ground floor of flats may contain commercial space
and/or live‐work units. If the building is
designed with commercial space or live‐
work units on the ground floor, the floor‐to‐
floor height of the ground floor shall be 12’
to 22’.

Ground FloorB Elevation The elevation of the ground floor shall be within 0”to 48” above the grade of the
adjacent sidewalk.

C Exception A The elevation of the ground floor where
residential uses are located shall be within
18”to 48” above the average grade of the
adjacent sidewalk or paseo. This standard
only applies to buildings with a frontage
along a street.

Exception B Where topography does not allow for
ground floor elevations within ranges noted
above, applicant shall work through the Site
Plan Review process to decide upon most
appropriate design measures. Suchmeasures should both maximize site’s functional connectivity to rest of project
while mitigating excessive topographic
elevation changes and grading costconstraints. Any deviations from the above ground floor elevation requirements are
subject to a Director’s Permit.

StepbacksD Allowed and
Prohibited
Stepbacks are allowed on the third floor andabove, but are not required.

RoofsE Roof Forms and
Slope
A variety of roof forms are allowed to creatediversity and interest.

C
Sidewalk
125 A ’ to 22’
Parking Level
Commercial
space or
Live-Work
Units
D
E
Street
Type B
Form‐Based Code: VI‐126 University District | San Marcos Creek Side Townhomes/Flats: FrontagesAll facades that are adjacent to a street or public space shall bedesigned with a specific building frontage. As indicated below, a variety of frontages are allowed.

Facades along Street Type A‐1 and B shall be designed with one ormore of the following building frontages:

StorefrontsOffice frontsLive‐work frontsResidential frontagesStoops Facades in other locations shall be designed with one or more of thefollowing building frontages:

Residential frontagesStoops
Standards for the above frontages are provided in Section VI.7(Frontages and Projections).Creek Side Townhomes/Flats: Open Space Requirements At least 100 square feet of useable open space shall be providedfor each unit. Useable open space includes stoops, balconies, roof‐top gardens, courtyards, patio yards, playgrounds, and rearyards. Also required in this area is 65 square feet per unit of private common usable space (common outdoor recreation or passive greenspace, tot lots, indoor fitness centers, etc.) and a total of 2.0 acres of public common open space west of Twin Oaks Valley Road.

Creek Side Townhomes/Flats: Parking RequirementsResidential Units MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit
Live Work Units
MinimumRequirement
1 space per unit if the unit is less than
2,000 square feet
2 spaces per unit if the unit is greater
than or equal to 2,000 square feet
Non‐Residential Uses
MinimumRequirement
2 spaces per 1,000 square feet of
leasable space
Bicycle Parking
Short Term(Standard bike racks)
Short term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parkingspaces. Up to 5% of the short termbicycle parking requirement may besatisfied by additional long term bicycleparking.

Long Term(Bike racks locatedwithin a secured roomand/or bike lockers) Long term bicycle parking shall beprovided at a rate of at least 10% of thetotal provided automotive parkingspaces.

Allowed Locations
Parking for all uses may be provided on‐site, on‐street adjacent tothe site, or within an off‐site shared and/or public parking facility.

Bicycle parking may be located within parking structures provided there is signage to direct bicyclists to it.

Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
Refer to Chapter V – Transportation | Circulation for moreinformation on parking requirements related to TDM measures University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐127 Creek Side Townhomes/Flats: Building UsesUpper FloorsA Permitted by Right ResidentialB Conditionally Permitted Uses*
Not Applicable
Ground Floor (with frontages along Street Types A‐1 and B)C Permitted by Right Retail, General Service, Dining, Office, Medical Office, Residential, Live‐Work
D Conditionally
Permitted Uses*
Outdoor Dining (d), Dining/Entertainment
(d), Cultural/Civic Institutions (Md),Alcohol Sales (d) Ground Floor (with frontage along all other street types)E Permitted by Right ResidentialF Conditionally Permitted Uses*
Not Applicable
* Notes:
(d) Use requires Director’s Permit(m) Use requires Minor Use Permit(CM) Use requires Major Conditional Use Permit Definitions for the above uses, including types of businesses that arespecifically prohibited, are provided in Section VI.11 (Definitions).

Refer to Chapter IX (Implementation and Administration) for uses not specifically listed.

Sidewalk
Parking Level

A B A B A B A B
Upper Floor Upper Floor Upper Floor Upper Floor
C D
Ground floor with
frontage along Street
Type B
Ground floor with
frontage along
other street types
E F
Form‐Based Code: VI‐128 University District | San Marcos Development Standards for Alternative “Adaptive Reuse”DescriptionTheAlternativeAdaptive Reuse area is generally located alongNorth CityDrive eastfrom Redel Road to Industrial Street. This special use area is intended to create a unique destination for entertainment, dining, and retail which joins the industrial character of the existing neighborhood with thoughtfully crafted sustainable buildings, landscapes and courtyards, and promotes locally produced food and goods from regional artisans, artists, and farmers.

Buildings are primarily conceived of as adaptive reuse of the existing warehouse and industrial buildings as unique specialty retail, bar and restaurant, entertainment, and beerand wine tasting venues. The reuse of existing buildings on site is encouraged. However, new buildings that take cues from vernacular industrial or agricultural (e.g., old cannery style treatments) buildings and employ sustainable design features or use recycled or salvaged materials shall also be allowed. Creative solutions for providing spaces for small retail tenants, such as repurposed shipping containers, trailers, or other small outbuildings shall be allowed. Existing buildings and structures that are retained as part of the Adaptive Reuse area shall be considered conforming buildings. New buildings and improvements to existing buildings should be made through use of building massing, materials, and other treatments as approved through a Site Development PermitPlan.

The reuse of existing buildings is limited to commercial use. Residential uses will only be considered within new construction that replaces a demolished building.Lot Size and Building Placement It is recognized that many of the existing buildings (industrial in nature and non‐ residential) and lots in this area will not comply with lot size and building placement regulations for other building types in the Form Based Code. To encourage the sustainable practice of re‐using these buildings, and to facilitate a distinctive retail zone comprised of small plazas, gardens, courts, and walks, there are no specific standards for building placement or lot size within this area. Setbacks from the public right of way are University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐129 not required, nor are build‐to‐lines (BTL). Rather, it is encouraged that each building be thoughtfully planned to engage with adjacent structures, sidewalks, and public spaces to create interesting and dynamic spaces as approved through a Site Development PermitPlan.Landscape and HardscapeAdaptive reuse buildings shall implement a combination or hardscape (paved surfaces such as plazas and paseo) and landscaping (in the form of potted plants, grassy areas, water features, ornamental landscaping) to create gathering spaces to activate the area.

All landscape and hardscape details shall be approved through a Site Development PermitPlan.

Building Height and Mass
 1‐story or 20’ minimum. 5‐stories or 60’ maximum. 6 stories or 100’ max as illustrated by Figure VI.C, Building Height Regulating Plan.

There is no minimum for small detached retail buildings or kiosks.

FrontagesNo specific frontage type is required. To allow creativity in the architectural design, a variety of frontage types are allowed.

Building UsesAllowed building uses are as per Mixed‐Use Building A.

Parking:Off‐Street parking requirements are as per Mixed‐Use Building A.

Architectural Design:

The design of an Adaptive Reuse Building shall generally comply with the intent of the Architectural Standards and Guidelines in Chapter VI.8. However, the creation of an Form‐Based Code: VI‐130 University District | San Marcos architecturally unique and iconic building is encouraged. Architectural designs shall besubject to review by City Staff and approval by the Planning Director.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐131 Development Standards for Community BuildingsDescriptionCommunity Buildings are community‐serving buildings that provide community, civic, public, quasi‐public, or private uses. Community Buildings may be publicly or privately owned. A Community Building should be an iconic and architecturally unique structure that provides a special function to the community. The following standards for Community Buildings emphasize creativity in architecture and design. These standards do not apply to the public school site.Lot Size and Building Placement:

The Community Buildings within the University District park system are planned as shown in Figure VI.B (Building and Public Space Regulating Plan). The total footprint of all Community Buildings shall not exceed 5,000 square feet.A20’ setback is required from all street right‐of‐ways.

Vehicle Access and Parking:There are no parking requirements for this building type. Accessible parking and service zones may be provided on site or as dedicated on‐street spaces.

Building Height:
 1‐story minimum 2‐stories and 30’ maximum
Floor Area:The maximum gross floor area shall be 5,000 square feet.

Frontages:No specific frontage type is required. To allow creativity in the architectural design, a variety of frontage types are allowed.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐132 University District | San Marcos Building Uses:

Community centers, fitness and recreation centers, day care centers, meeting and event rooms, performing arts centers, museums, educational facilities, and senior centers are allowed uses by right. Outdoor facilities serving these uses such as terraces or patios, recreational areas, pools and spas, barbeque areas, and similar facilities shall be allowed.

All uses not specifically listed or defined are subject to approval and/or interpretation by the Planning Director.Architectural Design:

The design of a Community Building shall generally comply with the intent of the Architectural Standards and Guidelines in Chapter VI.8. However, the creation of an architecturally unique and iconic building is encouraged. Architectural designs shall be subject to review by City Staff and approval by the Planning Director.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐133 VI.7 Frontage and Projection Standards
IntentThe University District is envisioned to be developed with frontages and architectural projections that help create a vibrant, safe, and attractive public realm that encouragespedestrian activity.

Building FrontagesAll building facades that are adjacent to a street or public space shall have a specific building frontage. The building type standards in Section VI.6 specify the types of frontages that are allowed on each building type. Standards for all the frontages are provided on the following pages:
 Storefronts Office Fronts Live‐Work Fronts Arcade/Gallery Parking Structure Frontage Anchor Retail Store Frontage Residential Frontage Stoop Frontage Form‐Based Code: VI‐134 University District | San Marcos StorefrontsStorefronts are building frontages that consists of glass display windows and a recessed glass entrance into the building. The glass windows and doors are intended to promotewindow shopping and views into the store or business. The following standards apply to facades that are designed with storefronts:
 Storefront entrances shall be provided at intervals not to exceed 80 feet. At least 7050% of the surface area of ground floor facades facing a public street, sidewalk, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall) shall consist of glass.
 Ground floor facades shall be divided into a series of building bays for individual storefronts.
 At a minimum, each storefront shall consist of glass display windows and a recessed glass entrance door. Additional storefront elements, such as transom windows, kick‐plates, and cornices are allowed, but are not required.  Awnings, marquees, signage, and window shades are allowed projections on the ground floor facade.
 At least 20% of the surface area of upper floor facades facing a public street, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall, not including the parapet) shall consist of glass. Parapet is defined as the surface area of exterior walls above the roof.
 Balconies, bay windows, signage, and window shades are allowed projections on upper floors.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐135 Office Fronts
Office fronts are building frontages that consists of window opening and private entrances to ground‐floor office suites and/or a common entrance to a lobby for the building. The following standards apply to facades that are designed with office fronts:
 At least 50% of the surface area of ground floor facades facing a public street, sidewalk, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall) shall consist of glass.
 All building entrances shall consist of glass windows and glass doors. Building entrances may be recessed into the facade.
 Awnings, marquees, and window shades signs are allowed projections on the ground floor facade.
 At least 20% of the surface area of upper floor facades facing a public street, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall, not including the parapet) shall consist of glass. Parapet is defined as the surface area of exterior walls above the roof.
 Balconies, bay windows, and window shades are allowed projections on upper floors.

Live‐Work Fronts
Live‐work fronts are building frontages that consists of window opening and private entrances to live‐work units and/or a common entrance to a lobby for the building. The following standards apply to facades that are designed with live‐work fronts:
 At least 50% of the surface area of ground floor facades facing a public street, sidewalk, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall) shall consist of glass.
 All building entrances shall consist of glass windows and glass doors. Building entrances may be recessed into the facade.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐136 University District | San Marcos  Awnings, marquees, signage, and window shades are allowed projections on the ground floor facade.
 At least 20% of the surface area of upper floor facades facing a public street, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall, not including the parapet) shall consist of glass. Parapet is defined as the surface area of exterior walls above the roof.
 Balconies, bay windows, and window shades are allowed projections on upper floors.

Arcade/GalleryAn arcade/gallery is a building frontage where the upper floor of the building or an upper floor balcony projects over the sidewalk to create a covered walkway or colonnade. The upper floor of the building or the balcony is supported by building columns or posts. The following standards apply to facades that are designed with arcades/galleries:

At least 60% of the surface area of ground floor facades facing a public street, sidewalk, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall) shall consist of glass.
 The ceiling height of the colonnade shall be at least 15 12 feet tall. Arcades and galleries shall be at least 10 6 feet deep as measured from the building facade to the inside edge of supporting columns and posts.  At least 20% of the surface area of upper floor facades facing a public street, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall, not including the parapet) shall consist of glass. Parapet is defined as the surface area of exterior walls above the roof.
 Balconies, bay windows, and window shades are allowed projections on upper floors.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐137 Parking Structure Frontage
A parking structure frontage is a building frontage that consists of an exposed facade of an above ground parking structure. The following standards apply to parking structurefrontages:
 All parking structure facades shall be designed with screening elements or decorative facades that partially screen views of ramps, parking decks, and parked cars.
 Internal lights within the parking structure shall be located, directed, and shielded to prevent off‐site glare.
 Awnings, marquees, window shades, and projecting signs are allowed projections on the ground floor facade.
 Balconies, bay windows, and window shades are allowed projections on upper floors.

Anchor Retail Store Frontage
An anchor retail frontage is a building frontage that consists of the facade of a large anchor retail store. These frontages generally contain large wall surfaces. Building entrances, delivery zones and service areas may also be provided along a retail store frontage.
 Anchor retail store frontages shall be articulated to avoid the appearance of a “big box.” Appropriate forms of articulation include changing the direction of the wall plane, alternating the height of the roofline, changing facade materials or colors, and providing architectural details or expression lines.  Awnings, marquees, signage, window shades, and projecting signs are allowed projections on the ground floor facade.
 Balconies, bay windows, signage, and window shades are allowed projections on upper floors.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐138 University District | San Marcos  For facades along the East Urban Plazas and Street Type A2, at least 50% of the facade shall be occupied by glass.

Residential FrontageResidential frontages are building frontages that consists of window openings and common entrances to apartments or condominiums. The following standards apply to facades that are designed with residential frontages:
 At least 20% of the surface area of ground floor facades facing a public street, sidewalk, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall) shall consist of glass.
 Common entrances may provide access into a building lobby or central courtyard.
 Window shades are allowed projections on the ground floor. At least 20% of the surface area of upper floor facades facing a public street, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall, not including the parapet) shall consist of glass. Parapet is defined as the surface area of exterior walls above the roof.
 Balconies, bay windows, signage, and window shades are allowed projections on upper floors.

StoopsStoops are building frontages that consist of stairways and raised platforms that provide access to building entrances from the sidewalk. The following standards apply to facades that are designed with stoop frontages:
 At least 15% of the surface area of ground floor façades facing a public street, sidewalk, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall) shall consist of glass.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐139  Stoops may be recessed into the building or they project into the yard between the building and the sidewalk.
 The raised platform of the stoop shall be at least 4 feet deep by 4 feet wide. The raised platform of the stoop may be covered by a roof, shade structure, or upper floor balcony. It may be covered by the upper floor of the building if the platform is located outside of the setback area.
 At least 15% of the surface area of upper floor facades facing a public street, paseo, or park (measuring the entire floor‐to‐floor surface area of the exterior wall, not including the parapet) shall consist of glass. Parapet is defined as the surface area of exterior walls above the roof.
 Balconies, bay windows, and window shades are the allowed projections on upper floors.

Yard FrontagesWhen building facades are setback from the sidewalk, a yard frontage is required between the building facade and the sidewalk. Yard frontages are also required whenbetween sidewalks and surface parking lots. The types of yard frontages that are allowed include:
 Rain Garden Yards Bio‐Swale Yards Patio Yards
Standards for these yard frontages are provided on the following pages.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐140 University District | San Marcos Rain Garden Yards
A terraced rain garden is a yard frontage that consists of a raised planter that is located between the sidewalk and the building facade. The planter is designed to retain and filter storm water before it is slowly released into the storm‐drain system. The following standards apply to terraced rain gardens:
 Terraced rain gardens shall be designed to retain a portion of the storm water run‐off from the site.
 The retaining wall for the terraced rain garden shall be no more than 40” above the grade of the adjacent sidewalk.
 With the exception of the retaining wall for the terraced rain garden, walls and fences are prohibited within this yard frontage.

Bio‐Swale Yards
A bio‐swale yard is a yard frontage that consists of landscaping and a drainage swale that is designed to retain and filter storm water before it is slowly released into the storm‐ drain system. The following standards apply to bio‐swale yards:
 Bio‐swale yards shall be designed to retain a portion of the storm water run‐off from the site.
 Fences and walls that are located within bio‐swale yards shall not exceed a height of 40” as measured from the grade of the adjacent sidewalk. Chain link and barbed wire fences are prohibited.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐141 Patio YardsPatio Yards are small outdoor yards that are located between the sidewalk and private or common building entrances. The following standards apply to patio yards:
 The ground surface of patio yards shall be designed with decorative and permeable pavers.
 Fences and walls may define the edges of the patio yard. The maximum height of the a solid fence or wall shall be 40” tall, as measured from the patio surface.

Chain link and barbed wire fences are prohibited.
 Patio yards may be elevated above the grade of the adjacent sidewalk by up to 40”.
 Ifthe patio yard or guardrail is elevated above the grade ofthe sidewalk,the patio yard shall be surrounded by a fence. The fence shall be at least 60 percent transparent and shall not exceed a height of 42 inches as measured from the patio ground surface. Chain link and barbed wire fences are prohibited.

Projection StandardsThe following building elements are allowed to project from building facades:
 Awnings, Canopies and Marquees, Signage, and Architectural Elements Window Shades Bay WindowsProjecting Alcoves Balconies Roof Overhangs Open Trellis Standards for the above building elements are provided on the following pages.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐142 University District | San Marcos Awnings, Canopies and Marquees
The following standards apply to awnings, canopies and marquees:
 Awnings, canopies, signage, architectural elements, and marquees are allowed to projectfrom the ground floorfacade of buildings with a storefront, office front, live‐work frontage, parking structure frontage, or anchor retail store frontage.  Awnings, canopies, signage, architectural elements, and marquees may project up to eight feet from the facade.
 A minimum of eight (8) feet of vertical clearance shall be provided between the sidewalk or walkway and the lowest point of the awning, canopy or marquee (including structural supports).
 Awnings, canopies, architectural elements, and marquees may have signs (see Section J: Sign Standards).
 The valances (or front face of an awning, canopy or marquee) shall not exceed 18 inches in height.
 Awnings or canopies on a building may have different colors and patterns to represent the different businesses in the building.
 Awnings, canopies and marquees may extend over yards, sidewalks, pedestrian paseos, and public spaces.
 Awnings, canopies and marquees may not extend over adjacent private properties.

Window Shades
The following standards apply to window shades:
 Window shades are allowed on the ground floor and upper floors of all building types.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐143  Window shades may project up to four feet from the facade. If a window shade projects over a sidewalk or walkway, at least eight feet of vertical clearance shall be provided between the ground surface and the lowest point of the window shade (including structural supports).  Both horizontal and vertical window shades are allowed and are encouraged to reduce internal temperatures during hot summer months.
 Window shades may extend over yards, sidewalks, pedestrian paseos, and public spaces.
 Window shades shall not extend over adjacent private properties.

Projecting AlcovesBay Windows
The following standards apply to bay windowsprojecting alcoves:
 Bay windowsProjecting alcoves are allowed to project from the upper floor facades of all buildings types.
 Bay windowsProjecting alcoves may project up to three four feet from the upper floors of a facade.
 The maximum width of a projecting alcovebay window shall be 16 30 feet. If multiple bay windowsprojecting alcoves are provided on a facade, at least four feet of horizontal separation shall be provided between each bay windowalcove.  Bay windowsProjecting alcoves may extend over yards, sidewalks, pedestrian paseos, and public spaces.
 Bay windowsProjecting alcoves shall not extend over adjacent private properties.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐144 University District | San Marcos BalconiesThe following standards apply to balconies:
 Balconies are allowed to projectfrom the upperfloorfacades of all building types. Balconies may be partially or fully recessed into building facades. Balconies may project up to four eight feet from the upper floors of a facade. Balconies may extend over yards, sidewalks, pedestrian paseos, and public spaces.
 Balconies shall not extend over adjacent private properties.

Roof Overhangs
The following standards apply to roof overhangs:
 Roof overhangs may project up to five feet from building facades. Roof overhangs may extend over yards, sidewalks, pedestrian paseos, and public spaces.
 Roof overhangs shall not extend over adjacent private properties.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐145 VI.8 Architectural Standards and Guidelines
Intent
The architectural standards and guidelines are intended to promote the development of attractive, well‐designed buildings that help to contribute to a vibrant pedestrian‐ oriented urban space. The architectural character of the district should also be expressive of the plan’s goal of creating a sustainable urban community.

Facades and EntrancesUn‐interrupted blank walls are prohibited along facades that are visible from streets and public spaces. Long building facades should be modulated every twenty to fifty feet to provide surface variation to the street wall. Facades may be recessed up to two feet from the build‐to line on any building type to articulate the facades. Recessions in the building facade are not considered a step‐back.Rather than building entrances being oriented towards parking lots or alleys, the primary building entrances shall be located on facades that face a public street. Having building entrances and storefronts located directly on the public street creates a pedestrian friendly interface and can help to create a dynamic and active streetscape. Buildings located on corners should have their primary entrances on the corner to highlight theimportance ofthe intersection and provide a visual connection to both ofthe intersectingstreets. Secondary entrances may be taken from either street. Buildings that front onmultiple streets should provide an entrance on each street. Buildings located adjacent toa public space should provide a pedestrian‐friendly face and a directly accessible entrance towards the public space. Secondary entrances taken from rear parking lots, alleys, paseos, or courtyards are encouraged provided that they do not detract from the prominence of the primary entrances.Materials and ColorsThe choice of building materials is critical to the creation of a comfortable and attractive built environment. Materials should be high quality, durable, and efficient, and should be complementary to the District’s commitment to sustainable design. The use of materials Form‐Based Code: VI‐146 University District | San Marcos and construction techniques that convey a sense of quality and permanence is strongly encouraged. Durable, high quality materials require less maintenance and express thecommunity’s pride in its built environment. A commitment to the quality of construction materials and methods will increase property values, lease rates, improve the quality of life and help to ensure a healthy economy for the City of San Marcos.

Materials should be designed to be integral to the building rather than surface ornamentation. Materials should not be temporary or blatantly, artificial or simulations of other materials. Eco‐friendly faux materials are permitted and desirable when they canoffer the same design intent as natural materials and provide additional benefits in termsof sustainability and reduced maintenance. Such materials require review and approvalby the Planning Division Director. Use of high quality durable materials is particularlyimportant at the street level where the public can touch them or view them at close proximities. Itis recommended that more than one material or color be used on a building to provide visual interest and texture to the streetscape.

Building materials used should be efficient and healthy. Materials that are locally available, contain high recycled‐content, are reused, come from renewable sources, and that contain low volatile organic compound (VOC) levels, are strongly encouraged.

Locally sourced materials typically have a smaller carbon footprint due to the reduced emissions and fuel consumption necessary for transport. Local materials are also generally more suited and are more durable in their native climate and culture. Further, the use of local materials supports the local and regional economy.

Encouraged materials: Plaster, stone, brick, concrete, wood, metal, clear or patterned glass.Discouraged materials: rReflective or mirrored glass. , vinyl, artificial or simulated materials.When used sensitively, the use of color can greatly enhance the character of a building and the surrounding area. While the sensitive use of color is encouraged, in general, thenatural color intrinsic to a material is preferred over paints or stains. Colors and materials within a building should be complementary to each other, and to the materials and colors of adjacent structures. Bright, vibrant colors should be reserved for accents and University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐147 architectural features while primary surfaces should be in more neutraltones. The overallcolor scheme should be thoughtfully composed in relationship to adjacent structures.

Lighting and Glare
Building designs should incorporate non‐reflective materials and use recessed windowframes and segmented geometry or other features to help minimize glare. All lighting,including reflected sunlight and reflected night lighting, should be placed and/or shieldedso as not to be hazardous to vehicles traveling on SR‐78. Lighting fixtures should belimited and be as low glare as possible while still meeting code required light levels foregress. Photovoltaic solar panels should be treated with anti‐reflective measures andtilted.RoofsOn all sides of the building, roofing forms, details, and materials shall be compatible with the overall style and character of the building.

All roofs shall be designed to prevent water damage and stains on building facades and to protect pedestrians from dripping water. Gutters, drains, and downspouts shall drain directly into a cistern, rain barrel, landscaped area, retention or detention basin, bio‐ swale yard, terraced rain garden, streetside flow‐through planter, storm drain system, or other similar system.Variations in the roofline may be incorporated into the roof design to provide architectural character and variety.Horizontalroof lines may be broken up by articulating the facade, changing the height of roof portions, or adding elements such as (but not limited to) towers or domes.

Green roofs and rooftop gardens are allowed to add landscaping, decrease the heatisland effect of large expanses of flat roofs, retain and filter storm water run‐off, and to reduce energy demand for heating and cooling buildings. All green and rooftop gardens that do not produce food shall be planted with drought tolerant plants.Rooftop sports courts are allowed to increase recreational opportunities.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐148 University District | San Marcos Mechanical equipment on roofs shall be screened from public views from all adjacent sidewalks.Solar panels on roofs are allowed to reduce energy demand from non‐renewable energy sources.Podium Parking Structure Facades
If used, podium parking shall be screened from sidewalks and other public spaces by using terraced planters with landscaping, decorative trellis screens over window openings, and/or stairs/stoops.

If a portion of the podium parking level extends above the ground surface, the facade of the parking level shall be designed with a solid surface that is compatible with the ground floor facade. Window openings with a maximum width of 24” and a maximum height of 48” are allowed to provide ventilation and natural lightto the parking level. Metal screens (excluding chain link fences) shall be required within the window openings. Parking levels that do not have a solid facade are prohibited.

VI.9 General Landscaping Standards
Intent
In addition to publicly accessible parks and open space amenities, the University District will be developed with a variety of privately‐owned yards, medians and parking lots for the principal use of residents and/or commercial tenants. These spaces will encourageinteraction, enhance the commercial and civic operations of building tenants, and provide the important transitional space from the public to the private realm that is essential to the creation of a livable mixed use community. Landscaping for these spaces is intended to:
 Minimize the use of water by using drought tolerant plant species. Promote connection to the District’s network of walking and biking paths and park and open space amenities.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐149  Provide well‐defined and informal gathering spaces for commercial tenants that connect to the public realm and promote social interaction.  Create spaces that complement and support the function of commercial spaces including break‐out spaces, outdoor dining, kiosks, display areas, etc.  Provide attractively screened and shaded surface parking areas. Take advantage of every opportunity for low impact development and storm water quality measures to manage and treat storm water run‐off such asvegetated bio‐swales, rain gardens, porous paving, self‐retaining areas and flow‐ through planters.

General Planting Standards
 Trees and other plant materials must be planted in a manner that ensures long‐ term health and well‐being. Plant species should be well‐suited to their site and able to be maintained properly.
 Plant materials should be low maintenance and drought tolerant wherever possible. Use of native and low‐water use plant materials is encouraged both to reflect and support the District’s natural context as well as to accommodate the local climate and general lack of precipitation.
 Where reclaimed water is used for irrigation, selected plant materials should be able to withstand the higher salt content of reclaimed water.  Automatic irrigation shall be provided to all trees and planting areas. Every effort should be taken to conserve water including use or treated reclaimed water, installation of moisture and rain sensors, and use of drip and low‐flow bubblerirrigation sensors.  Soil testing shall be conducted prior to planting to determine if subsurface drainage and aeration are required and what soil amendments are necessary for optimal growing conditions.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐150 University District | San Marcos  No dimension of a planting area shall be less than 24” wide. If planted with a tree, no dimension of the planting area shall be less than 60”.  All planting areas adjacent to site walls or buildings must have a minimum of 18” of soil depth above top of footing. Wherever possible, footings should be offset to provide maximum soil depth and drainage.
 Plant materials should be used to reinforce and enhance building and site features, including entries and openings, building corners, and courtyards.  Service areas, trash receptacles and mechanical equipment shall be screened by fences, trellises, architectural enclosures, and/or landscape materials.  A landscape buffer should be used when visual screening and noise mitigation is required.

TreesAll trees (including street trees and median trees) shall be planted to comply with the following standards:
 Trees shall be a minimum of 36” box size and a minimum of 3” caliper. If planted adjacent to a sidewalk/walkway, a clear zone of 8 vertical feel shall be provided between the bottom limb and the sidewalk/walkway. I planted near the street, a clear zone of 13 feet 6 inches shall be provided between the bottom limb and the surface of the street.
 Provide a minimum of 40 square feet of water and air permeable landscape area at the base of each tree. All trees shall have a tree grate or an open planter areawith shrubs, groundcover, and/or 3” of mulch.  Trees that are planted in grates or in planting areas that are less than 100 square feet require remedial measures to ensure their growing medium has sufficient aeration and drainage for the development of a healthy root system. This shall be achieved by providing structural soil, a growing medium that can achieve 95% University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐151 compaction while maintaining its porosity and is suitable for use as a sub‐base under pedestrian paving. The structural soil shall be provided with a minimum depth equal to the size of the tree box and width equal to the mature tree canopy or width of the adjacent pedestrian hardscape surface, whichever is less.  All trees grates shall be flush with adjacent paving. Tree grates shall have a minimum 12” diameter tree opening and shall have perforations that meet current ADA code.
 Root barrier shall be used along edges of tree planting areas that are adjacent to pedestrian or vehicular pavement.
 Deep well watering shall be used on all trees planted in pavement to ensure deep root development and reduce the possibility of sidewalk heaving by roots.

Median PlantingAll medians plantings shall comply with the following standards:
 The existing trees in the medians and parkways at Twin Oaks Valley Road and Barham Drive are a major and enduring landscape feature that link and identify districts, provide shade and enhance the commuter and pedestrian experience.

Every effort should be made to protect and preserve them during construction activities.
 New planting in existing medians, as well as new medians near existing medians, should be planted with a plant palette that is consistent with and attuned to existing plant materials.
 Median shrub and groundcovers shall provide sufficient visual screening, but shall have a habit and mature size that will not exceed the confines of the median planting area. Plant materials that require hedging to control size are not appropriate.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐152 University District | San Marcos  Median planting shall be low maintenance and drought tolerant. In cases where median planting is collecting storm water run‐off, provide plant material that is drought‐tolerant yet able to withstand periodic inundation during rain events.  Existing median pavement should be removed to enlarge or create new planting areas where necessary.
 Planting areas shall be a minimum of 24” wide. If a segment of the median is too narrow to accommodate maintenance strips and the minimum planting area width, the segment of the median shall be paved with enhanced paving.Aconsistent paving pattern should be used for all medians within the University District.
 A paved maintenance strip shall be provided around the perimeter of all traffic medians. The maintenance strip shall be of uniform width and not less than 18” including the curb.

Planting within Parkways and Flow Through PlantersAll parkways and flow through planters along sidewalks shall comply with the following standards:
 Parkways and flow‐through planters should be designed to collect and retain storm water run‐off from the sidewalk and adjacent hardscape surfaces to the greatest extent possible.
 Where a parkway is adjacent to on‐street parking, provide a pervious 3’‐6” wide hardscape walkway between every two parking spaces.
 Planting within parkways and flow through planters shall be low maintenance and drought tolerant. In cases where parkways or flow through planters are collecting storm waterrun‐off, provide plant materialthatis drought‐tolerant yet able to withstand periodic inundation during rain events.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐153  Planting within parkways and flow through planters shall have a habit and mature size that will not exceed 24” in height, nor exceed the confines of the plantingarea. Plant materials that require hedging to control size are not appropriate.

Hardscape StandardsThe following standards apply to paved surfaces on private and public properties:
 Colors and finishes should be simple and consistent and designed to complement and enhance the natural color palette of the region. To ensure this, natural materials such as boulders, cobbles, gravels, and aggregates should be locally sourced and quarried.
 To improve water quality,reduce erosion, and minimize the need for storm water treatment and mitigation, every effort should be made to minimize impervious hardscape surfaces. To that end, pervious hardscape materials should be used wherever possible
 Impervious hardscape surfaces should drain to pervious area such as planting areas, vegetated swales, and porous hardscape areas.

Parking Lot Landscaping StandardsThe following standards apply to surface parking lots within the University District:
 Surface parking lots also provide an opportunity to reinforce distinct neighborhood identities and distinguish developments from one another. The plant palette for these may vary between segments.
 Shrubs and groundcovers in parking lots shall be low maintenance, drought tolerant and able to withstand a higher than average amount of incidental pedestrian foot traffic.
 To mitigate the visual impact of parking lot edges, provide landscape buffers or screening elements that separate parking lots from public right‐of‐ways and Form‐Based Code: VI‐154 University District | San Marcos gathering areas. Planted buffers or screens shall be composed of a minimum of 4’ wide planting area with plant material that is a minimum of 30” high.  Where planting is located adjacent to parking spaces, provide a paved pedestrian pathway at a minimum of one for every two parking spaces.  A paved maintenance strip shall be provided around the perimeter of all planting islands that are immediately adjacent to surface parking. Maintenance strip shall be 18” wide including the curb.
 In order to reduce the heat‐island effect, space parking lot trees to achieve shading of at least 50% of the public right‐of‐way within five years and provide a nearly continuous canopy at maturity;trees shall be spaced a maximum of 40 feet on center.
 Street trees shall be a minimum of 36” box size and a minimum of 3” caliper with a clear zone between top of finish grade and bottom of limb of 8 feet above pedestrian walkways.
 Provide a minimum of 40 square feet of water and air permeable landscape area atthe base of each tree. Provide tree grate or plant with shrubs, groundcover and mulch.
 For trees that are planted in grates or in planting areas that are less than 100 square feet, to ensure sufficient aeration and drainage for the development of a healthy root system, provide structural soil, with a minimum depth equal to the size of the tree box and width equal to the mature canopy.  Root barrier shall be used in tree planting areas that are adjacent to pedestrian or vehicular pavement.
 Deep well watering should be used on all trees planted in pavement to ensure deep root development and reduce the possibility of sidewalk heaving by roots.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐155  Wherever possible, use parking lot planting areas to create pervious surfaces that are engineered to infiltrate or percolate run‐off through LID measures such as bio‐retention areas and flow‐through planters.
 As an additional storm water run‐off management strategy, use pervious surfaces wherever possible, including porous paving, decomposed granite and gravel in combination an engineered porous fill for temporary storage of run‐off.

Storm Water ManagementPublic spaces and private development sites will need to be designed to meet storm water management requirements. A variety of Low‐Impact Development (LID) Storm Water Quality (SWQ) measures should be used as design elements and amenities withinthe site, including:
 Self‐Retaining Areas: Vegetated or paved areas designed with a concave cross‐ section sized to retain the first one inch of rainfall for its footprint as well as tributary areas such as drainage from roofs and adjacent impervious surfaces.  Pervious Pavements: Pervious pavements are designed to allow rainfall to pass through the surface to storage with in an engineered base course. Run‐off can then infiltrate into native soils or can be directed to cisterns, biofiltrationbio‐ retention areas, or the storm drain system via under‐drains.  Bio‐Retention AreasBiofiltration Basins: Bio‐retention areasBiofiltration basins detain and treat stormwater run‐off in vegetated depressions, planted swales,shallow or deep reservoirs,raised open‐bottomed planters, etc. Run‐offis filtered through plant root systems and then allowed to percolate into the ground. They are flexible and low‐maintenance and well‐suited to a variety of site conditions.  Flow‐Through Planters: Flow‐through planters are essentially raised biofiltrationbio‐retention areas. Because the infiltration layer is contained by a planter, they are ideal for receiving run‐off adjacent to buildings, on podium structures and on sloped areas where additional soil moisture could be a problem.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐156 University District | San Marcos  Cisterns: Cisterns are closed above or below ground storage vessels that capture run‐off and/or overflow from roofs, impervious surfaces and other LID SWQ features. Cisterns must be completely sealed or designed to drain completely to prevent mosquitoes.

When designing properties, the following standards and guidelines apply:
 To manage storm water run‐off, use pervious surfaces wherever possible, including porous paving, decomposed granite, gravel and reinforced turf.  Disperse run‐off from impervious surfaces onto adjacent pervious surfaces. Create pervious surfaces that are ideally engineered to infiltrate or percolate run‐ off such bio‐retentionbiofiltration areas or flow‐through planters.  Conserve natural areas, soils, and vegetation wherever possible. Avoid excessive grading and compaction of soils.
 Detain run‐off throughout the site by interspersing landscape areas and integrated management practices (small‐scale storm water treatment facilities integrated into landscape, such as a bio‐retentionbiofiltration area) with buildings and hardscape. Utilize underground structural detention systemswhere needed.  Locate storm water treatment and flow control facilities within landscape buffers, utility easements, and other non‐buildable areas.  Locate facilities in areas that are easily accessible for maintenance and inspection.
 Ensure development complies with all City, County, State, and Regional Water Quality Control Board’s requirements.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐157 VI.10 Business Identification Sign Standards
The University District is truly a unique urban environment requiring treatments and standards for signs unlike those in other parts of the City. This section addresses the design of individual business signs. District wide way‐finding and gateway signs are addressed in Chapter VII – District Signage.

IntentThe following standards are intended to regulate the design and placement of business identification signs only, with the intent to:
 Generate high quality signage that reflects a unique and sophisticated retail, dining and entertainment environment.
 In core locations, contribute to the vitality of the community by encouraging sign types and styles which impart a lively atmosphere.
 Promote business and provide adequate visibility for businesses within the University District.
 Allow signs that are visible and legible by both pedestrians and motorist.

Each development shall be required to submit a Sign Plan for approval by the Planning Director. Specific details of the sign design may vary according to the Sign Plan for individual developments; however, signage shall conform to the overall design guidelines for the University District.

Signs located in the Special Treatment Area shall follow the guidelines for Special Treatment Areas as outlined below:

Form‐Based Code: VI‐158 University District | San Marcos General Sign StandardsDesignA strong connection shall be maintained between all signage and the project architecture and landscaping. Elements of color, materials, scale, form and detail shall be reflected inthe signage. A mixed media approach using a variety of materials and lighting techniquesis encouraged.Simple and easy‐to‐read typefaces are generally more legible, and are therefore preferable to hard‐to‐read and intricate typefaces.

In addition, colors of letters and symbols which contrast with the base or background colors of signs enhance readability.

Signs that have symbols, characters, or graphics may be used. The symbol, character, or graphic shall relate to the products sold in the business or to the name of the business.

Signs shall be constructed of durable and weatherproof materials so they will not discolor, fade, crack, rust, or erode.

In order to avoid sign clutter, signage shall only be allowed on facades that have building entrances.Buildings shall be designed with appropriate locations for signs. Signs shall not cover or obscure windows, doors, storefronts, building entrances, cornices, columns, or other architectural elements or details.

Sizes and Quantities
In general, signs shall follow the City‐wide sign regulations for size and quantity, as well as more specifically to these criteria and per each lot development Sign Plan approved by the Planning Director.Notwithstanding the maximum square footage specified for sign copy area allowances,adequate amounts of visual open space shall be provided so that signs appear balanced University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐159 and scaled in relation to their backgrounds and adjacent signage. Signs shall fit comfortably, never crowding the architectural and landscape elements in the immediate vicinity.Retail Sign Sizes
Two (2) square feet per linear foot of tenant lease space frontage per elevation, up to 300 square feet maximum aggregate total per tenant (all elevations combined), whichever is less.Sign area shall be calculated as follows:
 Sign Area – The area of that triangle, square, or polygon formed on a plane from the least number of straight lines (not to exceed eight in number) – all parts of which are measured at least six (6) inches from and enclosing all writing, trademarks, illustrations, back lighting and those backing structures (except building walls and monument base, columns or other architectural supports).  Individual Letters – The area of wall or window signs composed of individual letters, which is considered to be the area within the single continuous perimeter encompassed by a straight line geometric figure that encloses the extreme limits of the letters or other characters.
 Quantity – There shall be no limit on the number of wall, awning, canopy, marquee and window signs, providing they do not exceed the total square footage allowed.

LocationBuildings should be designed with appropriate locations for signs. Signs should not cover or obscure windows, doors, storefronts, building entrances, cornices, columns, or other decorative architectural elements or details.

Tenant wall signs need not be attached to the lease space to which they refer, and may be located on the building wall or architectural element of the building in which the Form‐Based Code: VI‐160 University District | San Marcos tenant leases space. Signs must be located below the eave line of the roof eave, tower, or parapet.

District signage may list any tenant in the District. District signage shall not count against a tenant’s allowable square footage.

LightingSigns may be illuminated by external lighting fixtures, by providing back‐lighting behind individually mounted letters and symbols, and by internally illuminating sign symbols and logos. All front lighting, lamps and fixtures shall be baffled or obscured in channels where possible. Internally illuminated box signs (signs where the sign backgrounds are illuminated) are prohibited.

Sign lighting shall be directed and shielded to illuminate the sign and not to spill over to other parts of the building or site.

Special Treatment AreaA Special Treatment Area has been designated for the area in and around the East Urban Plazas, located within the Commercial/Retail Core or University District. This area is intended to create a more exuberant public gathering space – like a “Times Square West.” This Special Treatment Area is envisioned as a public gathering place for special events, with lighting and signage appropriate to its festive uses. Regulations for the Special Treatment Area shall be approved by the Planning Director as part of a master sign program to be developed for the University District. Individual signs within the Special Treatment Area shall require Planning Director approval prior to installation.

Permitted Sign TypesThe following types of signs are permitted:
 Awning, Canopy and Marquee Signs Building Wall Signs University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐161  Window Signs Projecting Signs Blade/Hanging Signs Directory Signs Ground Signs Temporary Signs Temporary Identification Signs Form‐Based Code: VI‐162 University District | San Marcos Standards for these signs are provided as follows:Awning, Canopy, and Marquee Signs Description – A sign that is printed or mounted on an awning, canopy or marquee. The following standards apply to these signs:
 Signs are allowed on the front and side of the marquee, canopy or awning. Signs shall observe a margin of 75 percent height and 75 percent width of the available background.
 Awning, canopy and marquee signs are counted in the total aggregate allowable sign area.

Building Wall Signs
Description – A single‐faced sign that is mounted to the building wall and which projects less than eighteen (18) inches from the wall. These signs area used to identify the name of the building or the primary tenant of the building. The following standards apply to these signs:
 Tenant signs must observe margins of up to 60 percent of the height and 75 percent of the width of tenant lease space or available architectural background.  Building wall signs are counted in the total aggregate allowable sign area.

Window Signs
Description – A temporary or permanent sign that is painted or affixed to the inside or outside of a window surface, or otherwise located so as to be visible from the exterior of the building. Window signs include posters for advertisements and sales, product merchandise posters, open and closed signs, and painted or etched business names and logos. The following standards apply to these signs:

Window signs shall only be used on windows for non‐residential uses. Window signs may be used on ground floors of live‐work units and in residential sales/leasing offices.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐163  All window signs combined shall not occupy more than one‐third (1/3) the area of window frontage.
 Permanent window signs shall be created with permanent or fade resistant materials, paint, gold‐leaf lettering, vinyl or glass etching.  Window signs are counted in the total aggregate allowable sign area.

Projecting SignsDescription – A single or double‐sided sign that projects more than eighteen (18) inches from the building façade. The following standards apply to these signs:
 A minimum of eight (8) feet of vertical clearance shall be provided from the lowest point of the sign to the sidewalk or walkway.
 One (1) projecting sign per frontage is allowed. Projecting signs are counted in the total aggregate allowable sign area.

Blade/Hanging Signs
Description – A single or double‐sided sign that projects from a building façade and hangs from a mounted wall brace or from the ceiling of a second‐story balcony or arcade/gallery. The following standards apply to these signs:
 A minimum of eight (8) feet of vertical clearance shall be provided from the lowest point of the sign to the sidewalk or walkway.
 The maximum area of a blade/hanging sign shall not exceed ten (10) square feet. Blade/Hanging signs shall be mounted near storefront entrances. A maximum of one (1) projecting sign shall be permitted for every storefront entrance on the façade.
 Blade/Hanging signs are counted in the total aggregate allowable sign area.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐164 University District | San Marcos Directory SignsDescription – A small signs that is attached flat against the façade, generally at eye level of pedestrians. Directory signs are either used to identify an individual business within a storefront or to identify multiple tenants that are accessible by a shared entrance or lobby. The following standards apply to these signs:
 Directory signs shall only be used near building entrances. Directory signs shall not exceed an area of thirty‐two (32) square feet. Only one (1) directory sign shall be permitted on a single façade for each storefront or lobby entrance.
 Directory signs are not counted in the total aggregate allowable sign area.

Ground SignsDescription – A pole‐mounted or monument style sign. The following standards apply to these signs:
 One (1) freestanding ground sign per frontage is allowed. The permitted sign area and installation location shall comply with the City of San Marcos Zoning Ordinance Signage Regulations.

Temporary Signs
Description – Signs that are permitted for various activities during and after completion of the development phases of projects, such as signs related to “Project Leasing,” “Construction,” and/or “Future Facilities.” The following standards apply to these signs:
 Temporary signs may be ground mounted. Temporary signs may be internally or externally illuminated per the Owner’s discretion and approval.
 The permitted sign area and quantity shall comply with the City of San Marcos Zoning Ordinance Signage Regulations.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐165 Temporary Identification SignsDescription – Signs that are permitted for various activities related to individual lease spaces during and after completion of the development phases of projects, such as banners related to “For Lease Space Available” and/or “Coming Soon.” The following standards apply to these signs:
 Temporary identification sign messages are subject to Planning Director approval.
 Tenants may be allowed use of a temporary identification banner for a period of time not to exceed thirty (30) consecutive days.
 One (1) temporary identification sign per street frontage. Two (2) temporary identification signs maximum not to exceed a combined total of sixty (60) square feet.
 Temporary identification signs shall be installed below the roof eave line.

Prohibited Sign Types
 Any sign not in accordance with these Guidelines. Abandoned signs. Rotating, revolving, flashing, animated, blinking, gyrating, or moving signs (except in Special Treatment Areas).
 Vehicles, trailers or other signs or devices, when used exclusively or primarily as advertising devices or displays.
 Off‐premise signs (otherthan directional signs and District signs) installed forthe purpose of advertising a project, event, person, or subject not related to the premises upon which said sign is located.
 Signs that create a safety hazard and/or resemble or conflict with any traffic control device.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐166 University District | San Marcos  Flags, pennants, streamers, spinners, festoons, windsocks, valances or similar displays without prior approval by the Planning Director.  Balloons or other inflatable devices. Roof signs. Signs promoting immoral or unlawful activities. Billboards or outdoor advertising devices and advertising displays. Freestanding “A” frame signs or “human” signs. Any signs not addressed in these Guidelines and specifically prohibited by the City of San Marcos Zoning Ordinance Signage Regulations.

VI.11 Definitions
AAlcohol Sales: Any dining use that serves alcoholic beverages for on‐premisesconsumption, such as bars and nightclubs.

Apartment: A residential unit that is within a larger complex of residential units, all of which are rented by separate individuals or households.

Assembly Use: Any group or organization that regularly gathers for a common purpose.

Assembly uses include religious institutions, fraternal organizations, clubs, lodges, and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director.

Awning: A covered architectural projection that extends from the exterior wall of a building for the purpose of providing shade or shelter.BBalcony: A platform that projects from an upper floor of a building.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐167 Bay Window: A window and related structure that extends outward from an exteriorbuilding wall and thereby forms an alcove in the adjoining interior space.

Block: An area that is completely surrounded by streets (including the freeway) and/or the Creek Side Trail.Build‐to‐Line (BTL): A line parallel to a property line along which a front facade must bebuilt along.BuildingDepth: The distance between the frontfacade ofthe building and the rearfacadeof the building.

Building Facade: A wall or series of walls that together make up a side of a building.

Building Frontage: The side of the building that faces the front of the parcel.Building Height: The height of the building as measures by the number of allowed floors.Within the University District, the maximum building height is limited by the maximum number of floors and the maximum ceiling height for each floor.

Building Width: The distance from one side of the building’s frontage to the other side of the building frontage.CCity: City of San Marcos.Community Building: Buildings designed for public, civic, and/or cultural uses andpurposes (see also Cultural/Civic Uses).Conditionally Permitted Use: A use that requires a director’s permit, minor use permit, ora major use permit.

Condominium: A residential unit that may be attached or detached that is within a larger complex of residential units, each of which is owned by separate individuals or households. Common areas, such as hallways, grounds, recreational facilities, and parking facilities, are owned in common and maintained by a homeowner’s association.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐168 University District | San Marcos Cornice: A horizontal molded projection that crowns or completes a building facade. It isthe uppermost section of moldings along the top of the wall or just below a roof.

Courtyard: A common area that is bounded on three or four sides by buildings.

Cultural/Civic Uses: Cultural and civic uses include public and private uses including:schools, libraries, museums, government offices and facilities, community centers, recreational facilities, and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director.DDining Use: Any business that prepares and serves food and beverages, which can beconsumed on‐ or off‐site. Within the University District, these uses include cafes, coffee shops, ice cream parlors, fast‐food restaurants, limited service restaurants, full‐service restaurants, and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director.

Dining uses with live entertainment and/or outdoor dining are regulated separately (see Outdoor Dining Use and Dining/Entertainment Use). Dining uses that serve alcoholic beverages for on‐premise consumption shall require a Director’s permit.

Dining/Entertainment Use: Any dining use thatincludes live entertainment, including live music, performing arts, comedy shows, karaoke, dancing, and other forms of entertainment that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director (see Dining Use). Dining/entertainment uses that serve alcoholic beverages for on‐premise consumption shall require a Director’s permit.

EEntertainment/Recreation Use: Any business where the principal use is that provides aform of entertainment or recreation. These businesses may also generate secondaryincome from selling related products, food, and beverages. These businesses include arcades, billiard parlors, indoor batting cages, indoor rock‐climbing, bowling alleys, movie theaters, night clubs, concert halls, cinemas/movie theaters, live‐performances(music, dance, drama, comedy, etc.) and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director. Within the University District, adult‐only entertainment uses are prohibited.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐169 FFacade: See “Building Facade.”Floor / Floors: Enclosed building space (building levels) that is bounded by walls, floors,and ceilings.

Front Porch: An area connected to the ground floor of a building that is covered by a roof, but does not contain glass windows, walls, or fences (except railings and support posts).

Form‐Based Code:Azoning code that emphasizes the form and location of buildings over the use of buildings, unlike conventional“Euclidean” zoning codes, which emphasize land use over other site and building design.

GGeneral Service Use: Any business in which income is generated primarily fromcustomers that receive general services (excluding auto‐related or health‐relatedservices) performed on‐site. These businesses may also generate secondary income from selling products that are related to the service. General service uses include hair salons, barber shops, day care, photo processing, photography studios,tutoring centers, laundry and dry cleaning services, automated teller machines, blue printing/copy centers, and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director.

Ground Floor: The first (closest to the finished site grade) habitable building floor of a building.HHealth Service Use: Any business in which income is generated primarily from customersthat receive health‐related services performed on‐site. These businesses may also generate secondary income from selling products that are related to the service. These businesses include health spas, health clubs and gyms, exercise and martial arts studios, counselors, therapist, medical services (doctors, chiropractors, dentists and orthodontists offices; medical laboratories; etc.), and other uses that are determined to Form‐Based Code: VI‐170 University District | San Marcos be similar by the Planning Director. Within the University District, hospitals and nursing care facilities are prohibited.Home occupations: An occupation customarily conducted as a secondary use entirely within a dwelling by the occupant of the dwelling in connection with which there is no display, no stock in trade, or commodity sold on the premises, and no persons employed; and which is conducted in such a manner that the outward appearance of the premise gives no indication of other than by residential use, and which is not detrimental to the residential character of the neighborhood by virtue of traffic flow, noise, odor, or other adverse conditions.

I, JNo definitions.KKick‐plate: A plate (often made of metal) fastened to the lower portion of a door toprevent damage to protect the door’s surface from shoe marks.LLined Parking Structure: A parking structure that is located to the rear of one or moresmaller building(s) and is screened from public view from the adjacent street and/or public space.Live‐Work Use: A residential unit that may also be used for a business that is owned and operated by the occupant of the unit. The business activity may involve employees other than those residing in the unit. The following types of businesses and uses are allowed within Live‐Work Units:
 Retail Uses General Service Uses Health Service Uses Office Uses University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐171 See Retail Use, General Service Use, Health Service Use, and Office Use for the specific types of permitted and prohibited uses.

Lodging Uses: Any business that provides temporary overnight sleeping facilities for guests. These businesses may also provide additional services, such as conference and meeting rooms, restaurants, bars, or recreation facilities available to guests or to the general public. Lodging uses include hotels, bed and breakfasts, and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director. Within the University District, motels, motor lodges, and similar lodging establishments that are oriented toward parkingfacilities or have exterior lobbies or corridors are prohibited.

MMarquee: A permanent roof‐like structure that projects from the building wall to provideshade and shelter. Marquees sometimes have signs.Medical Office Uses: Offices for medical doctors, dentist, orthodontists, chiropractors,physicaltherapists, medical laboratories, alternative health care providers, holistic health care providers, and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director.

NNorth City: The name of the portion of the University District located east of Twin OaksValley Road. The name North City is authorized for display and use in business, district identification, and wayfinding signage in this areathe University District.

OOffice Use: Any business that provides administrative or clerical work or service‐relatedwork that does not require the customer or client to be on site to receive the service.

Office uses include banks, financial institutions, and administrative and professional offices for architects, engineers, consultants, marketing agents, travel agents, insurance and real estate agents, lawyers, biotechnology, research and development, and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐172 University District | San Marcos Outdoor Dining Use: Any dining use that has outdoor space, including space onsidewalks, for seating or patio space (see Dining Use). Outdoor dining uses that servealcoholic beverages for on‐premise consumption shall require a Director’s permit.PParapet: A low wall projecting from the edge of a roof. Parapets may be designed withdetails and cornices.Parking Lot: Parking spaces that are not covered by a building and are not enclosed bywalls.Paseo: A pedestrian‐only corridor that is lined on either side with buildings that generallyhave shops, restaurants and cafes, or entertainment uses on the ground floor.

Permitted by Right (Use): A use that is allowed to occur in a specific building at a designated location.

Podium Parking: Parking spaces that are covered by the ground floor of a building and are partially or wholly enclosed by walls. Podium parking may occur at or below the grade of the adjacent sidewalk.

Porch: See “Front Porch.”
Projecting Alcove: A structure that extends outward from an exterior building wall andthereby forms a recess in the adjoining interior space.Public Space: An outdoor gathering area that is available for use to the public.QNo definitions.RRecreation Use: A business where the principal use is a form of recreation. Thesebusinesses may also generate secondary income from selling related products, food, and University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐173 beverages. These businesses include uses such as bowling alleys, billiard/pool halls,indoor rock climbing, indoor batting cages, arcades, and other uses that are determinedto be similar by the Planning Director.Regulating Plan: A plan or map that designates how site design and building formstandards are applied to specific areas of the University District.

Residential Use: Living space that is built for individuals and families. Residential uses include apartments, condominiums, townhomes, and home occupations. Student Housing is a specific residential use that is regulated separately (see Student Housing).

Retail Use: Any business that generates income by selling a tangible good or product.Retail uses include book stores, clothing/apparel stores, sporting good stores, flower shops, electronic and appliance stores, grocery stores, pet stores, jewelry stores, shoe stores, gift shops, home furnishing stores, toy stores, boutique retail stores, card shops,art supply stores, art gallery, toy stores, and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director. Within the University District, adult‐only retail stores are prohibited.

SService Uses: Any business in which income is generated primarily from customers thatreceive a service performed on‐site. Service businesses may also generate secondary income from retail sales that are related to the service. Service businesses include hair salons, barber shops, health clubs and gyms, movie theaters, pet grooming, photography studios, massage parlors, tutoring, dance and art instructions, martial arts studios, laundry and dry cleaning services, repair shops (appliances, televisions, radios, and computers), veterinary clinics, counselors, therapist, medical services (doctors, chiropractors, dentists and orthodontists offices; medical laboratories; etc.), and blue printing/copy centers. Tattoo parlors/body piercing and hookah lounges are prohibited.

Setback: An area in which buildings or other structures shall not occur.

Specialty Retail Use: A relatively large retail business that generates income by selling atangible good or product and serves as a significant retail anchor drawing customers to the area. Specialty retail uses include urban grocery markets (which may also provide Form‐Based Code: VI‐174 University District | San Marcos food and beverages for consumption on‐site), sporting goods and outdoor gear stores, large bookstores, large clothing/apparel stores, and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director. Within the University District, adult‐only retail stores, hardware stores, and discount retailers are prohibited.

Stoop: A platform in front of a building entrance, which may or may not be covered by a roof.StreetAmenities: Items placed along the sidewalk forthe use of pedestrians and to createa safer, more attractive streetscape.Student Housing: Residential living space that is built for the exclusive use of collegestudents. Student housing may also include cafeteria space, study halls, computer labs, and recreation facilities available to residents. Student housing includes dormitories, residence halls, student apartments, and other uses that are determined to be similar by the Planning Director.

TTownhomes: A building thatis designed for a single‐family unit and is attached to atleastone adjacent unit, which may have common walls.

Transom Windows: A short window placed above a door or window. Transom windows are generally no more than 2 feet in height and are usually as wide as the door or window that they are on top of.

Transparency: A measurement of how transparent or “see through” a window, fence, or wall is. Transparency is the opposite of opacity (i.e. a fence that is 25% transparent is 75 opaque).Trellis: A structure, usually made from interwoven wood or metal pieces, which is attached to the roof or building wall used for shade or to support climbing plants.

Tuck‐Under Parking: Parking spaces that are covered by the upper floor of a building, but are otherwise open. Tuck under parking may also be provided as private garages for individual units.

University District | San Marcos Form‐Based Code: VI‐175 UUpper Floor: A floor that is above the ground floor.VNo definitions.WWalkway: A pedestrian path that is similarto a sidewalk, but may not be located adjacentto a street. Walkways are often provided on private development and within public spaces.

X, Y, ZNo definitions.

Form‐Based Code: VI‐176 University District | San Marcos This page intentionally left blank.
“Be bold in introducing yourself. All you need is a name‐tag.” ‐ Jay Walljasper, The Great Neighborhood Book
VII. DISTRICT SIGNAGE | PUBLIC ARTVII.1 Community IdentityHaving a visibly unique identity is essential to creating an active urban center, especially within a City’s downtown core. People relate to the identity of different places based on themes, natural context, urban form, and special
events. This identity can be achieved through the use of public art, landscaping, and by creating a hierarchy of sign types that are linked by a consistent theme.

Sign types will range in scale from district identity signsscaled for visibility by passing motorist on State Route 78, down to smaller way‐finding signs scaled for individual pedestrians.
(Continued on Next Page)
District Signage | Public Art: VII‐2 University District | San Marcos (Continued from Previous Page)
Following adoption of the University District Specific Plan, a master sign program will be developed for the entire district. Separate approval for detailed sign design will be required by the Planning Commission. Ultimately, project‐wide signage is intended to:
 Distinguish the district as a unique environment in San Diego's North County, which culminates in one major downtown core of civic, higher education, residential and commercial destinations, as well as public amenities such as parks, trails, and public transportation stops.
 Provide a clear identity statement and consistent theme which will be communicated through a combination of signage, public art, lighting and sophisticated graphics that are rendered using the most sustainable and environmentally‐friendly methods and materials.
 Announce a commitment to the ideals of sustainable development in a smart growth setting, which is reinforced by a hierarchy of sign types. These signs will combine with complementary elements such as landscape, hardscape, graphics, public art and lighting. Lighting elements are visualized to be self‐powering, incorporating the most up‐to‐date solartechnology and energy efficient fixtures, as well as respecting the region's "Dark Sky" requirements.

For sign requirements related to business identification signs, refer to Section VI.10 of Chapter VI – Form‐Based Code.

University District | San Marcos District Signage | Public Art: VII‐3 VII.2 Permanent Sign Types
Following are descriptions of the intended function for different signs types that will be located throughoutthe district(see Figure VII.A: ConceptualDistrict Sign Placement Plan for approximate locations of Sign Types A, B, and C). Signs are permitted to display either theUniversityDistrict name ortheNorth City name forthe portion oftheUniversityDistrict located east of Twin Oaks Valley Road.

VII.2.1 District Identity Statement (Sign Type A)The District Identity Statement is an integrated composition of environmental graphics that announce arrival to the district to passing motorists on State Route 78. These graphics will provide a unique sense of place forthe Specific Plan area. These signs, which are permitted to display either the University District name or the North City name for the portion of the University District located east of Twin Oaks Valley Road, shall be scaled to provide appropriate visibility to the passing motorist traveling at freeway speeds. The District Identity Statement shall be located on private property and may display major commercial and/or corporate anchor names (e.g. retail stores, cinemas, hotels, etc.). The District Identity Statement will include a component referentialto the City of San Marcos as approved by the Planning Division. The landscaping and lighting shall be an integral part of the overall composition of the district identity statement.

VII.2.2 Gateway SignsPrimary Entry Gateway (Sign Type B) Primary Gateway Signs mark the primary entry points into the district from State Route 78, Twin Oaks Valley Road, Discovery Street and East Barham Drive. They are smaller in size than the District Identity Statements and are appropriately scaled to the motorist traveling at reduced speeds as they enter the project. They repeat, and incorporate elements introduced by the District Identity Statements.

District Signage | Public Art: VII‐4 University District | San Marcos Secondary Entry Gateways (Sign Type C)
Secondary Gateway Signs are scaled down versions of the Primary Entry Gateway signs, which are more suitable for motorists and pedestrians traveling at slower speeds on narrower streets. They are located at secondary points of entry, and reinforce the district identity while providing advertisement of major project components.

VII.2.3 Way‐Finding SignsVehicular‐Oriented Directional Vehicular‐oriented directional signs are located throughout the project area (as required) to aid visitors in easily finding their way to destinations within the district. Elements will be scaled appropriate for travel speeds, viewing distances and conditions. These signs will reinforce the district identity by using a palette of similar materials, colors, design elements and lighting as used in the Gateway statements.

Pedestrian‐Oriented Directional
Pedestrian‐oriented directional signs are especially important in creating a walkable district. They provide directional information, which encourages pedestrian to visit many areas within district. These signs will reinforce the district identity by use of a palette of similar materials, colors, design elements and lighting as used in theGateway statements that appeal to the pedestrian experience.

Vehicular‐Oriented Directories
Vehicular‐oriented directory signs assist visitors arriving and driving throughout the district with cognitive way‐finding, in order to orient themselves with respect to the district’s major destinations and neighborhoods.

University District | San Marcos District Signage | Public Art: VII‐5 Pedestrian‐Oriented Directories
Pedestrian‐oriented directory signs assist pedestrians arriving and traveling within the district to orient themselves with respect to major destinations and district neighborhoods. These directories may include community messages, and incorporate an additional level of design detail, which promotes walkability.

Vehicular‐Oriented Parking Directional
Vehicular‐oriented parking directional signs direct visitors to parking lots, garages and available parking spots throughout the district. Vehicular‐oriented parking directionalsigns are permitted on private property or within, on or upon the public right‐of‐way.

Vehicular‐oriented parking directional signs located within, on or upon the public right‐of‐ way shall be owned by a private entity, subject to an encroachment permit between the private entity and the City of San Marcos, and subject to approval by the Planning and City Engineer. A vehicular‐oriented parking directional sign on private property may include a digital element that indicates the number of available parking spots in a certain parking lot or garage but may not contain any other digital elements. Vehicular Oriented ParkingDirectional Signs located within, on or upon the public right of way shall not contain adigital element. Off‐site advertising and/or digital signage, except as previously described in this section, are prohibited on vehicular‐oriented parking directional signs, except within the Special Treatment Areas.

VII.2.4 General Provisions for District Identity Statement, Gateway Signs, and Wayfinding Signs:

Signs located on private property may contain specific business names, logos, or referencesto generic businesstypesfor businesseslocated on the same property in which they are affixed. Signslocated on private property shall only display generic businesstypes or names of businesses located on other properties for wayfinding/directional/directory purposes.

District Signage | Public Art: VII‐6 University District | San Marcos Signslocated within, on or upon the public right‐of‐way shall be subject to approval by the Planning Director Division Manager and City Engineer. Signs located within, on or upon the public right‐of way may only contain specific business names for wayfinding/directional/directory purposes if the sign is owned by a private entity and is subject to an encroachment permit between the City of San Marcos and the private entity.

A sign located within, on or upon the public right‐of‐way may only contain the North City logo if the sign is owned by a private entity and is subject to an encroachment permit between the City and the private entity. No other privately owned logos or trademarksare permitted on signs located within, on or upon the public right‐of‐way.

Off‐site advertising is prohibited on all signs, except within the Special Treatment Areas.

Off‐site advertising is prohibited on all signs located within the public right of way.

Business names displayed on directories, directional signs and on the District Identity Statement are not considered off‐site advertising.

Digital signs shall only be located within the Special Treatment Areas, except for digital vehicular‐oriented parking directional signs, which are also permitted on private propertyoutside the Special Treatment Areas. Digital signs are not permitted within, on or uponthe public right‐of‐way.

Pedestrian‐oriented directories located on private property within the Special Treatment Areas may contain interactive digital elements to provide information regarding the location of businesses within the district. Pedestrian‐oriented directories located within, on or upon the public right of way shall not contain any digital or interactive elements.

VII.2.5 Neighborhood IdentificationNeighborhood Identification signs serve to name individual neighborhoods, both residential and commercial, within the district. These types of signs contain common University District | San Marcos District Signage | Public Art: VII‐7 elements thatreinforce the projectidentity, and which introduce the unique architectural and graphic identities of the individual neighborhoods.

VII.2.6 Site / Facility IdentificationSite or Facility Identification signs serve to identify specific public sites within the district, such as public gathering plazas, parks, recreational trails and transportation nodes like local bus stops, Sprinter Rail Line Stations (Civic Center and Cal State San Marcos locations) and future intra‐city shuttle stops.

VII.2.7 Street Name Sign TreatmentsThe creative design of street name signs will further reinforce the district identity.

District Signage | Public Art: VII‐8 University District | San Marcos Figure VII.A Conceptual District Sign Program Plan
University District | San Marcos District Signage | Public Art: VII‐9 Figure VII.A Conceptual District Sign Program Plan
District Signage | Public Art: VII‐10 University District | San Marcos VII.3 Art in Public Places Program
The City of San Marcos has a goal for art in public places, which promotes the integration of visual arts in the community. University District is a unique area of the community and as such, a distinct program should exist to promote more than just its layout and the physical characteristics of its streets and buildings. One major element of the District’s image can be its public art. Art can make a statement about who and what an area represents, how it views itself, and how it is viewed by others.

Public art can also serve as a business trademark, conveying growth and prosperity to the private and public sector alike. Art installations can range in subject and style from free‐ flowing abstract design to detailed realistic figures. They can take advantage of a wide range of mediums, from stone, metals, wood and paint, to concrete, glass and lighting, among others. There are many opportunities for installing art in public places, such as at parks, Sprinter Line stations, pedestrian trails, sidewalks, urban plazas, and on building facades or other temporary locations as opportunities present themselves.

VII.3.1 Program RequirementsAll new projects within University District are required to acquire and install a public art piece when the development project has a total building valuation greaterthan $250,000.

A building valuation of up to $249,999 requires no art piece. A valuation of $250,000 up to $999,999 shallrequire that 1 percent ofthe total valuation be allocated for an art piece.

A building valuation of $1,000,000 and above requires an art allocation of $10,000 plus $2,000 for each one million dollars of building valuation (including the first million dollars of valuation).The specific amount identified as the minimum allocation for the acquisition of an art piece is based upon the total building(s) valuation as computed using the latest Building Valuation Data set forth by the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO).

University District | San Marcos District Signage | Public Art: VII‐11 Table VII.A: Art Allocation Formulas
Total Building(s) Valuation ‐ $ Total Minimum Art Allocation ‐ $ $<249,999 $ 0
$ 250,000 $ 2,500$ 500,000 $ 5,000
$ 750,000 $ 7,500
$ 1,000,000 $ 12,000
$ 5,000,000 $ 20,000
$ 10,000,000 $ 30,000
$ 15,000,000 $ 40,000
$ 25,000,000 $ 60,000
$ 50,000,000 $ 110,000
$ 75,000,000 $ 160,000
$ 100,000,000 $ 210,000
The Director of Community Development shall have the option to allow payment of an in lieu fee, pursuant to the minimum art allocation formula, to the City for cultural enrichment. Provision for an exception by the Director of Community Development shall be based upon a lack of accessibility by the public to the location of a proposed art piece or the scope of the development project being such that the art piece will not meet the overall intent and guidelines of this program.

Additionally, the Director of Community Development shall have the option to allow multiple developers with projects in close proximity to one another, to undertake an agreement to contribute the minimum art allocation of funds towards a shared art installation.

District Signage | Public Art: VII‐12 University District | San Marcos VII.3.2 Guidelines for Public ArtRequirements for the development, selection, acquisition, placement and maintenance of art pieces are as follows:
 The art piece shall be easily visible to observers from the public street. The art piece shall be located in an area specifically designated for such purpose.

Installation of the art piece shall be planned and implemented to enhance the work and allow for unobstructed public viewing from as many angles as possible.  The art piece submittal shall include a complete site plan with details describing placement, size, materials, colors, lighting, landscaping, and any other related information requested by the Planning Division, which clarifies the overall art piece design.
 The art piece shall be comprised of permanent‐type materials and require a low level of on‐going maintenance. Durable and weather‐resistant materials are recommended. Such materials may include, but are not limited to steel, bronze, concrete, wood, plastic, and stone.
 Any lettering/signing on a piece or its foundation must be approved by the City of San Marcos prior to installation. Project identification is allowed; however, product advertising is not permitted.
 The art piece shall be constructed at a size that is proportional to the size of the adjacent building(s) and other related physical improvements.  Expressions of obvious bad taste or profanity, which would likely be offensive to the general public, are not permitted.
 The art piece shall be designed by persons with experience and knowledge of monumental scale piece and shall provide the City with background information verifying these capabilities.

University District | San Marcos District Signage | Public Art: VII‐13  Developers shall be encouraged to provide a wide range of sculptural styles, materials, and types when selecting an art piece for the program.  Interactive art pieces such as water sculptures are permitted. In order to provide diversity and opportunity, not more than five pieces by the same artist is encouraged. However, any one art piece may include multiple separate components that once installed, are contiguous enough in placementto be understood as all being part of the same art piece.
 Each piece shall may be identified by an appropriately sized cast metal plaque measuring approximately 10‐inch x 10‐inchas determined by the EconomicDevelopment Director or his/her designee. The plaque shall be placed in anappropriate location near the art piece and shall list only the date, title, and artist name.
 The art piece shall be maintained by the property in a neat and orderly manner acceptable to the City of San Marcos.
 The art piece shall be a permanent, fixed asset to the property upon which it is located. The Director of Community Development will have the discretion to allow leasing of art installations which could be sold at auction. Proceeds fromany art piece sale will return to the City of San Marcos Public Art Fund and be earmarked for use related to the design and installation offuture art pieces within the University District.
 The art piece shall be placed in a location that is visually accessible to the public, such as a building façade, landscaped area or public gathering plaza. The art piece may be designed as an integrated part of the building, streetscape, or landscape.

District Signage | Public Art: VII‐14 University District | San Marcos VII.3.3 Review ProcessingProcessing for an art piece shall begin with the City Planning Division apprising each developer of the requirements for an outdoor art piece as an element of the proposed development project. The City PlanningDivision will advise the developer ofthe program requirements and provide further guidance pertaining to artistic options.

When a development project requires the approval of a variance, conditional use permit, further site development review or other related City approval, it shall be conditioned upon the development that the building project shall not receive a Certificate of Occupancy until such time as the approved art piece is installed in place, or its installation is secured by bond or other means approved by the Economic Development Director or his/her designee of Community Development.The applicant shall submit to the City Planning Division a completed Art in Public Places application in one or more of the following formats:
 Photographs or slides of the subject art piece depicting several views. A model of the art piece. A graphic illustration or the artist’s rendering of the art piece depicting several views.

The subject art piece shall be an integral part of the landscaping and/or architecture of the adjacent building(s). Details as to specific landscaping and architectural treatments integrating the piece into an overall project design, and maintenance factors required to ensure its permanence, shall be included.Upon receipt of the subject art piece illustration(s) and application, the City Planning Division Economic Development Director or his/her designee will assess the applicationfor consistency with the applicable art piece guidelines. shall schedule a meetingPrior tomaking a final decision, the Economic Development Director or his/her designee mayconsult with the an Art in Public Places Advisory Committee. The Art Advisory University District | San Marcos District Signage | Public Art: VII‐15 Committee shall should be comprised of five to seven members who will may review artpiece projects proposed within the specific development area.TheArt Advisory Committee members shall should include the PlanningDirectorDivisionManager or designee, a member of the Planning Commission as appointed by thePlanning Commission Chair or designee, a member of the City Council or designee (as appointed by the Mayor), and two individual members of the community (appointed by the City Council) who have an interest in public art, artistic orientation, art background, education and/or experience in the field of art or art development.

The specific role of the Art Advisory Committee is to review art piece proposals for consistency with the art piece guidelines outlined in Section VII.3.2 of this Chapter.Recommendations for improvement may be made by the Committee, but significant credence shall be given to the intent of the art piece as originally proposed by the developer and/or developer’s artist.If Tthe Art Advisory Committee reviews an application, shall submit a majority vote recommendation shall be submitted to the Director of CommunityDevelopmentEconomic Development Director or his/her designee within 30 days fromthe date of a complete art piece application submittal. Their recommendation may include approval, approval with minor modifications, or denial. Upon approval, the Director of Community DevelopmentEconomic Development Director or his/her designee shall notify the project developer in writing as to the acceptance ofthe proposaland any applicable conditions.Should the Art Advisory Committee determine that the art piece is not consistent with the art piece guidelines outlined in this Chapter, the Director of Community DevelopmentEconomicDevelopmentDirector or his/her designee shall notify the projectdeveloper in writing and detailthe Art Advisory Committee’s objections and/or concerns.

Then a meeting will be arranged between the parties involved to determine whether or not an alternative art piece should be proposed and/or to discuss whether alternative modifications to the art piece as originally proposed would suffice.

District Signage | Public Art: VII‐16 University District | San Marcos The decision of the Director of Community DevelopmentEconomic DevelopmentDirector or his/her designee shall be final and shall become effective 10 days after writtennotification. However, if within such 10‐day period an appeal of the decision is filed by an aggrieved person, the filing of such appeal shall suspend the decision of the Director of Community DevelopmentEconomic Development Director or his/her designee untilCity Council makes a determination, or the appellant dismisses the appeal. Such appeal shall be filed in writing with the City Clerk, and shall be processed as follows:
 Upon filing of an appeal to the City Council, the hearing date for the appeal shall be set by the City Clerk.
 The City Clerk shalltransmit to the City Councilthe original art piece application, records, written reports, and appeal disclosing in what respect the applicationand facts offered in support thereof met or failed to meet the requirements of this University District Art in Public Places program.
 The City Council may affirm, reverse, or modify in whole or in part any appealed decision, determination, or requirement of the Director of Community Development, but before granting any appealed petition which was denied bythe Director of Community Development, the City Council shall indicate where the art piece involved meets or does not meet the requirements set forth herein.

The City Council’s decision shall be final
“A community will pay for their infrastructure sooner or later, so it’s best to plan for that investment.” ‐ Michael Parker, Author
VIII. INFRASTRUCTURE | UTILITIES |

PUBLIC SERVICES
VIII.1 Sustainable InfrastructureDrinking water treatment and distribution lines, sewer lines, storm water runoff storage facilities, recycle
collection, as well as public services related to fire and police protection ensure the health of local communities and our environment. As a nation, we have built an
extensive network of infrastructure to provide the public with reliable access to various utilities and public services.

Development of urban mixed‐use projects such as
University District is in direct support of smart growth principles aimed at managing the increased demands onour nation’s infrastructure and preserving resources for future generations.
(Continued on Next Page)
Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐2 University District | San Marcos VIII.2 Water System
VIII.2.1 Study AreaThe entire University District project is located within the boundaries of the Vallecitos Water District (VWD) for water service. With elevations ranging from approximately 550 feet to 700 feet within the site, the project will be served from the District’s 855 and 920 Zone systems. Separately, individual development projects may evaluate the potential for ground water use and will complete allrequired supplemental environmental analysis.

See Appendix Item A.4: Water System Analysis for a detailed summary of projected water demands for the University District project. The 2009 Water System Analysis was evaluated for the 2014 University District Specific Plan and an additional analysis was completed for the 2021 Specific Plan Amendment. It has been determined that there willbe sufficient water supplies to meet the projected demand of this project and the WaterSystem Analysis would not be demonstrably affected by the proposed amendments tothe 2009 University District Specific Plan.VIII.2.2 Projected Water DemandsThe VWD Master Plan originally projected a water demand of 0.4 million gallons per day(mgd) for the project area based on the prior General Plan land use and zoning as“Business Park” (BP). Based on the previously approved University District Specific Plan land uses and zoning designation as “Mixed‐Use”(MU), VWD projected the total average daily demand to be 1.21 mgd for the project area. The projected total average daily demand for the University District based on the 2021 Specific Plan Amendment is 0.98mgd.maximum daily and peak hour demands for the University District are 2.53 mgd and3.86 mgd, respectively.

University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐3 VIII.2.3 Water Demand ComparisonThe original University District Specific Plan land use and zoning would increasedprojected average water demands by approximately 0.88 mgd over the previous projections for the Business Park land use zoning designation. Under the 2021 amendment land uses, this increase was reduced to 0.58 mgd (a reduction of 0.30 mgdcompared to the original University District Specific Plan). In accordance with state law(Senate Bill 610 and Senate Bill 221), VWD prepared a Water Supply Assessment and Verification Report for the 2009 Specific Planis project (the full report is included in the Environmental Impact Reportforthis project). The report demonstrates and verifies that, although the water demand of the University District exceeds the previous estimates contained in VWD’s 2002 Master Plan, there will be sufficient water supplies to meet the projected demand of this project, along with existing and other future planned development projects. The VWD Master Plan was updated in 2018 and continues to support this conclusion.VIII.2.4 Existing Water FacilitiesThis section describes the existing water facilities in the vicinity of the San Marcos University District project (see Figure VIII.A: Existing Major Water Facilities). 920 Zone
The storage and supply for the project will be from the District 920 Zone system. The 920 Zone system feeds the 855 Zone system through several pressure‐reducing stations. The majority of existing water demands within the University District are supplied by the 920/855 Zone system.

The 920 Zone includes four water storage reservoirs with a total combined capacity of 18 million gallons. There is a 24‐inch transmission line in Twin Oaks Valley Road that supplies 920 Zone waterto the area. There are also 10‐inch and 12‐inch lines in Barham Drive, east of Twin Oaks Valley Road. In the northeast section of the project, there is a 12‐inch line in Carmel Street that reduces to a 6‐inch line.

Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐4 University District | San Marcos 855 ZoneThe 855 Zone is formed by five existing pressure‐reducing stations that supply waterfrom the 920 Zone. One of these pressure‐reducing stations, Barham PRS, is located adjacent to the project atthe intersection of Twin Oaks Valley Road and Barham Drive. This station includes 4‐inch and 8‐inch pressure‐reducing valves. There are 12‐inch waterlines in Twin Oaks Valley Road and at the western edge of the project in Grand Avenue and Discovery Street.
s Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐5
FIGURE VIII.A: Existing Major Water Facilities
Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐6 University District | San Marcos VIII.2.5 Proposed Water FacilitiesThis section presents the recommended water system improvements necessary to provide water services to the San Marcos University District project. The project is generally to be served by the 855 Zone west of Twin Oaks Valley Road and by the 920 Zone east of Twin Oaks Valley Road. With elevations ranging from approximately 550 feet to 650 feet west of Twin Oaks Valley Road, maximum static pressures on the project will range from 89 67 psi to 132 psi in the 855 Zone. Similarly, with elevations east of Twin Oaks Valley Road ranging from 570 to 605 feet, static pressures in the 920 Zone will range from 136 126 psi to 152 psi (see Figure VIII.B: Proposed Water Facilities). 855 Zone Facilities
The primary source of water to the project will be the 24‐inch and 12‐inch 920 Zone lines in Twin Oaks Valley Road. These lines supply 10‐inch and 12‐inch lines in Barham Drive and the 920/855 Zone pressure‐reducing station located at the intersection of Twin Oaks Valley Road and Barham Drive. There are also 920/855 Zone pressure‐reducing stations west and north of the project that can supply water to the project.

To meet the fire flow requirements of the project, we are recommending several connections to the existing system with 12‐inch looping throughout the project. Several connections are proposed to the existing 12‐inch water line in Twin Oaks Valley Road. A 12‐inch line is also proposed to be constructed inDiscovery Street westerly to the existing 12‐inch water line in Grand Avenue. Several connections are also proposed to the existing 10‐inch line in Barham Drive, and there is a section of existing 6‐inch line in Carmel Street that is proposed to be replaced with a 12‐inch line. There are some internal pipelines, including dead‐end pipelines that only supply one fire hydrant, that are recommended as 8‐inch pipes.

University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐7 Hydraulic ModelingA hydraulic model was set up to analyze the recommended water system improvements.

The system was modeled under average day demand, peak hour demand, and several maximum day demand plus fire flow scenarios. The results of the analysis confirm that the recommended water line sizing is adequate under all demand scenarios considered.

Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐8 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VIII.B: Proposed Water Facilities (West)
University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐9 FIGURE VIII.B1: Proposed Water Facilities (West)
Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐10 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VIII.B: Proposed Water Facilities (East)
University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐11 FIGURE VIII.B2: Proposed Water Facilities (East)
Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐12 University District | San Marcos VIII.3 Sewer System
VIII.3.1 Study AreaThe entire University District project is located within the boundaries of the Vallecitos Water District (VWD) for sewer service. There is an existing trunk sewer in Twin Oaks Valley Road, and an interceptor sewer to the north of the project, that provides sewer service to the area.See Appendix Item A.5: Sewer System Analysis for a detailed summary of projected sewer flows for the University District project. The 2009 Sewer System Analysis was evaluated for the 2014 University District Specific Plan and an additional analysis was prepared for the 2021 Specific Plan Amendment. It has been determined that the SewerSystem Analysis would not be demonstrably affected by the proposed amendments tothe 2009 University District Specific Plan.VIII.3.2 Projected Sewer FlowsThe total projected average daily flow is 1.060.71 mgd. The projected maximum peakflow is 2.093 mgd.VIII.3.3 Sewer Flow ComparisonThe 2018 VWD Master Plan relies on the San Marcos General Plan and land use zoning inthis area as a basis for converting land uses to projected sewage flowsincluded the 2009Specific Plan land uses to project sewage flows. Based on the previously approvedUniversity District Specific Plan land uses and zoning designation as “Mixed‐Use” (MU),the increase in projected average sewage flows is approximately 0.79 mgd.In comparingthe land use breakdowns between the 2009 and 2021 North City University DistrictSpecific Plans, the current land use plan would decrease projected average sewergeneration by approximately 0.35 mgd. This 0.35 mgd is the is the difference between the University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐13 sewer generation projected in the “Sewer System Analysis for San Marcos UniversityDistrict” by Dexter Wilson Engineering, Inc. dated February 2009 (1.06 mgd) and theupdated study that analyzed the 2021 University District Specific Plan Amendment (0.71mgd).VIII.3.4 Existing Sewer FacilitiesThis section describes the existing sewer facilities in the vicinity of the San Marcos University District project (see Figure VIII.C: Existing Major Sewer Facilities).

Local FacilitiesThere is an existing 18‐inch sewer line in Twin Oaks Valley Road. This line increases to a 21‐inch as it conveys flow north and crosses State Route 78. There is also a parallel 8‐inch gravity sewer in Twin Oaks Valley Road that connects into the 21‐inch line, just south of State Route 78. There is a 12‐inch sewer line in Barham Drive that increases to 15 inches as it conveys flow westerly and connects to the 18‐inch line in Twin Oaks Valley Road.

There is also a 12‐inch gravity sewer line at Discovery Street that conveys flow easterly to the line in Twin Oaks Valley Road. In the northeastern corner of the project, there are some existing 8‐inch gravity sewer lines that serve the adjacent development.

Regional Facilities
The gravity sewer interceptor located north of the University District project conveys flow westerly to District Lift Station Number 1 near the intersection of San Marcos Boulevard and Pacific Street. From this location, the District has the option of pumping through Lift Station Number 1 to their Meadowlark Treatment Plant or sewage can flow by gravity through the District land outfall to the Encina Wastewater Authority. The Encina plant is currently rated for a capacity of 36 mgd and the Vallecitos Water District has capacity rights of 7.54 mgd.

Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐14 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VIII.C: Existing Major Sewer Facilities
University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐15 VIII.3.5 Proposed Sewer FacilitiesThis section presents the recommended sewer system improvements necessary to provide sewer service to the San Marcos University District project (see Figure VIII.D:

Proposed On‐Site Sewer Facilities (East), Figure VIII.D: Proposed On‐Site Sewer Facilities(West), and Figure VIII.E: Proposed Off‐Site Sewer Facilities).

On‐Site Sewer FacilitiesThe San Marcos University District can be served by the construction of on‐site gravity sewers and connection to the existing system at several locations. The eastern portion of the project proposes to connect to an existing 8‐inch gravity sewer line in Carmel Street.

The majority ofthe project proposes to connect to the existing gravity sewer lines in Twin Oaks Valley Road. The western portion of the project will convey flow to the intersection of Discovery Street and Grand Avenue. From this location, approximately 1,000 feet of offsite sewer line will be necessary to convey flow westerly to the existing 16‐inch sewer line in Craven Road.Hydraulic Modeling
A preliminary hydraulic analysis has been performed to estimate on‐site sewerline sizing.

Projected flows have been split based on the preliminary development plan, and pipe slopes have been estimated based on preliminary street grades.

The results of this sewer system analysis indicate that on‐site gravity sewer lines will consist of 8‐inch through 12‐inch pipes (see Figure VIII.D: Proposed On‐Site Sewer Facilities (East) and Figure VIII.D: Proposed On‐Site Sewer Facilities (West)).

Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐16 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VIII.D: Proposed On‐Site Sewer Facilities (West) University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐17 FIGURE VIII.D1: Proposed On‐Site Sewer Facilities (West) Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐18 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VIII.D: Proposed On‐Site Sewer Facilities (East) University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐19 FIGURE VIII.D2: Proposed On‐Site Sewer Facilities (East) Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐20 University District | San Marcos Off‐Site Sewer FacilitiesBased on assumptions made in the sewer system analysis and draft studies prepared by others, this section provides a preliminary evaluation of potential off‐site sewer impacts resulting from the San Marcos University District project. These potential improvements include sewer line replacements and extensions in the vicinity of the project as well as regional improvements to off‐site interceptor, treatment, and disposal systems. A consultant has performed a draft evaluation of the off‐site sewer system for the District.The District analysis takes projected flows from the project and inserts them into a District‐wide hydraulic model (see Figure VIII.E: Proposed Off‐Site Sewer Facilities).

Local ImprovementsThe eastern portion of the project will convey flows through an existing 8‐inch sewer line in Carmel Street. This line conveys flow northerly across State Route 78 and connects into a 12‐inch line. The District analysis indicates that several of the lines in this area will require replacement in the ultimate flow condition, even without additional flows from the project.The middle portion ofthe project will convey flow to an existing 21‐inch sewerline in Twin Oaks Valley Road that conveys flow northerly across State Route 78 before connecting into a regional interceptor. There are several sections of on‐site sewer and sewer lines in Twin Oaks Valley Road that need to be relocated and/or upsized during development of the project.The Western portion of the project will require an offsite sewer line to convey flow to the existing 16‐inch gravity sewer line in Craven Road. The analysis indicates that a 12‐inch off‐site sewer line is required.Regional Improvements
At the time of the 2009 study, Tthere is was an approximately 7,000 foot section of existing interceptor from Grand Avenue to Lift Station Number 1 that is identified forreplacement in the District Master Plan. Based on Master Plan flow projections, the University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐21 District would require anHDPE line with an inside diameter of 31.5 inches. With additionalprojected flows from San Marcos University District, the recommended replacement linewould be a 36‐inch line.This interceptor has been ultimately replaced since thattime witha 42‐inch diameter sewer interceptor.The District is also planning to construct a parallel land outfall from Lift Station Number 1 to Siphon A to accommodate ultimate development. The District is planning on a 33‐ inch parallel line to accommodate build‐out flows per the Master Plan and it is believedthat a 33‐inch line is also adequate to accommodate increased flows from the San MarcosUniversity District projecton 30‐inch to 48‐inch parallel and new outfall pipelines toaccommodate buildout flows per the Master Plan.From Siphon A to the Encina Wastewater Authority, the District plans to parallel several sections of line to meet ultimate flows. The District has not yet analyzed additional improvements to this section of piping that may be necessary as a result of the SanMarcos University District project.These District proposed improvements incorporate theSan Marcos University District project.The District currently has 7.54 67 mgd of liquid treatment capacity at Encina and 5.0 mgdat the Meadowlark Treatment Plant for a total of 12.54 67 mgd. The 2002 2018 MasterPlan projected ultimate flows for the district to be 1314.27 40 mgd. The District will berequired to purchase additional capacity in the Encina System. With the development ofthe San Marcos University District, an additional 0.79 mgd of solids and liquid capacity willneed to be acquired in the Encina System.

Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐22 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VIII.E: Proposed Off‐Site Sewer Facilities
University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐23 VIII.4 Flood Control and Storm Drainage
A Preliminary Hydrology Report was completed for University District, per the June 2003 San Diego County Hydrology Manual, along with a Water Quality Technical Report (WQTR) to investigate Best Management Practices (BMPs) and Low‐Impact Development (LID) facilities or Integrated Management Practices (IMPs). Full reports for both of these studies can be referenced in the accompanying Environmental Impact Report (EIR) for this project.

While conceptual site planning for University District intends to maintain major existing draining patterns to the extent possible, preliminary analysis of the site’s existing and proposed hydrology identified an increase in storm water runoff upon full project build‐ out. This increase will require drainage facility improvements to mitigate potential impacts. The project proposes storm water detention systems throughout the District to provide hydromodification and peak flow mitigation. These improvements will mitigateimpacts of development and reduce project storm water runoff flow rates to preprojectrates, in compliance with the City of San Marcos BMP Design Manual. Futureimprovements evaluated in the accompanying EIR include construction of a berm andredirection of flows via a new public storm drain system to collect and convey flows off‐site.Hydraulic and flood routing analyses demonstrate that the proposed site planning and planned storm water facilities create a University District project that meets current City of San Marcos drainage requirements (see Figure VIII.F: Storm Drain System (East) and Figure VIII.F: Storm Drain System (West)).

Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐24 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VIII.F: Storm Drain System (West)
University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐25 FIGURE VIII.F1: Storm Drain System (West)
Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐26 University District | San Marcos FIGURE VIII.F: Storm Drain System (East)
University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐27 FIGURE VIII.F2: Storm Drain System (East)
Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐28 University District | San Marcos VIII.5 Solid Waste Disposal
Prior to issuance of building permits, each development project within University District will be required to provide adequate areas for collecting and loading of recyclable materials, as well as solid waste storage.

Recycle loading areas and solid waste storage facilities shall be located as far as possible from on‐site residential units and shall be completely screened from view from adjacent residential portions of the project. The location and design of recycling and solid waste enclosures shall also accountfor potential nuisances from odors and noise from collection vehicles.As a participating municipal agency in the San Diego County Integrated Waste Management Plan (IWMP), the City of San Marcos will provide updates on current University District project data to San Diego County as part of any update to the IWMP.Specific information provided shall relate to solid waste source reduction and recycling.

VIII.6 Public Services
According to the San Diego Association of Governments’ (SANDAG) 2007 population generation rate of 2.5 persons per unit and the proposed residential density of 2,600 units within the project area, the forecasted population increase directly related to University District build‐out is 6,500 residents. Further, the project also proposes 800 student housing dwelling units that are anticipated to house 5.0 persons per unit, which will generate an additional 4,000 residents. In total, the City of San Marcos population is forecasted to increase by approximately 10,500 residents upon full build‐out of theUniversity District project.

The following sections describe the potential impact of University District on public services. The accompanying Environmental Impact Report includes detailed analyses related to these services, as well as service provider letters (see Appendix J of the EIR).

University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐29 VIII.6.1 SchoolsThe University District project is located within the service boundaries of the San Marcos Unified School District (SMUSD). The SMUSD is 44 square miles in size and encompasses most of the City of San Marcos and portions of the Cities of Vista, Escondido, and Carlsbad, as well as unincorporated areas between these cities. The SMUSD provides kindergarten through 12th grade education in the City of San Marcos and currently operates eleven elementary schools, one K‐8 school, two middle schools, two senior high schools, one continuation high school, and one teen parenting center.

Schools currently servicing the project area include:
 Discovery Elementary School
K – 5th Grade: Serves students residing to the east and west of Twin Oaks Valley Road
 San Elijo Middle School
6th – 8th Grade: Serve students residing to the west of Twin Oaks Valley Road  Woodland Park Middle School
6th – 8th Grade: Serves students residing to the east of Twin Oaks Valley Road  San Marcos High School
9th – 12th Grade: Serves students residing to the west of Twin Oaks Valley Road  Mission Hills High School
9th – 12th Grade: Serves students residing to the east of Twin Oaks Valley Road The conceptual land use plan for University District identifies a potential new elementary school site west of Twin Oaks Valley Road and along the north side of the proposed Discovery Street extension.According to the State of California and SMUSDsite planning Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐30 University District | San Marcos guidelines, the identified site is approximately 10‐acres gross (8‐acre net usable) in size.

If SMUSD decides to locate a new elementary school within University District, this additional facility would help alleviate some of the enrollment pressure that currently exists on Discovery Elementary School.See the accompanying Environmental Impact Report for more detailed information regarding current SMUSD student enrollment and planned capacity for each of the schools referenced.

VIII.6.2 Fire ProtectionFire protection services for University District will be provided by the City of San Marcos Fire Department, which is jointly operated by the City and the San Marcos Fire Protection District. The Department has existing automatic mutual aid fire agreements with the Cities of Carlsbad, Vista, Escondido, Encinitas, and Rancho Santa Fe Fire Protection District.

According to the City of San Marcos Fire Department (2008), the proposed project would be primarily served by Fire Stations One and Four, with the following equipment andpersonnel available:
 Fire Station One
180 West Mission Road:
o One Paramedic Engine Company (3 personnel)
o One Paramedic Truck Company (3 personnel)
o One Paramedic Ambulance (2 personnel)
 Fire Station Two
1250 South Rancho Santa Fe Road:
o One Paramedic Engine Company (3 personnel)
University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐31 o One Paramedic Ambulance Staffed (2 personnel)
 Fire Station Three
404 Woodland Parkway:
o One Paramedic Engine Company (3 personnel)
o One Paramedic Truck (2 personnel)
 Fire Station Four
204 San Elijo Road:
o One Paramedic Engine Company (3 personnel)
o One Paramedic Ambulances (2 personnel)
o One Battalion Chief
Current staff levels and equipment at these fire stations are sufficient with an average response time of approximately 4.5 minutes to the general area of the project (based on the most current response data, 2008).

Increases in non‐emergency and emergency responses have a three‐year average of 4.15percent per year. At this rate of increase, additional fire protection resources will be required within a one‐ to two‐year period, regardless of the proposed project. The City of San Marcos Fire Department will review each University District development proposal to ensure that adequate fire protection services are available at all times.

VIII.6.3 Police ProtectionPolice protection services for the proposed University District project will be providedthrough the San Diego County Sheriff’s Department, under contract with the City of San Marcos. Specifically,the project will be served by the existing Sheriff Department Station located at 182 Santar Place in the northeast quadrant of San Marcos. The Sheriff’s San Marcos Station provides law enforcement services to the City and unincorporated Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐32 University District | San Marcos communities surrounding the station, including parts of Escondido,HarmonyGrove, Elfin Forest, Lake San Marcos, Mountain Meadows, and San Pasqual Valley.

Services are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and include general patrol, traffic enforcement, criminal investigation, crime prevention, juvenile services, communications and dispatch, and various management support services. Law enforcement services include Community Oriented Police and Problem Solving (COPPS) Teams, traffic enforcement, criminal investigations, canine handlers, juvenile diversion,narcotics and gang investigations, and crime prevention. COPPS Teams focus on a non‐ traditional approach to crime suppression through interaction with other agencies and local citizens; each COPPS Team consists of five deputies and a supervising sergeant.

Approximately 97 persons, including traffic, detectives, and supervisors are sworn officers.Current service demand for each 10,000 resident population includes one 24‐hour service package of Sheriff Department staff, which consists of six patrol deputies, one detective, one pro‐rated portion of a supervisor and one clerical support staff member. According to the San Diego County Sheriff Department, service ratios are 1.02 officers per 1,000 residents in the City and 0.61 officers per 1,000 residents in the surrounding unincorporated areas. Based on 2009 Department of Finance statistics, the City’s population is 83,194. This number of residents would require approximately 85 officers assigned to the City. The forecasted increase of 10,500 residents resulting from full build‐ out of the University District project would require approximately 11 additional officers.

The current goal for response time to a priority call is 8 minutes or less. According to the San Diego County Sheriff Department 2007 Annual Report, average response times within the City ranged from 6.9 minutes for Priority 1 calls and 11.2 for Priority 2 calls. Non‐ emergency calls averaged a response time of 17.0 minutes for Priority 3 calls to 40.7 minutes for Priority 4 calls.

University District | San Marcos Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐33 VIII.6.4 LibrariesThe City of San Marcos is served by the San Diego County Library systems, with the San Marcos branch located at 2 Civic Center Drive, approximately one‐half mile from the University District project site. This branch contains public access computers and has a collection of approximately 8,118 materials.Additional library resources are available to the community through two colleges located in San Marcos. A resident may purchase an annual Readers Circle card for $30.00 to obtain borrowing privileges at the California State University San Marcos campus library, or have free access using a valid picture ID and proof of current mailing address at the Palomar Community College library.

Infrastructure | Utilities | Public Services: VIII‐34 University District | San Marcos This page intentionally left blank.
“Teamwork is the ability to work together toward a common vision.

It is the fuel that allows common people to attain uncommon results.” ‐ Anonymous
IX. IMPLEMENTATION |

ADMINISTRATION
IX.1 The “Next Steps”The University District Specific Plan paves the way for implementation of a regionally significant and prominent mixed‐use development, which exemplifies the benefits of community‐wide collaboration. This project is something the entire community of San Marcos can be proud of, as it reflects the collaboration and input of numerous stakeholders.

Within North San Diego County, this project will elevate the visibility of downtown San Marcos and help the City to be recognized as a principal leader of sustainable planning. Final implementation of the University District project will rely on continued alliances between the community partners who have already dedicated a great deal of time in ensuring its success. (Continued on Next Page)
(Continued from Previous Page)
Implementation | Administration: IX‐2 University District | San Marcos IX.2 Specific Plan Adoption
IX.2.1 Heart of the City Specific Plan Amendment
In accordance with adoption of Specific Plan (SP) 87‐29 (08M #23) and certification ofthe accompanying Environmental Impact Report (EIR) 08‐43, this Specific Plan repeals and replaces the provisions of the previously adopted Heart of the City Specific Plan for all properties located within the project boundary of this University District Specific Plan. All other provisions of the Heart of the City Specific Plan will remain intact and applicable to all properties located outside of the University District Specific Plan area, but within the boundaries of the Heart of the City Specific Plan.

IX.2.2 General Plan AmendmentTo ensure internal document consistency and to avoid temporary conflicts, the City of San Marcos General Plan shall be amended concurrently with adoption of the University District Specific Plan. The following amendments shall occur as part of General Plan Amendment No. (GPA) 08‐103:
 Modify the original Heart of the City Specific Plan boundary, as currently identified in all relevant General Plan and Heart of the City Specific Plan narrative and maps, to show the expanded Specific Plan project boundary. Reference Figure I.D: Aerial Vicinity Map in Chapter I for clarification;  Change land use designations of parcels located within the University District project area from the current General Plan land use designations of “Business Park,” “Neighborhood Commercial,” and “Specific Plan‐Medical Health Care Campus” to a new General Plan land use designation of “Specific Plan‐University District“ (SPA‐UD);
University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐3  Amend the General Plan Barham/Discovery Community Plan to:
o Allow for the Specific Plan Area‐University District (SPA‐UD) land use designation in the Barham Discovery Community Plan and Barham Discovery Community Plan Land Use Map.
o Delete the portion of area located north of Barham Drive/Discovery Street now integrated into the University District Specific Plan from the Scripps Memorial Hospital Specific Plan;
o Allow for higher density residential and mixed‐use development (the Community Plan Land Use Map indicates that residential development projects shall be designed to not exceed more than 85 percent of allowable densities);
o Allow for access roads to be designed in accordance with the City’s standard arterial or collector street dimensions (as opposed to the existing rural requirements);
o Revise policy language intended to promote development of a 100‐acre “Business Park” adjacent to State Route 78, to instead allow for a mix of developed land uses;
 Amend all other General Plan narrative and maps contained within the Land Use, Housing, Circulation, Conservation and Open Space, Safety and Noise Elements in order that the University District Specific Plan and current General Plan, as amended, are internally consistent.

IX.2.3 Zoning Ordinance AmendmentThe City of San Marcos Zoning Ordinance shall be amended under Rezone (R) 08‐140 to establish the Specific Plan Area‐University District (SPA‐UD). At such time, the zoning classifications and regulations described in the University District Specific Plan, for all parcels located within the University District project boundary, shall supersede the Implementation | Administration: IX‐4 University District | San Marcos “Business Park,” “Neighborhood Commercial,” and “Specific Plan‐Medical Health Care Campus” designations. For purposes ofthe Specific Plan Area‐UniversityDistrict(UDSPA) only, these designations shall be replaced as “Specific Plan Area‐Mixed Use (SPA‐MU).” Further, amendment to the Zoning Ordinance shall occur concurrently with City Council approval of the University District Specific Plan and San Marcos General Plan Amendment.

IX.3 Environmental Analysis
Pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), a Program EIR was prepared for the 2009 University District Specific Plan. An Addendums to the 2009 Program EIR and has been were prepared in 2014 and 2022 to evaluate the potentialenvironmental effects of the proposed amendments to the University District SpecificPlan.Ix.3.1 Addendum to the 2009 Program EIR for the University District SpecificPlan AmendmentThe Addendums to the 2009 Program EIR has determined the environmental impacts ofthe 2014 and 2021 University District Specific Plan Amendments, will not introduceenvironmental impacts beyond those identified and analyzed in the 2009 Program EIR.

The 2014 and 2022 Addendums to the 2009 Program FEIR complyies with the statutory requirements of state law. CEQA Guidelines § 15164(a) states the following with respect to an Addendum to an EIR:
(a) The lead agency or responsible agency shall prepare anaddendum to a previously certified EIR ifsome changes or additions are necessary but none of the conditions described in Section 15162 calling for preparation of a subsequent EIR have occurred.

An Addendum to prior environmental analysis is appropriate if the minor technical changes or modifications do not result in any new significant impacts or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant impacts. The Addendum is not University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐5 required to be circulated for public review; however, an Addendum is to be considered by the decision‐making body prior to making a decision on the project.

IX.3.2 Program EIR for 2009 University District Specific Plan AmendmentCertificationThe State CEQA Guidelines identify several types of EIRs, each applicable to different project circumstances. Given the magnitude of the University District Specific Plan project, and likelihood that site development will occur over a period of years in a seriesof action that are related either (1) geographically; (2) as logical parts in the chain of contemplated actions; (3) in connection with the issuance of rules, regulations, plans or other general criteria to govern the conduct of a continuing program; or (4) as individual activities carried out under the same authorizing statutory or regulatory authority and having generally similar environmental effects which can be mitigated in similar ways, a Program Environmental Impact Report (EIR) has been completed for this project in order to avoid duplicative reconsideration of basic policy considerations and improve consideration of cumulative impacts – in compliance with the requirements of California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines Section 15168 – Program EIR. Moreover, CEQA Guidelines Section 15165 requires preparation of a Program EIR where a phased project is to be undertaken and where the total undertaking comprises a project with significant environmental effects.

In the event that any future actions require discretionary review, in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Sections 15168©, 15182, and 15162 through 15164,those actions would be examined in light of the Program EIR using a written checklist or similar device to determine whether the action is within the scope of the Program EIR and no further environmental document prepared pursuant to CEQA (“CEQA document”) is required or whether an additional CEQA document must be prepared.

Mitigation Monitoring Program
Public Resources Code (PRC) Section 21081.6 requires that a “reporting or monitoring program shall be designed to ensure compliance during implementation” of the Implementation | Administration: IX‐6 University District | San Marcos University District project. The adopted program shall apply to changes made to the project or conditions of project approval to mitigate or avoid significant effects on the environment. The City has prepared a Mitigation Monitoring Program (MMP) in conjunction with preparation of the Final Program EIR for the University District Specific Plan. The MMP provides a brief summary of the required mitigation for impacts attributable to the project, identifies the party responsible for monitoring project compliance with the mitigation measures, and identifies the time period or project phase in with the mitigation measures are to be completed.

Pursuant to Sections 15091 and 15093 of California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines, should significant adverse environmental impacts not be fully mitigated, or for which mitigation is notfeasible,the City Council will be required to adopt a Statement of Overriding Considerations (SOC) in order to proceed with project approval. The SOC shall detail the economic, social, and/or other related benefits resulting from the project, which outweigh the unavoidable adverse environmental impacts.

The final approved MMP may be referenced in the certified Program EIR document.CEQA FindingsPursuant to Sections 15043, 15091, and 15093 of CEQA Guidelines, various findings are required to certify a CEQA document. Pursuantto Section 15091 of CEQA Guidelines,the City Council shall make one or more of the following findings:
(1) Changes or alterations have been required in, or incorporated into, the project which avoid or substantially lessen the significant environmental effect as identified in the final EIR.
(2) Such changes or alterations are within the responsibility and jurisdiction of another public agency and notthe agency making the finding. Such changes have been adopted by such other agency or can and should be adopted by such other agency.
(3) Specific economic, legal, social, technological, or other considerations, including provision of employment opportunities for highly trained workers, make University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐7 infeasible the mitigation measures or project alternatives identified in the final EIR.

In addition, pursuant to Section 15093 of CEQA Guidelines, should significant adverse environmental impacts not be fully mitigated, or for which mitigation is not feasible, the City Council will be required to adopt a Statement of Overriding Considerations (SOC) in order to proceed with project approval. The SOC shall detail the economic, social, legal, technological and/or other related benefits resulting from the project, which outweigh the unavoidable adverse environmental impacts.

Finally, pursuant to Section 65454 of the Government Code, the City Council must find thatthe University District Specific Plan is consistent with the General Plan upon adoption or amendment of the Specific Plan.Notice of Determination Pursuant to Section 15094 of CEQA Guidelines, the City of San Marcos shall file a Notice of Determination within five (5) working days of deciding to carry out or approve the University District Specific Plan and San Marcos General Plan Amendment. This Notice shall be sent to other agencies and will be filed with the San Diego County Clerk.

IX.4 Specific Plan Implementation
IX.4.1 Conflicting RegulationsAny matter or issue not specifically covered by this Specific Plan shall be subject to theregulations and procedures of the City of San Marcos Zoning Ordinance. In the case of aconflict between this Specific Plan and the Zoning Ordinance or any other City law,regulation, or policy, this Specific Plan shall take precedence.IX.4.21 SeverabilityIn the event that any regulation, condition, program, policy, or provision of this Specific Plan, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is held to be invalid or Implementation | Administration: IX‐8 University District | San Marcos unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction, such regulation, condition, program, policy, or provision shall be deemed separate, distinct and independent, and shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions of this Specific Plan, or applications thereof that can be implemented without the invalid provision or application, unless the deletion of such regulation, condition, program, policy, or provision would result in a material change so as to cause compliance or enforcement of the Specific Plan to be unreasonable.

IX.4.23 City‐Initiated Marketing ProgramTo further the objectives of this plan, and to ensure the capture of a proportionate share of corporate and other desirable users in a competitive market,the City should formulate a comprehensive marketing program for the project area. The principal target of this program should be regionally or nationally established firms closely identified with development of the highest quality and having the means to fully implement the objectives of this plan.

IX.4.34 Financing Public ImprovementsThe following section outlines the financing mechanisms used by the City of San Marcos, other than developer exactions currently authorized by local ordinance, which could be employed alone, in combination with the listed financing mechanisms or other possible unlisted financing mechanisms, for implementation of public improvements within the project area:

California Subdivision Map Act (Reimbursement District) Under Articles 5 and 6 of Chapter 4 of the California Subdivision Map Act (as amended from time to time), cities are authorized to collect funds to cover the costs of public improvements including roads, bridges, drainage and sanitary sewer facilities, and groundwater recharge facilities. Under these provisions, the City could enter into an agreement with a developer for reimbursement of that portion of improvement costs equal to the difference between the amount it would have cost the developer to install University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐9 improvements to serve his/her property only, and the actual cost of such improvements.

Reimbursement would occur by levying a charge on any real property similarly benefited or by establishing and maintaining a local benefit district to levy and collect charges or costs from other benefited properties. It is possible, under this approach, to defer payment of charges or costs by other benefited properties until such property is developed.Special Tax LevyCalifornia law authorizes cities to place a special tax levy on the ballot for benefitassessments. Proposition 218 added Articles XIII C and D to the California Constitution controlling how general taxes are levied and requiring certain previously levied general taxes to be ratified by voters. It reduces all taxes to either general taxes or special taxes.

It defines a general tax as "any tax imposed for general governmental purposes" and a special tax as "any tax imposed for specific purposes, including a tax imposed for specific purposes, which is placed into a general fund." General and special taxes can be reducedor repealed through the initiative process. Benefit assessments and "property related fees and charges" cannot be imposed without prior voter approval. Fees, charges, and assessments can be reduced or repealed through the initiative process.

For the City of San Marcos to pursue a special tax levy, it must hold a noticed public hearing and adopt an ordinance or resolution prior to placing the tax on the ballot. The ordinance or resolution must specify the purpose of the tax, the rate at which it will be imposed, the method of collection, and the date of the election to approve the tax levy.

Approval by a 2/3 vote of the City is necessary for adoption.

General Obligation BondsIn 1986, California voters approved Proposition 46, restoring the ability of local governments and school districts to issue general obligation bonds. General obligation bonds require approval by 2/3 of the jurisdiction’s voters and are used to finance the acquisition and construction of public capital facilities and real estate (see Government Code Sections 29900 et seq. and 43600 et seq., and Education Code Sections 15100 et seq.). General obligation bonds are repaid through an increase in the ad valorem property Implementation | Administration: IX‐10 University District | San Marcos tax being levied by the issuing jurisdiction. General obligation bonds may be used to fund such things as schools, libraries, jails, fire protection and capital improvements.

Public Enterprise Revenue Bonds
Local governments have the ability to issue bonds to finance facilities for revenue producing public enterprises. The enterprises developed under these funds are financed by user charges that, in turn, are applied to bond debt service payments. Revenue bondsdo not require approval by a two‐third vote since they are neither payable from taxes, nor from the general fund. The Revenue Bond Act of 1941 (Government Code Sections 54300 et seq.) is the most commonly used bond act. Under this act, bonds may be issued for revenue producing facilities such as airports, harbors, hospitals, parking, and garbage collection. Bonds under this act are adopted by resolution of the legislative body and subject to approval by a simple majority of the citizens voting on the bond measure.

Impact Fees and Exactions
Dedications of land and impact fees are exactions which lessen the impacts of new development resulting from increased population or demand on services. Local governments derive their authority to impose exactions from the "police power" granted to them by the State Constitution and/or specific state enabling statutes such as the Subdivision Map Act.Quimby Act Fees
Quimby Act fees are in‐lieu fees payable by developers to the City for acquisition of parkland and open space.Assessing Tax District
California law authorizes a variety of assessment procedures which could be employed to finance and maintain public improvements within the project area. These procedures potentially can be applied to finance construction of roads, bridges or grade‐separated crossings, flood protection or storm drainage facilities, and open space. They can also be used to provide maintenance service or other specialized services, such as transit.

University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐11 Assessment district procedures provide an equitable way of assigning costs because they operate directly on benefited properties and area based on assessed valuation. However, with the passage of Proposition 218 in 1998, there is now a requirement for a property owner petition and subsequent property owner ballot process before an assessing tax district can be formed.School Impact Fees
School Districts establish fees, in accordance with state regulations, to be used to construct school facilities. School impact fees are collected by the City prior to the issuance of a building permit, and are forwarded to the applicable school districts.

Drainage and Sewer Facilities
Section 66410‐66499.30 of the Government Code and the Subdivision Map Act of Government Code Sections 66483‐66484.5 authorize payment of fees to defer the costs of drainage facilities for the removal of surface and storm waters from local and neighborhood drainage areas. To enact fees, an ordinance requiring payment of fees must be in effect for a period of 30 days prior to the filing of a tentative map (or parcel map if no tentative map is required). The ordinance refers to a drainage or sanitary sewer area which contains an estimate of the total costs of constructing the local drainage or sanitary sewer facilities required in the plan. The governing body is the legislative body that has adopted the drainage or sanitary sewer plan. Whether actual or estimated, the fee to be imposed is based upon the findings of the legislative body that the subdivision and development of property within the planned drainage or local sanitary sewer area will necessitate construction of the facilities described in the plan.

Bridges and Major Thoroughfares
Section 66484 of the Government Code authorizes the design, acquisition of rights‐of‐ way, administration of construction contracts and actual construction of bridges and major thorough‐fares. Local ordinance must refer to the Circulation Element of the General Plan and to the provisions of such element, which identify those major thoroughfares whose primary purpose is to carry through‐traffic and to provide a network Implementation | Administration: IX‐12 University District | San Marcos connecting to the state highway system. If one‐half of the owners within the area of benefit protestthe improvement,then proceedings are abandoned. Local ordinance may require the payment of a fee as a condition of approval of a final map, or as a condition of building permit issuance. An ordinance adopted pursuant to this section may provide for the acceptance of consideration of in lieu of payment of fees. The Agency imposing fees may incur an interest‐bearing indebtedness for the construction of bridge facilities or major thorough‐fares.Streets and Highways
Section 22585‐22594 of the Streets and Highways Code allows the legislative body to construct or install improvements and to provide for the maintenance or servicing of those improvements. The assessment district is initiated by the legislative resolution.

Proceedings for the assessment may be abandoned if there is a majority protest representing property owners owning more than 50 percent of the area of assessable lands within the proposed district. A four‐fifths vote of all legislative body members can overrule the protest.

Special Municipal Tax Districts
Special Municipal Tax Districts are authorized under Section 60000‐60160 of the Government Code. Such districts can maintain and operate any public improvement or utility of local necessity or convenience, furnish or perform any special local service including music, recreation, or advertising. The governing body may appoint officers and employees for the district, as it deems necessary. Officers and employees serve at the pleasure ofthe legislative body and are not subjectto civil service provisions. Formulation is initiated by a petition of residents living within the proposed district. Ten percent ofthe registered voters within the proposed district must sign the petition. The legislative body adopts a resolution of intention and, if no objections are sustained, submits the questions of district formation and tax levy to residents of the district. A majority vote in favor of the district allows the legislative body to declare the district formed and levy the special tax. The district has the authority to levy taxes upon taxable property not to exceed $1 per year on each $100 of assessed valuation.

University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐13 Other Special Assessment and Bonding ActsA host of other assessment district acts exist in California, many of which could be used within the project area. All of these allow for the issuance of bonds to represent unpaid assessments. This in turn allows the owner to pay lien to installments over the period of years the particular bond act and proceeding use provides. The bonds themselves can be issued against single owners or against a group of owners. Assessment districts are beneficial in thatthey provide allthe funding needed for a particular public facility project in advance of the projected development activity. However, assessment districts also create a long‐term encumbrance on the benefiting property and require that the funds be repaid over an extended period of time. Assessment districts also require the approval of a majority of the property owners in order to establish the district.

The following are some of the many assessment and bonding acts:
 Improvement Act of 1911 (Streets and Highways Code §5000 et seq.) Municipal Improvement Act of 1913 (Streets and Highways Code §10000 et seq.) Improvement Bond Act of 1915 (Streets and Highways Code §8500 et seq.) Park and Playground Act of 1909 (Government Code §38000 et seq.) Tree Planting Act of 1931 (Streets and Highways code §22000 et seq.) Landscaping and Lighting Act of 1972 (Streets and Highways Code §22500 et seq.)
 Benefit Assessment Act of 1982 (Government Code §54703 et seq.) Integrated Financing District Act (Government Code §53175 et seq.) Street Lighting Act of 1919 (Streets and Highways Code §18000 et seq.) Municipal Lighting Maintenance District Act of 1927 (Street and Highways Code §18600 et seq.)
 Street Lighting Act of 1931 (Street s and Highways Code §18300 et seq.) Parking District Law of 1943 (Streets and Highways Code §31500 et seq.) Parking District Law of 1951 (Streets and Highways Code §35100 et seq.) Parking and Business Improvement Area Law of 1989 (Street and Highways Code §36500 et seq.)
Implementation | Administration: IX‐14 University District | San Marcos  Property and Business Improvement District Law of 1994 (Streets and Highways Code §36600 et seq.)
 Pedestrian Mall Law of 1960 (Street and Highways Code §11000 et seq.) Permanent Road Divisions Law (Streets and Highways Code §1160 et seq.) Community Rehabilitation District Law of 1985 (Government Code §53370 et seq.)
 Geologic Hazard Abatement District (Public Resources Code §26500 et seq.) Open Space Maintenance Act (Government Code §50575 et seq.) Fire Suppression Assessment (Government Code §50078 et seq.) Certificates of ParticipationWith certificates of participation, a local agency leases property from another entity andthe lessor raises capital for the project by issuing and selling certificates of participation to private investors. Private investors acquire an interest in the lease payments that the local agency pays to the lessor. Certificate of participation leases are exempt from the constitutional requirement for tw0‐thirds voter approval of long‐term debts.

Business Improvement District (BID)
A Business Improvement District is a mechanism for assessing and collecting fees that can be used to fund various improvements and programs within a district. The range of activities that can potentially be funded through BIDs is broad and includes parking improvements, sidewalk cleaning, streetscape maintenance, streetscape improvements (e.g. installation of furniture, lighting, planting, etc.), promotional events, marketing and advertising, security patrols, public art,trash collection, landscaping, and otherfunctions.

Communities Facility District (CFD or Mello‐Roos)
The Mello‐Roos Act of 1982 was enacted to provide a method of financing public facilities in new and developing areas. The Mello‐Roos Act enables cities, counties, special districts, and school districts to establish community facilities districts and to levy special taxes to fund a wide variety of facilities and services required by a specific plan. A Mello‐ Roos tax can be applied to the planning and design work directly related to the University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐15 improvements being financed and may also fund services on a “pay‐as‐you‐go” basis.

This tax can fund facilities and services related to police and fire protection, ambulances, flood protection recreational programs, parks, and schools. A Mello‐Roos is also known as a Community Facilities District (CFD). The formation of such CFDs may be initiated by owner/developer petition. Mello‐Roos districts also require approval by a two‐thirds majority of the property owners in order to establish the district. A Mello‐Roos tax is not a special assessment, so there is no requirement that the tax be apportioned on the basis of property benefit. The tax can be structured so thatit varies depending upon the zoning or development intensity of the property being assessed. Apportionment cannot, however, be done on an ad valorem basis.

Infrastructure Financing District (IFD)An Infrastructure Financing District (Government Code section 53395‐53397.11) may finance the planning, design, purchase, construction, expansion, improvement, seismic retrofit, or rehabilitation (but not the operation or maintenance thereof) of any real or tangible public facility property with a useful life of 15 years or longer that provides significant benefits to the district established as an IFD. It may include, but is not limited to (1) Highways, interchanges, ramps and bridges, arterial streets, parking facilities, and transit facilities;(2) Sewage treatment and water reclamation plants and interceptor pipes; (3) Facilities for the collection and treatment of water for urban uses; (4) Flood control levees and dams, retention basins, and drainage channels;(5) Child carefacilities;(6) Libraries; (7) Parks, recreational facilities, and open space; and (8) Facilities for the transfer and disposal of solid waste, including transfer stations and vehicles. IFDs use a tax‐increment method of financing similar to Redevelopment Agencies, but IFDs need not make a special finding that an area is blight. The time limit for collecting tax increments is 30 years. Like Redevelopment Agencies, IFDs have affordable housing requirements they must fulfill, but IFDs have no eminent domain authority. Two‐thirds approval of the voters in a proposed district is necessary to establish an IFD unless there are fewer than 12 landowners in the district. In such cases, only two‐thirds of the landowners are needed to form the IFD.

Implementation | Administration: IX‐16 University District | San Marcos Integrated Financing District
Using the Integrated Financing District Act (Government Code Section 53175 et seq.), a developer can ask local officials to create an integrated financing district. A developer can lend money to the local agency to build the necessary public facilities, or the developer can build the facilities. The new integrated financing districtissues bonds that will be paid by contingent assessments. The assessments remain dormant until other development starts to occur. As other developers build in the area that is now supplied with public facilities improvements, they pay their fair share of the infrastructure's costs and the original developer who lent funds to the local agency or built the facilities, recoups its investment.Commercial Parking Benefit DistrictParking net revenues collected from paid parking (i.e. parking pay stations, meters, leases, and permits) in the Commercial Parking Benefit District are dedicated to funding public improvements and services that benefit the University District. ("Net revenues" means total parking revenues from the area, less revenue collection costs, such as purchase and operation of the meters, enforcement and the administration of the district.) To ensure that the benefits from these revenues are clearly distinguished from other improvement funding sources, it is recommended that they remain separate from the City’s General Fund. Parking Benefit Districts are only effective when district merchants and property owners can clearly see that the monies collected are being spent for the benefit of their blocks, on projects that they have chosen through participation in or with an established Commercial Parking Benefit District advisory body to the City Council. This advisory body advises the City on policies and expenditures of parking meter revenue. City Council retains final approval over all expenditures. Bonding against future revenue enables the City to fund larger capital improvement projects (including the cost of the meters).

Private Document Transfer Fees
A Private Document Transfer Fee can be imposed through a Covenant Condition & Restriction ("CC&R"), permit condition, or restriction contained in a deed, contract, University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐17 security interest or other document affecting the transfer or sale of an interest in realproperty. AB 980 requires that as ofJanuary 1, 2008, sellers must disclose such document transfer fees to buyers when delivering the transfer disclosure statement. The disclosure statement must include (1) notice that payment of the transfer fee is required; (2)the amount ofthe fee based on the asking price ofthe property and how the fee is calculated; (3) notice that the final amount of the fee may be different if it is calculated on the basis of a percentage of the final sale price; (4) the entity to which the fee will be paid; (5) the purposes of the fee; and (6) the date or circumstances under which the obligation to pay the transfer fee expires.

Local, State and Federal Funding
Certain public facilities or portions of public facilities may be determined to quality for grants, low‐interest loans, tax benefits or other financial assistance from local, state or federal government sources for economic stimulus or other reasons. Such public facilitiesmay be funded with one or more of these sources, which include, but are not limited to the following:
 Community Development Block Grants (CDBG)
The Community Development Block Grant program is a federal grant program administered locally. CDBG funding can be used for economic development purposes including property acquisition and as part of the City's comprehensive strategy for economic development.
 State of California Infrastructure Financing
The State of California provides infrastructure financing support and financialassistance to cities and counties for public infrastructure projects. Although this funding is not directly available for individual businesses, cities and counties can have access to public infrastructure financing and provide it to qualified businesses located in the Specific Plan Area. This is a particularly important tool for off‐site infrastructure improvements that have been necessary to support new business expansion in the State.

Implementation | Administration: IX‐18 University District | San Marcos  Transportation/TEA Funding Sources
A variety of potential Federal and State transportation funding sources exist which could be used to finance different public infrastructure.  State and Federal Economic Stimulus Funds
A variety of legislation has been enacted at the state and federal level designed to support"shovel‐ready" projects that spur economic development.Adoption of the Specific Plan and environmental documentation will help publicinfrastructure projects associated with the development to rank higher in applications pursuing state and federal economic stimulus funding.

IX.4.5 Affordable HousingThis Specific Plan requires that 15% of all residential dwelling units be affordable for low‐ and moderate‐income households. Those units shall be provided as follows:
 Prior to receipt of any (temporary or final) Certificate of Occupancy Permit for the 1,475th residential unit (excluding affordable), final Certificate of OccupancyPermits shall be issued for no less than 130 Affordable units.  Prior to receipt of any (temporary or final) Certificate of Occupancy Permit of the 2,000th residential unit (excluding affordable), final Certificate of OccupancyPermits shall be issued for no less than 15% or 300 Affordable units.  Following issuance of (temporary or final) Certificates of Occupancy for the 2000th residential unit, all future projects proposing residential units must make University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐19 15% of the project’s residential units Affordable as a condition of issuance of finalCertificates of Occupancy.  A project applicant may set aside 50% or less of the above required affordable for moderate income households as defined under State law.
 At least 50% of the above required Affordable units shall be set aside for low income households as defined under State law; however, a project applicant maydecide to set aside Affordable units for households earning less than lowincome.  When all the required Affordable units are not included within the same project as non‐Affordable residential units, an applicant shall be entitled to satisfy thatthe applicable Affordable unit obligation through reliance on Affordable unitsthat are or will be located elsewhere within the UDSP boundaries if:
o The applicant or owner ofthe project with the Affordable unit(s) provides the City a letter (“Recognition Letter”) that identifies (i) the number ofpreviously unallocated Affordable units the applicant for the non‐Affordable residential units may rely on to satisfy the applicant orowner’s Affordable unit obligations; and (ii)the location, and name oftheowner or applicant, of the project benefitting from that Affordable unitallocation. o The applicant of the project with the Affordable units that provided the Recognition Letter has recorded or will record an affordable housingagreement with the City that requires compliance with the Affordableunits obligations, which agreement shall be similar to the agreement theCity uses for project’s satisfying the City Inclusionary Housing Ordinance.

Implementation | Administration: IX‐20 University District | San Marcos IX.4.64 Legal, Non‐Conforming UsesLegal, non‐confirming uses located within the University District Specific Plan shall comply with the standards set forth in the City of San Marcos Municipal Code Sections

20.92.090 through 20.92.150. These provisions relate to non‐conforming buildings, structures, land and uses; specifically to expansion of non‐conforming uses, maintenance of non‐conforming land and/or building(s), alteration of non‐conforming building(s), non‐ conforming use of non‐conforming building(s), and reconstruction of non‐conforming building(s) that have been partially destroyed.In the event that any provision listed within a section of this Specific Plan is in conflict with the City’s Municipal Code, the provision of the Specific Plan shall prevail.

Loss of Non‐Conforming Status
Rights to non‐conforming status shall terminate upon the following:
(a) Discontinuance of a non‐conforming use for a continuous period of six months or more. The Planning Director shall base determination of discontinuance on evidence including the removal of equipment, furniture, machinery, structures, or other components of the non‐conforming use, disconnected or discontinued utilities, or no business records to document continued operation. Maintenance of a valid business license shall of itself not be considered a continuation of the use.
(b) Conviction of a misdemeanor for violating the provisions of the San Marcos Municipal Code/Zoning Ordinance, pursuant to Chapter 1.12.010. (c) Maintenance of any public or private nuisance. Any violation of the provisions of the San Marcos Municipal Code, pursuant to Chapter 20.112.040, or any violation of the common law of nuisance that could be enjoined under a private nuisance action shall result in the discontinuance of the non‐conforming use.

Without further action by the City, any subsequent use of the site or structure shall comply with all of the regulations of the applicable district and all other applicable University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐21 provisions of this Specific Plan and relevant sections of the City’s Municipal Code/ZoningOrdinance.Non‐Conforming Use Permit Procedures (a) Permit Requirements. A Non‐Conforming Use Permit is required for the expansion or modification of existing non‐conforming structures or uses. The intent of this permit is to allow for individual review of requests to expand or modify a non‐conforming use in a manner that ensures compatibility with surrounding areas and land uses.
(b) Approving Authority. The City Council shall be the final decision‐making body for all Non‐Conforming Use Permits. The Planning Commission shall hear and provide a recommendation to the City Council for action on each Non‐ Conforming Use Permit application.
(c) Required Findings. ANon‐ConformingUse Permit shall be granted only when the designated approving authority determines that the proposed use or activity complies with the applicable requirements of the City’s Municipal Code/Zoning Ordinance.
(d) Conditions/Guarantees. The designated approving authority may impose conditions and/or require guarantees for the Non‐Conforming Use Permit to ensure compliance with this section and other applicable provisions of this Specific Plan, and to prevent adverse or detrimental impact to surroundingneighborhoods.

IX.4.75 Lot ConsolidationIt is the intent of the University District Specific Plan to actively encourage the voluntary consolidation, by property owners working in concert with the City, of small lots.

Comprehensively planned development results in greater land use efficiencies, improved design and reduced incremental costs typically associated with larger scale projects.

Implementation | Administration: IX‐22 University District | San Marcos Existing legal land uses and development that does not meet the requirements of this Specific Plan shall be permitted to continue indefinitely under legal non‐conforming status, subject to the non‐conforming regulations identified in the previous section. This market‐driven approach is intended to ensure that Specific Plan implementation benefits current businesses and landowners as well as future landowners, District developers, and the larger San Marcos community.

For any legal purposes, the City may condemn property, including land needed for identified or necessary public improvements, such as flood control or Low‐Impact Development (LID)Storm Water Quality (SWQ) improvements, street rights‐of‐way,public parking, and proposed parkland. Any use of eminent domain shall comply with all applicable laws regarding fair compensation, including those of the State of California and the United States of America.For purposes of this program, the term “lot consolidation” shall mean the legal/physical combination of adjoining parcels through the tentative map or boundary adjustment process, and the concurrent submittal of a master site plan reflecting integrated development of the acreage being consolidated.

IX.5 Development Review Process
IX.5.1 Pre‐Application Consistency Review
Prior to any Site Development Review, Tentative Map, or Conditional Use Permit application submittal, applicants shall meet with the Planning Director or his/her designee for informal review and comments regarding the development goals, policies, and standards of the University District Specific Plan. Such meetings are intended to reduce expenditures of time and money in preparing project‐specific development proposals.

University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐23 IX.5.2 Master Development Plan (If Applicable)It is the intent of the University District Specific Plan to provide for integrated development at the earliest possible point in the development review process and to discourage piecemeal or strip development. Cohesive development will occur most effectively by the voluntary efforts of individual and/or multiple property owners through a master plan process.

A Master Development Plan shall apply to all existing properties in, and all projects proposed within the University District project area if, and only if, it is the opinion of the Planning Director or his/her designee that a project specific application(s) will result in piecemeal development that ultimately prevents or precludes future development of adjacent properties in a manner consistent with the University District Specific Plan.

If deemed necessary, a Master Development Plan shall adhere to the following requirements:
(a) A MasterDevelopment Plan shall, at minimum, cover all ofthatland use sub‐area of which the subject property is a part. This is provided, however, that where a public street or streets within the sub‐area form a logical alternate boundary, themaster plan may, at the discretion of the Planning Director or his/her designee, extend to that alternate limit instead.
(b) Applications for Master Development Plan approval shall be made on a form prescribed by the Planning Director or his/her designee, and shall conform to the Site Development Review requirements detailed in Section IX.4.3 below. A MasterDevelopment Plan shall be processed concurrently with any development proposal applicable to the subject property, pursuant to established Site Development Review procedures.
(c) Master Development Plans shall, at a minimum, adhere to the requirements set forth in Chapter VI – Form Based Code of this Specific Plan.

Implementation | Administration: IX‐24 University District | San Marcos IX.5.3 Site Development ReviewAll development proposals within the University District Specific Plan Area (UDSPA) shall submit for Site Development Review, as set forth in Chapter 20.80 of the City of San Marcos Municipal Code – Zoning Ordinance. Each project‐specific application shall be administratively evaluated by the City of San Marcos Development Advisory Committee for consistency with the University District Specific Plan; and shall, at minimum, include the following materials or documentation:
 Completed Site Development Review application and payment of appropriate processing fee;
 Written description of proposed land uses; Preliminary title report or policy for all properties involved; Master development plan (only if required); Site plan drawn to appropriate scale; Architectural floor plans and elevations; Preliminary (conceptual) grading and drainage plan; Landscape plan, inclusive of Low Impact Development (LID) design solutions; Building materials board and color photo of that board (no larger than 11” x 17”; Visual simulation/impact analysis demonstrating the proposed building types (e.g. heights, articulation of frontages,rooftypes, colors and materials) along the major circulation corridors within the project area.
 Such other information and/or materials as requested by the Planning Director or his/her designee.

Upon completion of Site Development Review, and based on the consistency determination, the Development Advisory Committee shall have the power to approve an application with conditions or revisions, or to deny it subject to the applicant’s right of appeal. The Committee shall also have the authority to refer plans to the Planning Commission in lieu of making a consistency determination. No site development proposal shall be deemed approved until all required revisions have been made and the modified plans have been submitted to the Planning Department.

University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐25 IX.5.4 San Marcos Development Advisory CommitteeThe San Marcos Development Advisory Committee is comprised of the Planning Director, Building Official, City Engineer and representative(s) of Special Districts ortheir designees, and shall meet to review development proposals within fifteen (15) working days following submittal of complete application(s).

IX.5.5 Interpretation, Administration and EnforcementThe San Marcos Development Advisory Committee is authorized by the City of San Marcos to interpret, administer, and enforce the provisions of the University District Specific Plan. The provisions of this document shall be interpreted in a manner that best fulfills the spirit and intent of the Specific Plan, and such interpretations shall be made in writing and permanently maintained on file with the Planning Division for future reference. Related to the Form‐Based Code, all uses not specifically listed or defined within the Form‐Based Code are subject to approval and/or interpretation by the Planning Director.

IX.5.6 AppealIn accordance with the provisions of Section 20.80.040 of the City of San Marcos Municipal Code – Zoning Ordinance, a decision or determination by the Development Advisory Committee may be appealed in writing by an applicant to the Planning Commission within fifteen (15) days of said determination, and upon posting of the required fee. Within forty (40) days of receiving said appeal, the Planning Commission shall affirm, reverse or modify the decision of the Committee. The Planning Commission decision may be appealed to the City Council by following the same procedure for appeal to the Planning Commission.

IX.6 Specific Plan Amendment
It is anticipated that certain future modifications to the University District Specific Plan may be necessary during the build‐out of the project. All modifications to the University Implementation | Administration: IX‐26 University District | San Marcos District Specific Plan shall be reviewed in accordance with the amendment process described in this section. These amendments are divided into two categories:

The first category, Administrative Amendments, allows for the City Manager to approve minor ministerial changes or modifications that substantially conform to the Specific Plan without a public hearing process.

The second category, Formal Amendments, requires that all other proposed changes are considered to discretionary in nature and shall be reviewed for approval by the Planning Commission and the City Council.

IX.6.1 Administrative AmendmentsOver time, planning areas of the University District Specific Plan may need to be revised, as economic conditions or City needs dictate. In accordance with Section 65455 of the Government Code, the City Manager shall have the authority to approve the followingministerial changes or modifications to the Specific Plan text and graphics without a public hearing. In accordance with Section 65452 of the Government Code, the CityCouncil hereby deems the following changes or modifications to be in substantial conformance with the intent of this Specific Plan, and finds them to be necessary and desirable for implementation of the General Plan and University District Specific Plan:
 Expansions orreductions in the geographic area covered by a given planning area within the already approved University District Specific Plan boundary.  Land use modifications, including substitutions, density changes, and/or transfers between planning areas are allowed under this Specific Plan as an Administrative Amendment, provided the trip generation for the evening peak hour is not exceeded (reference all trip generation figures in the accompanyingEIR)no new traffic impacts result. A monitoring program will be established toensure compliance with this provision. To ensure compliance with this provision,each time such a proposal comes forward, a trip generation analysis memo shallbe prepared to track these modifications and demonstrate how the developmentfits within the total ADT and peak hour trip assumptions analyzed in the EIR.

University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐27  Re‐alignment or modification to the precise location of arterial streets serving the project, if also approved by the City Engineer as not materially affecting a circulation planning concept within the Specific Plan.
 Re‐alignment or modification to the precise location of collector or secondary streets serving the project that maintain the general land use pattern, if also approved by the City Engineer as not materially affecting a circulation planning concept within the Specific Plan.
 Re‐alignment or modification of lot lines, grading adjustments and brush management boundaries if also approved by the City Engineer.  Modifications to approved Master Plans/Site Development Plans may be allowed providing such amendments shall not substantially increase the approved densities or boundaries of the Master Plan/Site Development Plan, nor permit a new use or group of uses not allowed anywhere in the Specific Plan.  Modifications of design criteria or development standards that are offset by the merits of the modified design or development standard and do not significantly change the anticipated physical characteristics of the development.  Minor changes to any phasing plan. Changes or modifications necessary to obtain and implement federal, state, and local permits and approvals.
 Any change that does not create new significant unmitigated environmental impacts that would require a subsequent or supplemental Environmental Impact Report pursuant to Public Resources code section 21166, as amended from time to time.
 Changes that do not violate any applicable health and safety regulations.

The land uses and development yields identified in this Specific Plan have been carefully analyzed in the accompanying Environmental Impact Report (EIR). The analysis results Implementation | Administration: IX‐28 University District | San Marcos and mitigation requirements reported therein are valid for modifications to the land uses and development yields that result in the same or less vehicular trips generated during the critical evening peak hour (reference all trip generation figures in the accompanying EIR).Therefore, land use modifications, including substitutions, density changes, and/or transfers between planning areas, are allowed under this Specific Plan as an Administrative Amendment provided the identified trip generation for the evening peak hour is not exceeded. Proposed Administrative Amendments that exceed the identifiedtrip generation forthe evening peak hour shall either include new mitigation measures tooffset traffic impacts or be processed as a Formal Amendmentno new traffic impactsresult. Amendments resulting in new traffic impacts shall be processed as a FormalAmendment. To ensure compliance with this provision, each time such a proposal comesforward, a trip generation analysis memo shall be prepared to track these modificationsand demonstrate how the development fits within the total ADT and peak hour tripassumptions analyzed in the EIR. A monitoring program will be established to ensurecompliance with this provision.IX.6.2 Formal AmendmentsChanges to the University District Specific Plan that do not qualify as an Administrative Amendment shall require a Specific Plan Amendment, pursuant to Section 65453 of the Government Code. An applicant may request amendment(s) at any time with no limitation to the number of Specific Plan Amendments that can be approved in any one year.A Formal Amendment to the University District Specific Plan will require review and recommended action by the City of San Marcos Planning Commission, and subsequent approval by City Council. Pursuant to 65456(b) of the Government Code, Formal Amendments require an application/fee to be submitted to the City of San Marcos Planning Department, stating in detail, the reasons for the proposed amendment. A concurrent amendmentto the General Plan would not be required unless the City Council University District | San Marcos Implementation | Administration: IX‐29 determines that the proposed changes to the Specific Plan are no longer consistent with the goals, objectives, policies or programs of the City of San Marcos General Plan.

Pursuant to Section 65457 of the Government Code and Section 21166 of the Public Resources Code, (CEQA) the proposed Formal Amendment may require preparation of a supplemental or subsequent Environmental Impact Report. In such case, the applicant(s) will be responsible for all associated fees for preparation of the necessary CEQA documentation.

IX.7 Minor DeviationsTo provide flexibility in the application of development regulations for projects where strictapplication of the form‐based code would restrict design options and result in a less desirableproject, minor modifications to building design criteria within Chapter VI (Form Based Code) maybe approved by the Planning Division Director or his/her designee through the entitlementprocess. In order to approve a deviation, the Planning Division Director must make the followingfindings:
 The Deviation will result in a more desirable project than would be achieved if designed in strict conformance with the development regulations.  The deviation will not significantly change the anticipated physical characteristics of the development.
 The Deviation will further help the project meet the goals and intent of the UDSP. The Deviation is appropriate for the location and will not adversely affect adjacent properties.

Deviations may be granted for building design standards only and shall not be utilized fordeviations to street standards or locations, public/open space requirements, block standards,reduction in required off‐street parking spaces, or authorize a use or activity that is not otherwisepermitted in the UDSP area.

Amendments to the University District Specific Plan University District | San Marcos This page intentionally left blank.

A. APPENDIX
A.1 University District Parcel Ownership Matrix
Provided by City of San Marcos
A.2 Parking and Transportation Demand
Management Strategies (PDM and TDM)
Prepared by Nelson|Nygaard
A.3 Water System Analysis
Prepared by Dexter Wilson Engineering
A.4 Sewer System Analysis
Prepared by Dexter Wilson Engineering
Note: Please see the enclosed Project CD-Rom
for file documents related to Appendix Items
A.1 through A.4 listed above.